Mt Eden Enabling Works Construction Environmental Management Plan
Version: Final
Revision: 000 Date: December 2019
Construction Environmental Management Plan
Mt Eden Enabling Works Construction Environmental Management Plan CRL-MTE-RME-LKA-PLN-800014 This document is uncontrolled when printed. This document should be printed in colour
Revision Status Revision
Date
Version details
Prepared By
Approved By
Rev A00
24/09/2019
Draft for Community Liaison Group and Mana Whenua
Caroline Secretin
Peter Roan
Rev A01
14/11/2019
Draft for Auckland Council and Independent Peer Review
Caroline Secretin
Peter Roan
Rev 000
02/12/2019
Final for Submission
Caroline Secretin
Peter Roan
Approval Status Name/Title
Signature
Date
Prepared by:
Caroline Secretin Principal Environmental Scientist
02/12/2019
Reviewed by:
Fiona Davies Associate Director – Environment
02/12/2019
Reviewed by:
Aidan Kirkby-McLeod Aslam Bhikoo Lead Planners
02/12/2019
Approved by:
Peter Roan Link Alliance – Consenting Lead
02/12/2019
Page 2
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan
Table of contents 1. Introduction ........................................................................................... 11 1.1
Overview of the CRL works in Mt Eden......................................................................... 11
1.2
Purpose of this CEMP .................................................................................................. 12
1.3
CEMP Structure ........................................................................................................... 13
1.4
Environmental Sub-plans ............................................................................................. 13
1.5
Feedback on CEMP and sub-plans ................................................................................ 16
1.6
Mana Whenua ............................................................................................................ 17
1.7
Sustainability .............................................................................................................. 17
1.7.1.
Infrastructure Sustainability.......................................................................................... 18
1.7.2.
ISCA IS Rating Scheme................................................................................................... 18
1.8
Relevant Conditions .................................................................................................... 19
1.8.1.
Designation conditions ................................................................................................. 19
1.8.2.
Resource consent conditions ........................................................................................ 27
1.9
CEMP Reviews and Updates ........................................................................................ 34
2. Project Description ................................................................................ 35 2.1
Mt Eden Enabling Works ............................................................................................. 35
2.2
Enabling Works Construction Methodology ................................................................. 36
2.2.1.
Staged Construction Overview...................................................................................... 36
2.2.2.
TBM Preparation Works Methodology ......................................................................... 38
2.2.3.
Fenton Street Utility Diversions .................................................................................... 45
2.3
Programme ................................................................................................................. 49
2.4
Hours of works ............................................................................................................ 49
2.5
Site layout and management ....................................................................................... 50
2.5.1.
Mt Eden CSA.................................................................................................................. 50
2.5.2.
Fenton Street Utility Diversion...................................................................................... 51
2.6
Security, safety and public viewing .............................................................................. 52
2.6.1. 2.7
Site housekeeping ....................................................................................................... 53
2.7.1.
Graffiti ........................................................................................................................... 53
2.7.2.
Litter .............................................................................................................................. 53
2.7.3.
Pest Management ......................................................................................................... 54
2.8 Page 3
Crime Prevention through Environmental Design ........................................................ 53
Returning the site to public use ................................................................................... 54
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan
3. Social and Environmental Management ................................................. 55 3.1
Construction Activities and Associated Environmental Receivers .................................. 55
3.2
Environmental Risk Register ........................................................................................ 57
3.3
Cumulative Effects ...................................................................................................... 57
3.4
Legislative and Other Requirements ............................................................................ 58
3.4.1.
National Legal Requirements and Policies .................................................................... 58
3.4.2.
Legislation, Standards and Guidelines relating to Environmental Aspects .................. 58
4. Implementation and Operation ............................................................. 61 4.1
Roles and Responsibilities ........................................................................................... 61
4.1.1.
Overview and Responsibility for this CEMP .................................................................. 61
4.1.2.
Specific Roles and Responsibilities................................................................................ 61
4.1.3.
Contact Details .............................................................................................................. 64
4.2
Training and Induction................................................................................................. 64
4.2.1.
Induction Training ......................................................................................................... 64
4.2.2.
Tool Box Talks................................................................................................................ 65
4.2.3.
Pre-Start Meetings ........................................................................................................ 65
5. Environmental Management ................................................................. 66 5.1
Network Utilities ......................................................................................................... 66
5.1.1.
Provision of Drawings to Network Utility Operators .................................................... 67
5.2
Social Impact and Business Disruption ......................................................................... 67
5.3
Communication and Consultation ................................................................................ 68
5.4
Erosion and Sediment Control ..................................................................................... 69
5.4.1.
Flocculant Treatment Management Plan ..................................................................... 70
5.5
Air Quality .................................................................................................................. 71
5.6
Trees and Vegetation .................................................................................................. 72
5.6.1.
Demolition works .......................................................................................................... 72
5.6.2.
TBM preparation works ................................................................................................ 73
5.6.3.
Fenton Street utility diversion works ............................................................................ 73
5.7
Transport, Access and Parking ..................................................................................... 73
5.8
Construction Noise and Vibration ................................................................................ 76
5.9
Lighting Spill and Glare ................................................................................................ 78
5.10 Historic Character........................................................................................................ 78
Page 4
5.10.1.
Built Heritage ................................................................................................................ 78
5.10.2.
Archaeology .................................................................................................................. 79
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan 5.11 Urban Design .............................................................................................................. 80 5.12 Public Art .................................................................................................................... 81 5.13 Contaminated Soils ..................................................................................................... 81 5.14 Groundwater and Settlement ...................................................................................... 82 5.15 Building Conditions Surveys ......................................................................................... 83 5.16 Hazardous Substances ................................................................................................. 84 5.17 Industrial and Trade Activities ..................................................................................... 85 5.18 Waste Management .................................................................................................... 87 5.19 Energy Use .................................................................................................................. 87 5.20 Water use ................................................................................................................... 88 5.21 Material use................................................................................................................ 88 5.22 Emergency and Incident Response ............................................................................... 89 5.22.1.
Emergency Response Plan ............................................................................................ 89
5.22.2.
Incident Response ......................................................................................................... 90
5.22.3.
Emergency Spill Response Plan..................................................................................... 90
5.22.4.
Recording and Reporting of Incidents .......................................................................... 91
5.22.5.
Complaint Process......................................................................................................... 91
6. Monitoring and Review.......................................................................... 93 6.1
Environmental Monitoring .......................................................................................... 93
6.1.1.
Collaborative Working .................................................................................................. 93
6.1.2.
Collaborative Meeting................................................................................................... 94
6.2
Environmental Inspections .......................................................................................... 94
6.3
Environmental Auditing ............................................................................................... 94
6.4
Corrective and Preventive Action ................................................................................. 95
6.5
Environmental Reporting............................................................................................. 95
6.6
Document Control ....................................................................................................... 95
6.7
CEMP Review .............................................................................................................. 95
6.7.1.
Management Review .................................................................................................... 96
6.7.2.
Review Approval Process .............................................................................................. 96
Appendix A: ISCA Requirements .................................................................. 98 Appendix B: CEMP Staging Drawings.......................................................... 105 Appendix C: Designation Conditions .......................................................... 106 Appendix D: Resource Consent Conditions................................................. 107 Appendix E: Records of CLG, IPR and Auckland Council Comments ............ 108 Page 5
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan
Appendix F: Social Impact and Business Disruption Delivery Work Plan ..... 126 Appendix G: Communication and Consultation Plan .................................. 127 Appendix H: Erosion and Sediment Control Plan & Flocculant Treatment Management Plan...................................................................................... 128 Appendix I: Air Quality Delivery Work Plan ................................................ 129 Appendix J: Transport Access and Parking Delivery Work Plan................... 130 Appendix K: Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan ............ 131 Appendix L: Historic Character Delivery Work Plan (Built Heritage) ........... 132 Appendix M: Historical Character Delivery Work Plan (Archaeology) ......... 133 Appendix N: Contamination Delivery Work Plan ........................................ 134 Appendix O: Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan 135 Appendix P: Industrial and Trade Activities Environmental Management Plan 136 Appendix Q: Tree and Vegetation Delivery Work Plan ............................... 137 Appendix R: Building Condition Survey ...................................................... 138
Page 6
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan
Glossary Term
Definition
ACZ
Active Construction Zone
AECOM
AECOM New Zealand Limited
AEE
Assessment of Environmental Effects
AEP
Annual exceedance probability
ANZECC (2000)
Australian and New Zealand Environment Conservation Council Guidelines for Fresh and Marine Water Quality (2000)
Approved CEMP
This refers to the CEMP that has been prepared as part of the demolition works Outline Plan (CRL Demolition Works – Contract 3 CEMP – Mt Eden Demolition Works. Ref: CRL-MTE-RME-000-RPT0119).
AQ DWP
Air Quality Delivery Work Plan, also Air Quality Management Plan (AQMP)
AUP(OP)
Auckland Unitary Plan (Operative in Part)
bgl
below ground level
BCS
Building Condition Survey
BPO
Best Practicable Option
CLG (or CBLG)
Community (Business) Liaison Groups
CCP
Communication and Consultation Plan
CEMP
Construction Environmental Management Plan
CDWP
Contamination Delivery Work Plan, also refers to Contaminated Soils Management Plan
CEP
Construction Execution Procedure
CNV DWP
Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan
Communication and Consultation Manager
Responsible for notifying residents of works occurring within the near vicinity and managing mitigation as required; primary contact for project related complaints and enquiries.
Construction Contractor
Also referred to as Link Alliance
CPTED
Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design
CRL
City Rail Link
CRLL
City Rail Link Limited
CWD
Clean Water Diversion Bunds
CSA
Construction Support Area
dB
A unit of measurement on a logarithmic scale which describes the magnitude of sound pressure with respect to a reference value (20µPa)
Page 7
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan Term
Definition
DBH
Tree Diameter at Breast Height
DEB
Decanting Earth Bunds
DRI
Dust Risk Index
DRP
Development Response Plan
DWD
Dirty water diversion
DWP
Delivery Work Plan
ERP
Emergency Response Plan
ESRP
Emergency Spill Response Plan
ESCP
Erosion and Sediment Control Plan
ESM
Environment and Sustainability Manager
FTMP
Flocculant Treatment Management Plan
GD05
Auckland Council, Erosion and Sediment Control, Guidelines for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region, Guideline Document 005, 2016
GMP
Groundwater Monitoring Plan
GSMCP
Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan
H&S
Health and Safety
HHA
Historic Heritage Area
HC DWP
Historic Character Delivery Work Plan
HNZPT
Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga
HSMP
Hazardous Substances Management Plan
IAP2
International Association for Public Participation
IPR
Independent Peer Reviewer
IPRP
Independent Peer Review Panel
IS
Infrastructure Sustainability
ISCA
Infrastructure Sustainability Council of Australia
ITA EMP
Industrial Trade and Activities Environmental Management Plan
Link Alliance
Construction Contractor
Main construction works
These works relate to the construction of the Station and mined tunnels for the rail tracks
MC20, MC30, MC50, MC60
Mining cavern 20, 30, 50 and 60 respectively
MP
Management Plan
m RL
Metres reduced level
MSE
Mechanically Stabilised Earth (retaining wall)
NA
Not applicable
Page 8
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan Term
Definition
Mt Eden Enabling works
Refer to the works being undertaken prior to the main works. Detail of these works is provided in section 2.1 of this CEMP. Sections of the Mt Eden Enabling Works refer to the ACZ/CSA at Mt Eden. Stages refer to the constructions stages and phases refer to demolition phases for clarity purposes.
NAL
North Auckland Rail Line
NES Soil
National Environmental Standard for Assessing and Managing Contaminants in Soil to Protect Human Health Regulations 2011
NIMT
North Island Main Trunk-line
NUO
Network Utility Operators
NZHPT
New Zealand Historic Places Trust
OLE
Overhead line equipment
OPW
Outline Plan of Works
PAC
Plant Activated Carbon
PA DWP
Public Art Delivery Work Plan
Permit to Notify (PTN)
Permit to Notify will be used to facilitate internal approvals for works that are likely to have an impact on the adjacent community (refer CCP for further detail).
RMA
Resource Management Act 1991
SCS
Soil Contaminant Standards
SIBD DWP
Social Impact and Business Disruption Delivery Work Plan
SRP
Sediment Retention Pond
SSCNMP
Site Specific Construction Noise Management Plan
SSCVMP
Site Specific Construction Vibration Management Plan
SSCNVMP
Site Specific Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan
SDS (or MSDS)
(Material) Safety Data Sheet
Sub-plans, suite of plans, DWP, MPs
Referring to sub-plans throughout the documents. These plans include all Delivery Work Plans (DWP) and Management Plans (MP) which are supporting documents to this CEMP. All DWP/MPs are listed in section 1.4 of this CEMP.
Surge pile
Stockpile area
TAP DWP
Transport Access and Parking Delivery Work Plan
TBM
Tunnel Boring Machine
Page 9
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan Term
Definition
TTM
Temporary Traffic Management
TV DWP
Trees and Vegetation Delivery Work Plan
UD DWP
Urban Design Delivery Work Plan
Vortrok fencing
Rail safety barrier fencing system
WARRMP
Waste Avoidance and Resource Recovery Management Plan
WQDMP
Water quality discharge monitoring programme
WTP
Refers to the on-site Water Treatment Plant at the CSA
Page 10
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan
1.
Introduction
The City Rail Link (CRL) project comprises the construction, operation and maintenance of a 3.4 km underground passenger railway, running between Britomart Station and the North Auckland Rail Line (NAL) in the vicinity of Mt Eden Station. The CRL involves the construction of two new underground stations at Aotea and Karangahape, and a redeveloped station at Mt Eden (refer to Figure 1-1). The design and construction of the CRL infrastructure between the Aotea and Mt Eden Stations is being delivered by the Link Alliance. This Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) has been prepared in relation to the Mt Eden Enabling Works (“the project”).
Figure 1-1 CRL Route and Location
1.1
Overview of the CRL works in Mt Eden
The CRL works in the Mt Eden area involve the construction of the southern section of the tunnel structures and the tie-in to the existing NAL, including the construction of the redeveloped Mt Eden Station. The Mt Eden Active Construction Zone (ACZ) and Construction Support Area (CSA) is generally located between Nikau Street to the north, State Highway 1 (SH1) to the east, Dominion Road to the west and the existing NAL to the south. The works in this area include: • • • • • Page 11
Construction of an underground grade separation structure near Mt Eden Station; A new Mt Eden Station building incorporating passenger linkages; Modifications to the existing Mt Eden Station platforms; Road over rail bridges at Mt Eden Road, Normanby Road and Ruru Street with sections of road realignment; Grade separation structures for the existing and new rail lines to pass-over and connect with each other; | Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan • •
Pedestrian and cyclist bridge structures at Fenton Street and Porters Avenue; and New road linkages within the reinstated area post-construction.
Given the nature and scale of CRL works in Mt Eden, construction will be undertaken in a staged manner. This CEMP only relates to the first stage of these works, the Mt Eden Enabling Works, as described in section 2.1 of this CEMP. Following completion of the Mt Eden Enabling Works, works in this area will involve: •
•
1.2
Main construction works (to be undertaken from mid-2020 through to 2024) – these works will include: Tunnel Boring Machine (TBM) operations, structure construction and waterproofing/tanking for cut and cover tunnels, utilities installation, retaining wall for Ruru street extension, construction of the rail line tie-ins including junctions and grade separation structures, realignment of the existing Western Line including platform reconstruction; and grade separation of Normanby Road, pedestrian / cyclist bridges at Fenton and Porters, construction of the new Station buildings. Public realm reinstatement – these works will involve establishing the final finishings and features that will comprise the completed Mt Eden Station and surrounds and will likely be undertaken from 2021 to the first quarter of 2024.
Purpose of this CEMP
The purpose and objective of this CEMP is to confirm the Mt Eden Enabling Works construction details and to set out how construction activities will be carried out and managed to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on the environment (including cumulative effects) as far as is reasonably practical, in accordance with the CRL designation and the Aotea to North Auckland Line (A2N) resource consent conditions. The designation and resource consent conditions also require the preparation of a suite of Delivery Work Plans (DWPs) and Management Plans (MPs) (the ‘sub-plans’), which set out detailed methods for avoiding, remedying or mitigating adverse effects associated with the works. This CEMP and sub-plans (refer to section 1.4) will be implemented throughout the entire construction period of the Mt Eden Enabling Works and will be updated as necessary. Overall, implementation of this CEMP will ensure: • • • •
Appropriate management of potential adverse environmental effects associated with the Mt Eden Enabling Works; Compliance with the conditions of the CRL designation and resource consent; Compliance with environmental legislation; and Achievement of the CRL project’s environmental and sustainability objectives.
The CEMP and sub-plans will be reviewed at least annually or as a result of a material change to the project, or to address unforeseen adverse effects arising from construction or unresolved complaints.
Page 12
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan
1.3
CEMP Structure
This CEMP is structured as follows: Section 1 details the project background, outlines the purpose of this CEMP, the scope of this CEMP and sub-plans (namely the DWPs/MPs), and highlights relevant designation and resource consent conditions. Section 2 provides a project description and includes the project programme, hours of operation, site layout, details on security, safety and public viewing, graffiti and litter management, and process to return the site to public use. Section 3 describes the social and environmental management context of the project, discusses the construction activities associated with the project and environmental receivers. This section also discusses the environmental risks associated with construction activity and outlines applicable legislative requirements. Section 4 details the implementation and operation of this CEMP. This section covers roles and responsibilities and training requirements. Section 5 summarises: (i) the environmental management procedures to manage any adverse effects on the environment; and (ii) the operating procedures to manage emergency incidents. These procedures refer to a suite of sub-plans attached in Appendix F to Appendix Q of this CEMP. Section 6 describes environmental monitoring requirements, environmental inspections, environmental auditing, corrective and preventive action, reporting, document control and CEMP review.
•
•
•
• •
•
1.4
Environmental Sub-plans
This CEMP is an overarching document that outlines how the Link Alliance will manage the environmental, social and economic effects of the Mt Eden Enabling Works. The principles and general approach to managing the effects are set out in this CEMP, with detailed management methods described in the sub-plans that inform the CEMP. Sub-plans are attached in Appendix F to Q of this CEMP. Table 1-1 and Table 1-2 outline the sub-plans relevant to the Mt Eden Enabling Works, along with the reference to the relevant CRL designation and A2N resource consent conditions that set out the requirements for the sub-plans. Where the designation and resource consent conditions require the preparation of both a DWP and a MP to address the same subject matter (e.g. air quality), then a single Plan has been prepared. Table 1-1 Plans attached to this CEMP to address Designation (Des.) conditions
Plan
Acronym
Social Impact and Business Disruption Delivery Work Plan
SIBD DWP
Page 13
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
CRL Des. Condition # 61
Purpose To outline the practices and processes to avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects arising from disruption to businesses, residents and community
Section of CEMP and Appendices 5.2 and Appendix F
Construction Environmental Management Plan Plan
Acronym
CRL Des. Condition #
Purpose services/facilities arising from construction. To outline the practices and processes to ensure appropriate communication and consultation is undertaken with the community, stakeholders and parties affected by construction activities. To outline the practices and processes to avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects on air quality arising from construction.
Section of CEMP and Appendices
Communication and Consultation Plan
CCP
15
Air Quality Delivery Work Plan (also an Air Quality Management Plan)
AQ DWP
59
Trees and Vegetation Delivery Work Plan
TV DWP
55
To provide for the development and implementation of identified best practicable options to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on trees and vegetation resulting from construction effects.
5.6 and Appendix Q
Transport Access and Parking Delivery Work Plan
TAP DWP
18, 20.1, 21.1, 25 to 26 and 30
5.7 and Appendix J
Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan
CNV DWP
36 to 40
To outline the practices and processes to manage the adverse effects of construction on the transport network (including parking and access). To provide for the development and implementation of identified best practicable options to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on receivers of noise and vibration resulting from construction effects.
Page 14
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
5.3 and Appendix G
5.5 and Appendix I
5.8 and Appendix K
Construction Environmental Management Plan Plan
Acronym
CRL Des. Condition # 41 and 46
Historic Character Delivery Work Plan (Built Heritage)
HC DWP (Built Heritage)
Historic Character Delivery Work Plan (Archaeology) Urban Design Delivery Work Plan
HC DWP 42 (Archaeology)
Purpose To outline the practices and processes to avoid, remedy or mitigate the potential adverse effects on built heritage that may result during construction. To manage the adverse archaeological effects that may result during construction. To enable the integration of the permanent works into the surrounding landscape and urban design context.
UD DWP
47
Public Art Delivery PA DWP Work Plan
56
To manage the adverse effects on public art located within or in close proximity to the construction footprint.
Contamination Delivery Work Plan (also a Contaminated Soils Management Plan)
57
To outline the practices and processes to manage the adverse effects of contaminated land arising from construction.
CDWP
Section of CEMP and Appendices 5.10 and Appendix L
5.10 and Appendix M 5.11 This plan is not relevant to the Mt Eden Enabling Works. 5.12 This plan is not relevant to the Mt Eden Enabling Works. 5.13 and Appendix N
Table 1-2: Plans attached to this CEMP to address A2N resource consent conditions
Plan and relevant assessment
Communication and Consultation Plan
Erosion and Sediment Control Plan Page 15
Acronym A2N Resource Consent Condition # CCP 25 to 31
ESCP
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
53 to 58
Purpose
Section of CEMP
To outline the practices and processes to ensure appropriate communication and consultation is undertaken with the community, stakeholders and parties affected by construction activities. To outline the methods for managing and controlling erosion and sediment
5.3 and Appendix G
5.4 and Appendix H
Construction Environmental Management Plan Plan and relevant assessment
Acronym A2N Resource Consent Condition # FTMP
Purpose
AQ DWP
217 to 228
Contaminated Soils Management Plan
CDWP
131 to 134
Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan
GSMCP
82 to 129
Industrial and Trade Activities Environmental Management Plan (includes an Emergency Spill Response Plan)
ITA EMP
159 to 166
To outline the practices and processes to avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects on air quality arising from construction. To outline the practices and processes to manage the adverse effects of contaminated land arising from construction. To outline the practices and processes to monitor the effects of groundwater drawdown on buildings in proximity to the proposed works. To outline the practices and processes to avoid, remedy or mitigate the potential adverse effects on stormwater and receiving environment generated by runoff from construction activities.
(includes a Flocculant Treatment Management Plan) Air Quality Management Plan
1.5
ESRP
Section of CEMP
discharges from the construction area. 5.5 and Appendix I
5.13 and Appendix N
5.14 and Appendix O
5.17 and Appendix P
Feedback on CEMP and sub-plans
This CEMP and the suite of sub-plans listed in section 1.4 have been developed to enable consultation with and feedback from the Mt Eden Community and Business Liaison Group (CLG) as per condition 7 of the designation and condition 19 of the resource consent. A record of consultation outcomes in relation to this CEMP is included in Appendix E, which sets out where feedback has been incorporated into the plans; or reasons have been provided to explain why changes have not been incorporated. The CEMP and DWPs have been reviewed by the Independent Peer Review Panel (IPRP) before submission to Auckland Council, as per the requirements of designation condition 11. A record of feedback from the Independent Peer Reviewer (IPR) on this CEMP is provided in Appendix E and where feedback has been incorporated into the Plan, or not, and the reasons for this.
Page 16
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan
1.6
Mana Whenua
We are all descended from Ranginui, our Father Sky and Papatuanuku, our Mother Earth. Ngā mana whenua o Tāmaki Makaurau have a special relationship with Ranginui, Papatuanuku, and their resources. Acting as kaitiaki, they endeavour to protect their whānau, hapū and Iwi and encourage all people to act as protectors of the earth. Kaitiakitanga includes: • • • •
protecting, restoring, enhancing the mauri (life supporting capacity) of resources; fulfilling spiritual, emotional and inherited responsibilities to the environment; maintaining mana over resources; and ensuring the welfare of the people those resources support. In Tāmaki Makaurau it is mana whenua who are Kaitiaki.
The aspiration of the project to be exemplary in the practice of sustainability – encompassing the four well-beings (environmental, cultural, social and economic) – aligns and supports kaitiakitanga. In meeting their sustainability commitments, Link Alliance staff, contractors and others involved in the project are also supporting kaitiakitanga and mana whenua as kaitiaki. Furthermore, they are also improving the state of the environment that we pass on for future generations. The CRL sustainability framework is informed by tikanga tiaki and mātauranga. A CRL Mana Whenua forum has been established for the purposes of undertaking kaitiakitanga responsibilities associated with the project. The forum comprises those mana whenua groups who expressed an interest in being involved in the project and its related activities. Eight mana whenua self-identified their interest in CRL and are currently part of the forum: • • • • • • • •
Ngāti Maru; Ngāti Paoa; Ngāi Tai Ki Tāmaki; Ngāti Te AtaWaiohua; Ngāti Whātua o Ōrākei; Te AkitaiWaiohua; Te Kawerau a Maki; and Ngāti Tamaoho.
City Rail Link Limited (CRLL) continues to work collaboratively with the mana whenua forum on all aspects of the project. With the commencement of construction for the Mt Eden Enabling Works, the forum’s role will include cultural induction for contractors, assistance with discovery procedures, monitoring, and ongoing provision of mātauranga Māori input.
1.7
Sustainability
This section provides detail about the sustainability practices implemented as part of the CRL project and Mt Eden Enabling Works. It includes a description of the rating scheme chosen to measure sustainability of the project.
Page 17
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan
1.7.1. Infrastructure Sustainability The Link Alliance shares CRLL’s objective for the CRL project, which is to set the benchmark for designing, building and operating sustainable infrastructure in New Zealand and to optimise environmental, social and economic outcomes over the long term. Optimising outcomes involves more than simply minimising impacts and complying with consent conditions, but reflects the ‘triple bottom line’. The context for environmental and sustainability targets for the CRL has been established through a comprehensive review of local and national targets. The Infrastructure Sustainability Council of Australia’s (ISCA) Infrastructure Sustainability (IS) rating scheme has been chosen to measure the sustainability performance of the project.
1.7.2. ISCA IS Rating Scheme The project is targeting certified Design and As-built ratings against the IS rating scheme, specifically, an ‘Excellent’ rating. The project performance will be assessed in the categories outlined in Table 1-3. Details regarding the management of the IS Rating Scheme are included in the project’s Sustainability Management Plan 1. In some cases, the IS requirements are additional to the project’s designation and resource consent requirements and effectively enhance the designation and consent requirements. It is essential that the IS requirements are met to achieve the CRL project’s sustainability goals, however they are not designation or resource consent requirements that require certification by Auckland Council 2. Table 1-3 ISCA Rating Categories
Themes
Categories
Abbreviation
Management and Governance
Management Systems
Man
Procurement and Purchasing
Pro
Climate Change Adaptation
Cli
Energy & Carbon
Ene
Wai (Water)
Wat
Materials
Mat
Discharges to Air, Land & Water
Dis
Whenua (Land)
Lan
Waste
Was
Ecology
Ecology
Eco
People & Place
Community Health, Wellbeing & Safety
Hea
Heritage
Her
Stakeholder Participation
Sta
Using Resources
Emissions, Pollution & Waste
Link Alliance Sustainability Management Plan, Revision A00, 13 September 2019, CRL-SYW-SUS-LKA-PLN-800000 Refer to www.isca.org.au for background information about the scheme. Page 18 | Mt Eden Enabling Works 1 2
Construction Environmental Management Plan Themes Innovation
Categories
Abbreviation
Urban & Landscape Design
Urb
Innovation
Inn
Project sustainability requirements that relate directly to this CEMP are included in Appendix A. Further details regarding the specifics of the evaluation and means of achieving relevant sustainability targets are provided in the relevant MPs and DWPs.
1.8
Relevant Conditions
1.8.1. Designation conditions The Mt Eden Enabling Works relate to CRL Designation 2500-6. The designation conditions are included in Appendix C of this CEMP. Table 1-4 identifies the designation conditions relevant to this CEMP and the sections that are addressed in this plan.
Page 19
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan Table 1-4 Relevant designation conditions and references to the relevant sections of this CEMP
No
Designation Condition
CEMP Section
7.1
Within three months of the confirmation of the designations the Requiring Authority shall, in consultation with the Auckland Council, establish at least one Community Liaison Group in each the following key construction areas: (d) Main construction site (Designation 6) In addition to the requirements in Condition 5, the purpose of the Groups shall be to: (d) Provide feedback on the development of the CEMP and DWPS.
1.5
The Requiring Authority, its contractor team, and the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s) shall establish and implement a collaborative working process for dealing with day to day construction processes, including monitoring compliance with the designation conditions and with the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs) and any material changes to these plans associated with construction of the City Rail Link. This collaborative working process shall:
6.1
(a) Operate for the duration of the construction works and for 6 months following completion of construction works where monitoring of designation conditions is still required, unless a different timeframe is mutually agreed between the Requiring Authority and the Auckland Council; (b) Have a “key contact” person representing the Requiring Authority and a “key contact” person representing the contractor team to work with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s); (c) The “key contacts” shall be identified in the CEMP and shall meet at least monthly unless a different timeframe is agreed with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s). The purpose of the meeting is to report on compliance with the designation conditions and with the CEMP, DWPs and material changes to these plans and on any matters of non-compliance and how they have been addressed; (d) Once construction has commenced, the Requiring Authority and / or the contractor shall provide an update to the Community Liaison Groups (Condition 7 of this designation) at least once every 3 months, or if in accordance with Condition 7 these groups meet more regularly, at least once every two months. The purpose and function of the collaborative working process is to: (a) Assist as necessary the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s) to confirm that: (i) The works authorised under these designations are being carried out in compliance with the designation conditions, the CEMP, DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs) and any material changes to these plans; (ii) The Requiring Authority and its contractor are undertaking all monitoring and the recording of monitoring results in compliance with the requirements of the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs) and any material changes to these plans; (b) Subsequent to a confirmed Outline Plan, provide a mechanism through which any changes to the design, CEMP or DWPs, which are not material changes requiring approval under Condition 10 triggering the requirement for a new Outline Plan, can be required, reviewed and confirmed;
6.1
7.4 13.1
13.2
13.3
Page 20
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
5.3 1.5 Appendix E
6.1
Construction Environmental Management Plan No
17.1
17.2
17.3 17.4
19.1 19.2 Page 21
Designation Condition (c) Advise where changes to construction works following a confirmed Outline Plan require a new CEMP or DWP (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs); (d) Review and identify any concerns or complaints received from, or related to, the construction works monthly (unless a different timeframe is mutually agreed with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer) and adequacy of the measures adopted to respond to these. Upon receiving a concern or complaint during construction, the Requiring Authority shall instigate a process to address concerns or complaints received about adverse effects. This shall: (a) Identify the nature of the concern or complaint, and the location, date and time of the alleged event(s); (b) Acknowledge receipt of the concern or complaint within 24 hours of receipt; (c) Respond to the concern or complaint in accordance with the relevant management plan, which may include monitoring of the activity by a suitably qualified expert, implementation of mitigation measures, and, in the case of noise and / or vibration, preparation of a site specific noise and / or vibration management plan (in accordance with Conditions 37 and 38); A record of all concerns and / or complaints received shall be kept by the Requiring Authority. This record shall include: (a) The name and address of the person(s) who raised the concern or complaint (unless they elect not to provide this) and details of the concern or complaint; (b) Where practicable, weather conditions at the time of the concern or complaint, including wind direction and cloud cover if the complaint relates to noise or air quality; (c) Known City Rail Link construction activities at the time and in the vicinity of the concern or complaint; (d) Any other activities in the area unrelated to the City Rail Link construction that may have contributed to the concern or complaint such as non-City Rail Link construction, fires, traffic accidents or unusually dusty conditions generally; (e) Remedial actions undertaken (if any) and the outcome of these, including monitoring of the activity. This record shall be maintained on site, be available for inspection upon request, and shall be provided every two months (or as otherwise agreed) to the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer, and to the “key contacts� (see Condition 13). Where a complaint remains unresolved or a dispute arises, Auckland Council Compliance Monitoring Officer will be provided with all records of the complaint and how it has been dealt with and addressed and whether the Requiring Authority considers that any other steps to resolve the complaint are required. Upon receiving records of the complaint the Auckland Council Compliance Monitoring Officer must determine whether a review of the CEMP and/or DWPs is required under Condition 22 to address this complaint. The Auckland Council Compliance Monitoring Officer shall advise the Requiring Authority of its recommendation within 10 working days of receiving the records of complaint. The objective of the CEMP and DWPs is to so far as is reasonably practicable, avoid, remedy or mitigate any adverse effects (including cumulative effects) associated with the City Rail Link construction. All works must be carried out in accordance with the CEMP, the DWPs required by these conditions and in accordance with any changes to plans made under Condition 23. | Mt Eden Enabling Works
CEMP Section
5.3,5.7, 5.8, 5.22.5, and Appendix G
5.3, 5.22.5, and Appendix G
5.3, 5.22.5 and Appendix G 5.3, 5.22.5 and Appendix G
1.2 6.6 and 6.7
Construction Environmental Management Plan No
Designation Condition
CEMP Section
19.3
The CEMP and DWPs shall be prepared, complied with and monitored by the Requiring Authority throughout the duration of construction of the City Rail Link. The DWPs shall give effect to the specific requirements and objectives set out in these designation conditions.
6
19.4 19.5 20.1
20.2
21.1
Page 22
The CEMP shall include measures to give effect to any specific requirements and objectives set out in these designation conditions that are not addressed by the DWPs. In order to give effect to the objective in Condition 19.1, the CEMP must provide for the following: (b) Notice boards that clearly identify the Requiring Authority and the Project name, together with the name, telephone number and email address of the Site or Project Manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager; (c) Training requirements for employees, sub-contractors and visitors on construction procedures, environment management and monitoring; (d) A Travel Management Plan for each construction site outlining onsite car parking management and methods for encouraging travel to the site using forms of transport other than private vehicle to assist in mitigating localised traffic effects; and (e) Where a complaint is received, the complaint must be recorded and responded to as provided for in Conditions 13, 15 and 17. The CEMP shall include details of: (a) The site or Project Manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager (who will implement and monitor the Communication and Consultation Plan), including their contact details (phone, email and physical address); (b) The Document management system for administering the CEMP, including review and Requiring Authority / Constructor / Auckland Council requirements; (c) Environmental incident and emergency management procedures; (d) Environmental complaint's management procedures (see also Condition 17); (e) An outline of the construction programme of the work, including construction hours of operation, indicating linkages to the DWPs which address the management of adverse effects during construction; (f) Specific details on demolition to be undertaken during the construction period; (g) Means of ensuring the safety of the general public; and (h) Methods to assess and monitor potential cumulative adverse effects. In order to give effect to the objective in Condition 19.1, the CEMP shall include the following details and requirements in relation to all areas within the surface designation footprint where construction works are to occur, and / or where materials and construction machinery are to be used or stored: (a) Where access points are to be located and procedures for managing construction vehicle ingress and egress to construction support and storage areas; | Mt Eden Enabling Works
Appendices F to Q 4, 5 and 6 2.6, 4.1 4.2 Appendix J 5.8, 5.22.5 and Appendix G 4.1 6.6 and 6.7 5.22 5.8, 5.22.5 and Appendix G 2 2 2 3.3
2
Construction Environmental Management Plan No
22.1
Page 23
Designation Condition
CEMP Section
(b) Methods for managing the control of silt and sediment within the construction area;
5.4 and Appendix H 5.4 and Appendix H 2
(c) Methods for earthworks management (including depth and extent of earthworks and temporary, permanent stabilisation measures and monitoring of ground movement) for earthworks adjacent to buildings and structures; (d) Measures to adopt to keep the construction area in a tidy condition in terms of disposal / storage of rubbish and storage unloading of construction materials (including equipment). All storage of materials and equipment associated with the construction works shall take place within the boundaries of the designation; (e) Measures to ensure all temporary boundary / security fences associated with the construction of the City Rail Link are maintained in good order with any graffiti removed as soon as possible; (g) The location and specification of any temporary acoustic fences and visual barriers, and where practicable, opportunities for mana whenua (see Condition 8) and community art or other decorative measures along with viewing screens to be incorporated into these without compromising the purpose for which these are erected; (h) How the construction areas are to be fenced and kept secure from the public and, where practicable and without compromising their purpose how opportunities for public viewing, including provision of viewing screens and display of information about the project and opportunities for mana whenua and community art or other decorative measures can be incorporated to enhance public amenity and connection to the project; (i) The location of any temporary buildings (including workers offices and portaloos) and vehicle parking (which should be located within the construction area and not on adjacent streets); (j) Methods to control the intensity, location and direction of artificial construction lighting to avoid light spill and glare onto sites adjacent construction areas; (k) Methods to ensure the prevention and mitigation of adverse effects associated with the storage, use, disposal, or transportation of hazardous substances; (m) That site offices and less noisy construction activities be located at the edge of the construction yards where practicable; and (n) Methods for management of vacant areas once construction is completed in accordance with the Urban Design DWP. The CEMP and DWPs shall be reviewed at least annually or as a result of a material change to the City Rail Link project or to address unforeseen adverse effects arising from construction or unresolved complaints. Such a review may be initiated by either Auckland Council or the Requiring Authority. The review shall take into consideration: (a) Compliance with designation conditions, the CEMP, DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs) and material changes to these plans; (b) Any changes to construction methods; (c) Key changes to roles and responsibilities within the City Rail Link project; (d) Changes in industry best practice standards; (e) Changes in legal or other requirements; | Mt Eden Enabling Works
2 2 and 5 2, 5
2.5 5.9 5.16 2 5.11 1.2, 6.7.1
Construction Environmental Management Plan No
22.2 23.1 23.2 23.3 23.4 23.5 23.6 24.1 24.2 24.3
24.4
Page 24
Designation Condition (f) Results of monitoring and reporting procedures associated with the management of adverse effects during construction; (g) Any comments or recommendations received from Auckland Council regarding the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs); and (h) Any unresolved complaints and any response to the complaints and remedial action taken to address the complaint as required under Condition 17. A summary of the review process shall be kept by the Requiring Authority, provided annually to the Auckland Council, and made available to the Auckland Council upon request. Following the CEMP and DWPs review process described in Condition 22, the CEMP may require updating. Any material change to the CEMP and DWP must be consistent with the purpose and objective of the relevant condition. Affected parties will be notified of the review and any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs). The CEMP and DWPs must clearly document the comments and inputs received by the Requiring Authority from affected parties about the material change, along with a clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated, and the reasons why not. Any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs shall be subject to an independent peer review as required by Condition 11. Following that review any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs relating to an adverse effect shall be submitted for approval to Auckland Council Compliance and Monitoring Officer, at least 10 working days prior to the proposed changes taking effect. If any changes are not agreed, the relevant provisions of the RMA relating to approval of outline plans shall apply. To manage the adverse effects on Network Utilities Operations during the construction of the City Rail Link, the following shall be included in the CEMP. The purpose of this section of the CEMP shall be to ensure that the enabling works and construction of the City Rail Link adequately take account of, and include measures to address the safety, integrity, protection or, where necessary, relocation of existing network utilities that traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation during the construction of the City Rail Link. For the avoidance of doubt and for the purposes of this condition an “existing Network Utility� includes infrastructure operated by a Network Utility Operator which was: (a) In place at the time the notice of requirement for the City Rail Link was served on Auckland Council (23 August 2012); or (b) Undertaken in accordance with condition 6 of this designation or the section 176(1)(b) RMA process. The CEMP shall be prepared in consultation with Network Utility Operators who have existing Network Utilities that traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation and shall be adhered to and implemented during the construction of the City Rail Link. The CEMP shall include as a minimum: (a) Cross references to the Communication and Consultation Plan for the methods that will be used to liaise with all Network Utility Operators who have existing network utilities that traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation; | Mt Eden Enabling Works
CEMP Section
6.7 6.7 6.7 Appendix G 1.5 1.5 1.5, 1.8 and 1.9 5.1 5.1 5.1
5.1 and Appendix G 5.1 and Appendix G
Construction Environmental Management Plan No
Designation Condition
CEMP Section
(b) Measures to be used to accurately identify the location of existing Network Utilities, and the measures for the protection, support, relocation and/or reinstatement of existing Network Utilities; (c) Methods to be used to ensure that all construction personnel, including contractors, are aware of the presence and location of the various existing Network Utilities (and their priority designations) which traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation, and the restrictions in place in relation to those existing Network Utilities. This shall include: (i) Measures to provide for the safe operation of plant and equipment, and the safety of workers, in proximity to existing Network Utilities; (ii) Plans identifying the locations of the existing Network Utilities (and their designations) and appropriate physical indicators on the ground showing specific surveyed locations; (d) Measures to be used to ensure the continued operation of Network Utility Operations and the security of supply of the utilities by Network Utility Operators at all times;
5.1 and Appendix G 5.1 and Appendix G
(e) Measures to be used to enable Network Utility Operators to access existing Network Utilities for maintenance at all reasonable times on an ongoing basis during construction, and to access existing Network Utilities for emergency and urgent repair works at all times during the construction of the City Rail Link (f) Contingency management plans for reasonably foreseeable circumstances in respect of the relocation and rebuild of existing Network Utilities during the construction of the City Rail Link; (g) A risk analysis for the relocation and rebuild of existing Network Utilities during the construction of the City Rail Link; (h) Earthworks management (including depth and extent of earthworks and temporary and permanent stabilisation measures), for earthworks in close proximity to existing Network Utilities;
Page 25
5.1 and Appendix G 5.1 and Appendix G 5.1 and Appendix G 5.1 and Appendix G 2, 5.1 and Appendix E
(i) Vibration management and monitoring for works in close proximity to existing Network Utilities;
2, 5.1, 5.8 and Appendix E
(j) Emergency management procedures in the event of any emergency involving existing Network Utilities;
2, 5.1 and Appendix E
(k) The process for providing as-built drawings showing the relationship of the relocated Network Utilities to the City Rail Link to Network Utility Operators and the timing for providing these drawings;
2, 5.1and Appendix E
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan No
24.5
Page 26
Designation Condition
CEMP Section
(m) A summary of the consultation (including any methods or measures in dispute and the Requiring Authorities response to them) undertaken between the Requiring Authority and any Network Utility Operators during the preparation of the CEMP.
5.1, 5.3 and Appendix G Appendix G
If the Requiring Authority and a Network Utility Operator cannot agree on the methods proposed under the CEMP to manage the construction otherwise agreed, each party will appoint a suitably qualified and independent expert, who shall jointly appoint a third such expert to advise the parties and make a recommendation. That recommendation will be provided by the Requiring Authority as part of the CEMP along with reasons if the recommendation is not accepted.
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan
1.8.2. Resource consent conditions The Mt Eden Enabling Works are subject to the A2N regional resource consents approved by Auckland Council on 17 November 2016 3. A full set of resource consent conditions are included in Appendix D. Table 1-5 identifies the resource consent conditions relevant to this CEMP and where they are addressed in this Plan.
(R/LUC/2016/1890, R/REG/2016/1892, R/REG/2016/1895, R/REG/2016/1896, REG/2016/1897, R/REG/2016/1898, R/REG/2016/1899, R/REG/2016/1900 and R/REG/2016/2038) Page 27 | Mt Eden Enabling Works 3
Construction Environmental Management Plan Table 1-5: Relevant resource consents conditions and references to relevant sections of the CEMP
No.
Resource Consent condition
CEMP Section
Community and Business Liaison Group (CLG) 19
The Consent Holder shall consult with the CLG in respect of the development and review of the CEMP and other Management Plans.
1.5 Appendix E
Communication and Consultation 25 27
28
At least 3 months prior to the commencement of construction, the Consent Holder shall prepare a CCP, the purpose of which is to set out a framework to ensure appropriate communication and consultation with the community, stakeholders, affected parties and affected inproximity parties during the construction of the Project. The CCP shall be based on and, where appropriate, incorporate the provisions of the PCCP, and shall set out how the Consent Holder will: a. Inform the community and business of construction progress and future construction activities and constraints that could affect them; b. Provide early information on key Project milestones; c. Obtain and specify a reasonable timeframe (being not less than 10 working days), for feedback and inputs from directly affected and affected in-proximity parties regarding the implementation and review of the CEMP or other Management Plans; d. Respond to queries and complaints including but not limited to: i) Who is responsible for responding; ii) How responses will be provided; and iii) The timeframes within which responses will be provided. The CCP shall (as a minimum) include: a. A communications framework that details the Consent Holder’s communication strategies, accountabilities, frequency of communications and consultation, the range of communication and consultation tools to be used (including relevant communication methods, newsletters or similar, advertising etc.), and any other relevant communication matters; b. The Communication and Consultation Manager for the Project including 24 hour contact details (phone, email and postal address); c. The 0800 CRL TALK phone number; d. The methods for identifying, communicating and consulting with persons affected by the project including but not limited to: i) All property owners and occupiers of the sites that are identified at Appendix 4, and adjacent construction sites; ii) Mana Whenua unless any of those named advise the Consent Holder of a different liaison process; iii) Heritage NZ;
Page 28
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
5.3, Appendix G 5.3, Appendix G
5.3, Appendix G
Construction Environmental Management Plan No.
Resource Consent condition
29
iv) NZ Transport Agency/ Auckland Motorway Alliance (AMA); v) Kiwirail; vi) Department of Corrections; vii) Ministry of Justice; viii) Network Utility Operators; and ix) The Community and Business Liaison Group (refer Conditions 16-24) e. How stakeholders and persons affected by the Project will be notified of the commencement of construction, the expected duration of the activities and works, and who to contact for any queries, concerns and complaints; f. How stakeholders and persons affected by the Project will be consulted in the development and review of the CEMP and other Management Plans, including specifying reasonable timeframes for feedback; g. A list of stakeholders, directly affected and affected in-proximity parties to the construction works with whom the Consent Holder will communicate; i. A summary of communication and consultation undertaken between the Consent Holder and parties as required by the PCCP. The summary shall include any outstanding issues or disputes raised by parties; j. How communication and consultation relating to construction activities and monitoring requirements will be recorded; and k. How opportunities to interpret and display archaeological finds within the Project area will be identified and implemented, including how Heritage NZ will be involved in this process. Advice note: At the time this resource consent was granted, the Communication and Consultation Manager for the Project was Carol Greensmith, phone 0800 CRL TALK. The CCP shall also include (as relevant) linkages and cross-references to the CEMP and other Management Plans.
30
The CCP shall be reviewed six monthly for the duration of construction and updated if required. Any updates to the CCP shall be provided to the “key contacts” and the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for review and agreement on any further action to be undertaken. 31 Any further action recommended as a result of the review under Condition 30 shall be undertaken by the Consent Holder’s Communication and Consultation Manager for the Project and confirmation of completion shall be provided to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring). 32 If, in the course of amendments undertaken as part of the review process under Condition 30, a material change to the CCP is made, the Consent Holder shall notify those parties affected by the change within 20 working days of the material change occurring. 33 The CCP shall be implemented and complied with for the duration of the construction of the Project. Construction Management 35 Prior to the commencement of construction of the Project, the Consent Holder shall prepare a Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) including all certified Management Plans which form part of these conditions to ensure compliance with the resource consents. 36 The CEMP shall include details of:
Page 29
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
CEMP Section
5.3, Appendix G 5.3, Appendix G 5.3, Appendix G 5.3, Appendix G Noted This Plan and sub-plans
Construction Environmental Management Plan No.
Resource Consent condition a. Final project details and staging of works to illustrate that the works remain within the limits and standards approved under these resource consents and that the construction activities avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on the environment.
2.2, 2.5
b. The site or project manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager, including their contact details (phone, email and physical address);
4.1
d. Communication and consultation procedures for ensuring that residents, road users and businesses in the immediate vicinity of construction areas are given prior notice of the commencement of construction and are informed about the expected duration and effects of the work. In particular, the procedures shall provide for the following in relation to residents, road users and businesses potentially affected by the construction works: i) consultation prior to the commencement of construction; ii) notice periods for changes to pedestrian and vehicle access; iii) regular updates on construction progress; iv) key dates for major milestones such as road closure and re-opening; and v) communication on any other matters potentially affecting residents or business operations in the vicinity of the works.
5.3, Appendix G
e. Notice boards that clearly identify the Consent Holder and the Project name, together with the name, telephone number and email address of the Site or Project Manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager;
5.3, Appendix G
f. General site layout and management;
2.5
g. Hours of operation;
2.4
h. Means of ensuring the safety of the general public;
2.6
i. Certified Management Plans referred to in these conditions;
5
j. Water Discharge Quality Monitoring Programme; and
Appendix H and Appendix Q 5.15 and Appendix P
k. Identification of the suitably independent, qualified Chartered Professional Engineer, or member of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors, who will be undertaking the condition surveys required by the conditions of consent.
Page 30
CEMP Section
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan No.
Resource Consent condition
37
The CEMP shall be provided to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification at least 20 working days prior to the commencement of construction. 38 CEMP can be certified as per the requirements of these consent conditions within 10 working days of receipt of the CEMP. Construction shall not commence until written certification is obtained from Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring). 39 The CEMP required by Condition 35 shall be implemented and maintained throughout the entire construction period for the Project, or relevant Project stage, to manage potential adverse effects arising from the construction and shall be updated as necessary (or as required by the review process in Condition 42). 40 Any change to the CEMP shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification and no activity reliant upon a change to the CEMP can be undertaken until the change has been certified. The Consent Hold shall request the Council’s (Team Leader Central Monitoring) determination as to whether the proposed change can be certified, in writing, within 10 working days of submission of the change. 42 The Consent Holder shall review the CEMP and other Management Plans at least annually or as a result of a material change to the Project; b. to address unforeseen or materially greater adverse effects arising from construction or c. to address unresolved complaints. 43 A review pursuant to Condition 42 may be initiated by either the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) or the Consent Holder and shall take into consideration: a. Compliance with resource consent conditions, the CEMP, other Management Plans and any material changes to these Plans; b. Any changes to construction methods; c. Key changes to roles and responsibilities relating to the Project; d. Relevant changes in industry best practice standards; e. Relevant changes in legal or other requirements; f. Results of monitoring and reporting procedures associated with the management of adverse effects during construction; g. Any comments or recommendations received from Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) or as a result of the CCP process regarding the CEMP and other Management Plans; and h. Any complaints and any response to complaints and remedial action taken to address the complaint as required under Conditions 45-49. 44 A summary of the review process shall be kept by the Consent Holder, provided annually to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring), and advised to and made available to the CLG. Construction Traffic 41 The Consent Holder shall, so far as is it is reasonably practicable, avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects of construction on transport, parking and property access. This is to be achieved through the following objectives: a. managing the road transport network for the duration of the construction by adopting the best practicable option to manage congestion; b. maintaining pedestrian access to private property at all times; and c. providing on-going vehicle access to private property to the greatest extent possible. Page 31
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
CEMP Section Noted 6.7 6.7 6.7
Noted Noted
6.7 5.7 Appendix J
Construction Environmental Management Plan No.
Resource Consent condition
Advice Note: Condition 41 refers to objectives to be achieved. The requirement to provide mechanisms to achieve these objectives is included in the relevant CRL designation conditions. Concerns and Complaints Management 45 Upon receiving a concern or complaint during construction of the Project, the Consent Holder shall instigate a process to address the concern or complaint. This shall: a. Identify of the nature of the concern or complaint, and the location, date and time of the alleged event(s); b. Acknowledge receipt of the concern or complaint within 24 hours of receipt; c. Respond to the concern or complaint in accordance with the relevant Management Plan, which may include (for example) monitoring of the activity by a suitably qualified expert, and implementation of mitigation measures; and d. Provide the person raising the concern or complaint with details of the response. 46 A record of all concerns and / or complaints received shall be kept by the Consent Holder. This record shall include: a. The name and address of the person(s) who raised the concern or complaint (unless they elect not to provide this or do not want the information recorded) and details of the concern or complaint; b. Where practicable and relevant, weather conditions at the time of the concern or complaint, including wind direction and cloud cover if the complaint relates to air quality; c. The relevant known construction activities being undertaken at the time and in the vicinity of the concern or complaint; d. Any other activities in the area unrelated to the Project that may have contributed to the concern or complaint such as non-related construction, fires, traffic accidents or unusually dusty conditions generally; e. Remedial actions undertaken (if any) and the outcome of these, including monitoring of the activity and any proposed changes to any Management Plan; and f. the response of the person who raised the concern or complaint to the remedial actions undertaken. 47 This record shall be maintained on site, be available for inspection upon request, and shall be provided every two months (or as otherwise agreed) to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring). 48 Where a complaint remains unresolved or a dispute arises, the Consent Holder will provide to Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) a copy of all records of the complaint and advice as to a. how it has been dealt with and addressed; and b. whether the Consent Holder considers that any other steps to resolve the complaint are required. 49 In addition to Condition 48, the Consent Holder shall also request the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) to determine whether a review of the CEMP and/or Management Plan(s) is required under Condition 42 to address the unresolved complaint or dispute. The Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) will be asked to advise the Consent Holder of its recommendation within 10 working days of receiving the records of complaint. Contamination 145 Any perched groundwater, or surface run-off water, encountered within the excavation area requiring removal shall be considered as potentially contaminated, and shall either: Page 32
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
CEMP Section
5.3 and Appendix G
5.3 and Appendix G
5.3 and Appendix G 5.3 and Appendix G 5.3 Appendix G
5.4.1
Construction Environmental Management Plan No.
Resource Consent condition a. be disposed of by a licensed liquid waste contractor; or b. pumped to sewer, providing relevant permits are obtained; or c. be discharged to the stormwater system, provided testing demonstrates compliance with 50 times the Australian and New Zealand Environment Conservation Council (ANZECC) Guidelines for Fresh and Marine Water Quality (2000) for the protection of 95 percent of marine water species, and is free from petroleum hydrocarbons.
Page 33
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
CEMP Section
Construction Environmental Management Plan
1.9
CEMP Reviews and Updates
This CEMP is a live document that will be reviewed and updated if needed during the course of the project to reflect changes to matters such as the construction methodology and the management of environmental effects. Any material changes to this CEMP must be certified by Auckland Council prior to any on-site activity reliant upon the change commencing. A formal review process is described in section 6.7 of this CEMP.
Page 34
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan
2.
Project Description
Section 2 of this CEMP details the construction methodology for the Mt Eden Enabling Works. It covers: • • • • • • • •
2.1
Overview of works at Mt Eden Station; Construction methodology; Programme; Hours of works; Site layout and management; Security, safety and public viewing; Site housekeeping; and Returning the site to public use.
Mt Eden Enabling Works
In order to launch the TBM and commence construction of the CRL tie-ins to the NAL, a range of ‘enabling’ works are proposed. The Mt Eden Enabling Works involve: • • •
•
• • • •
Continuation of the demolition and clearance of the Mt Eden CSA (commenced under the Mt Eden Demolitions Outline Plan 4). Set up of a temporary site office, which is anticipated to be a 2-3 storey modular building (likely made up of containers) located in the western extent of the CSA. Piling and excavation associated with the preparation of the portal. This will involve the demolition of the redundant stormwater shaft located in the portal area; the installation of bored piles and associated works (ground anchors and shotcrete) to support the excavation face, and removal of spoil. Bulk excavation to form what will become the rail trenches/cut and cover tunnels, which will also provide a ramp for the TBM to be manoeuvred into position. The excavation will encounter basalt, which is to be blasted in order to expediate the works and minimise the amount of rock-breaking required. In places, softer ground conditions are anticipated to be encountered, which may require the use of sheet piles. Local mined tunnelling to facilitate the TBM launch. Construction of the additional Mt Eden Road bridge (north of the existing bridge), including temporary diversion of shallow utilities in this location. Construction of the Ruru Street bridge, including diversion of the Huia 2 watermain in this location. Temporary and permanent utility diversions (such as water, wastewater, stormwater, Vector overhead cables and ducting, gas and communications) along Fenton Street, Porters Avenue, Haultain Street and Wynyard Street to provide adequate clearance between the Huia 2 watermain and NAL, associated retaining walls, and the proposed Fenton Street pedestrian bridge.
Demolition Works Contract 3 Outline Plan: Mt Eden Demolition Works, Revision 02, Doc. Ref. CRL-MTE-RME-000-RPT0118 Page 35 | Mt Eden Enabling Works 4
Construction Environmental Management Plan
2.2
Enabling Works Construction Methodology
This section provides additional information about the construction methodology to be implemented for the Mt Eden Enabling Works. It includes a staged construction overview and details the construction sequence and equipment/materials that will be used as part of the Mt Eden Enabling Works. This CEMP provides construction methodology for the Mt Eden Enabling Works including TBM preparation works and Fenton Street utility diversions, and will be updated for the main works.
2.2.1. Staged Construction Overview The Mt Eden Station Enabling Works will be divided into stages as outlined in Table 2-1 and depicted in the CEMP Staging Plans provided in Appendix B. Phases in Stage 0 relate only to the Mt Eden Station demolition5. A programme for the Mt Eden Enabling Works is provided in section 2.3 of this CEMP. Table 2-1: Mt Eden Enabling Works construction stages
Stage
Description
Dates
Approximate Duration
Stage 0 Demolition (Phases 1, 2 and 3)
• Continuation of approved demolition works in accordance with the Approved Mt Eden Demolition CEMP 5.
Ongoing – March 2020
6 months
Stage 1
• Preparation of portal entry − Construction of first phase soldier pile retaining wall − Piling for portal − Phased excavation to install anchors and waler beams − Capping beam • Flower Street diversion around portal area • Install site welfare facilities
January – July 2020
6 months
• Blasting basalt
February – July 2020
• Removal of existing shaft
February – April 2020
• Mt Eden Road utility diversion
March – July 2020
• Bulk excavation – portal and access ramp (for preparation of MC50/MC60) and platform (for preparation of MC20/MC30) up to Ruru bridge • Rock nail, mesh and shotcrete installation until the formation level of the top heading for the first stage of the mined tunnel excavation • Basalt blasting • Creation of sedimentation pond and water treatment unit
April – October 2020
TBM Preparation
Stage 2
6 months
CRL Demolition Works Contract 3 Construction Environmental Management Plan – Mt Eden Demolition Works, CRL-MTERME-000-RPT-0119, 8 March 2019, Revision: 02 Page 36 | Mt Eden Enabling Works 5
Construction Environmental Management Plan Stage
Description
Dates
Approximate Duration
• Mined tunnel − Setup the spoil handling area for mined tunnel excavation − Setup the dewatering system − Primary shotcrete and face nail Glass Fiber Reinforced Polymer (GFRP) installation to secure the stability of the portal face using shotcreting machine and jumbo respectively. − Excavation of the face until the designated chainage for the TBM • Install site welfare facilities
June 2020 – January 2021
6 months
• MSE Wall (extend beyond the Mt Eden Enabling Works)
September 2020 – June 2021
10 months
• Preparation work for TBM launch including the TBM platform
October 2020 – January 2021
3 months
• TBM launch
January – February 2021
1 month
• Start Ruru Street bridge • Diversion of Huia 2 and Huia 2 Watermain diversion • Start construction of Mt Eden Road bridge (extend beyond the Mt Eden Enabling Works) • Install tower crane • Install sheet pile or secant pile along MC50 to retain the alluvium under the basalt • Install site welfare facilities Stage 3
TBM Launch
Fenton Street utility diversion Stage 1
• • • •
Site clearance Install security fencing Establish lay down areas Set up temporary traffic management (TTM) • Relocate overhead line equipment (OLE) earth cable
March 2020
1 week
Stage 2
• Relocate utilities along Fenton Street and Wynyard Road • Drainage installation in Wynyard Road
March 2020 – April 2020
10 days
Stage 3
• Dig up and investigate watermain
April 2020
4 days
Stage 4
• Set up TTM • Close Porters crossing to vehicular traffic permanently over Easter 2020 • Remove roadside parking in Porters Avenue work area
April 2020 (Easter)
3 days
Page 37
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan Stage
Description
Dates
Approximate Duration
Stage 5
• Start utilities and drainage works on Porters Avenue • Break out rock for watermain and stormwater drainage • Install watermain pipe
April – May 2020
2 months
Stage 6
• Dig and lay watermain in Fenton Street • Break out rock for stormwater drainage and install drainage and utilities in sections on Wynyard Road
April – June 2020
2 months
Stage 7
• Close Fenton pedestrian crossing on 6 June 2020 • Dig and lay stormwater drainage in Fenton Street
June – July 2020
1 month
Stage 8
• Cut over watermain
August 2020
15 days
Stage 9
• Remove old watermain
September 2020
10 days
Stage 10
• Install communications and drainage over watermain • Finish utilities and drainage in Wynyard Road
September 2020
7 days
Stage 11
• Install temporary seal
September 2020
7 days
2.2.2. TBM Preparation Works Methodology The TBM preparation works to be undertaken at Mt Eden Station are outlined in Table 2-2 , inclusive of the construction sequence, equipment, and approximate area of earthworks within the site and volumes of earthworks within the site.
Page 38
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan Table 2-2: Overview of the TBM preparation works construction sequencing, equipment and earthworks
Applicable Stages
Summary of works
Construction sequence of works
Equipment and Material
Stage 0
Remaining demolition of properties (October 2019 - April 2020)
• Salvage • Remove asbestos • Demolish building
• • • • •
Stage 1 Stage 2
Preparation of portal entry (January - July 2020)
• Prepare higher piling platform • Bore the piles (mostly 900mm diameter) to required depth (stage 1 only) • Excavate to create lower platform • Construct capping beams/install lagging • Bore the piles (mostly 900mm diameter) to required depth from the lower platform • Repeat the process listed directly above • On the way down construct wallers and install anchors • Shotcrete between piles
Stage 1
Blasting of basalt (February - July 2020)
• • • • • •
Stage 1
Mt Eden Bridge utility diversion (February – April 2020)
• • • •
Page 39
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Approx. Earthworks Area (m²)
Approx. Earthworks Volumes (mᶟ)
Excavators Trucks for material disposal Breakers Concrete crusher Pulveriser
30,000
NA
• • • • • • • • •
Excavator (20t to 40t) Piling rig (stage 1 only) Formwork Concrete trucks Mobile crane (150t) Steel reinforcement Concrete 40MPa Shotcrete machine Rig for anchors drilling/ installing
2,000
20,000
Drill holes Install explosive Detonate Excavate the blasted material Remove basalt from site or crush on site Repeat the process listed directly above
• • • •
Drilling rig Blasting equipment Crusher Excavator
7,000
20,000
Install traffic management Cut road pavement Excavate/expose utilities Cut trench for new ducts/pipes
• • • •
Hydrovac trucks 5t differ with breaker Compactor Hand tools
360
40
Construction Environmental Management Plan Applicable Stages
Summary of works
Construction sequence of works
• • • •
Install new ducts/pipes Switch over by Network Utility Operators Backfill Reinstate pavement where required
Equipment and Material
Removal of existing shaft (March - July 2020)
• Demolish with breaker and pulveriser on excavator on the way down
• Excavator • Pulveriser • Breakers
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
Install site office and workers facilities (January -November 2020)
• Install foundation • Install modular units
• • • •
Stage 2 Stage 3
Bulk excavation (April – October 2020)
• Excavate and remove soil • Install slope retention (soil nails, rock bolts, mesh and shotcrete) where required
• Excavators • Trucks/dumper trucks for material disposal • Shotcrete machine • Concrete trucks
Stage 2 Stage 3
Construction of Mount Eden Bridge above future tunnels (April 2020 - April 2021)
• Install traffic management (one lane of traffic each way remaining) • Pile for abutments • Construct abutments • Install deck • Build pavement • Swap traffic management and repeat
• • • • • • •
Construction of Ruru bridge including
• Pile for abutments on each side of Huia 2 Watermain • Construct abutments • Install deck including trough for new pipe
• Piling rig • Down the Hole (DTH) hammer
Stage 2
Page 40
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Approx. Earthworks Volumes (mᶟ)
50
500
500
50
9,000
60,000
1,000
2,000
1,000
2,000
• 6 wheel truck
Stage 1
These works will extend to the main works
Approx. Earthworks Area (m²)
Excavator Concrete trucks Reinforcement Mobile crane (150t)
Piling rig Formwork Concrete trucks Mobile crane (300t) Super T slab Concrete Steel reinforcement
Construction Environmental Management Plan Applicable Stages
Summary of works
Construction sequence of works
Equipment and Material
relocation of Huia 2 watermain (April - August 2020)
• Install new pipe • Excavate under the bridge for CRL platform construction
• • • • • • •
Coring Formwork Concrete trucks Mobile crane (300t) Super T slab Concrete Steel reinforcement
Stage 2
Install sedimentation pond and water treatment plant (April - July 2020)
• Ground work to form berm of pond • Drainage work to connect to existing stormwater system • Install Siltbuster water treatment unit (settlement tanks)
• • • • •
Excavator Concrete trucks Drainage pipes Siltbuster settlement tanks Mobile crane (150t)
Stage 2 Stage 3
Install tower crane (June 2020 -November 2020)
• Install foundation piles • Construct crane base • Assemble crane
• • • • •
Stage 2
Install sheet pile or secant pile along MC50 to retain the alluvium under the basalt (April – July 2020)
• Drive sheet pile or bore concrete piles
• • • • •
Page 41
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Excavator Concrete trucks Piling rig Mobile crane (400t) Trucks bringing crane sections • Steel reinforcement • Concrete • Formwork Excavator Concrete trucks Reinforcement Mobile crane (150t) Sheet pile
Approx. Earthworks Area (m²)
Approx. Earthworks Volumes (mᶟ)
2,000
1,000
5,000
1,000
5,000
1,000
Construction Environmental Management Plan Applicable Stages
Summary of works
Construction sequence of works
Equipment and Material
Stage 3
Mined Tunnel MC20/MC30/MC50/ MC60 (June -December 2020)
Top heading: • Once in the rock, rock nail, mesh and shotcrete installation until the formation level of the top heading for the first stage of the mined tunnel excavation • Setup the spoil handling area for mined tunnel excavation • Setup the dewatering system • Primary shotcrete and face nail GFRP installation to secure the stability of the portal face using shotcreting machine and jumbo respectively. GFRP will be removed and disposed offsite at a suitable waste facility (cleanfill/managed fill).
• • • • • • • • •
Shotcreting machine: • Drill probe hole and carry out pre-excavation grouting if necessary. Install drains pipe by the Jumbo – for dewatering purposes and carrying out grouting • Install umbrella support (canopy tubes – one layer) and grout by the Jumbo • Excavate the top portion underneath the umbrella support (temporary structure) and install lattice girder • Apply shotcrete to embed the lattice girder • Excavate the face (upon the design specified advance rate) and apply primary shotcrete by using drum cutter machine. Deliver excavated material to the spoil handling area by using load and haul machine • Repeat shotcrete and lattice girder installation until reaching the end of umbrella support • Set up ventilation, fire fighting, utility and emergency control systems Page 42
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Excavator Concrete trucks Shotcrete machine Jumbo Drum cutter Concrete Steel reinforcement Canopy tubes Load and haul machine
Approx. Earthworks Area (m²)
Approx. Earthworks Volumes (mᶟ)
0 (as undergroun d). Set up over ground would be around 5,000m2)
3,000
Construction Environmental Management Plan Applicable Stages
Summary of works
Construction sequence of works
Equipment and Material
Approx. Earthworks Area (m²)
Approx. Earthworks Volumes (mᶟ)
800
2400
500
50
• Undertake rock mapping by Geologist (to confirm the existing information) and confirm the temporary support type • Excavate the face upon the design specified advance rate and apply primary shotcrete (repeat) • Bolt installation • Application of shotcrete after bolt installation • Excavation of the face until the designated chainage for the TBM launching Stage 3
Mined Tunnel MC30/MC60 (June - December 2020) - continued
Bottom bench (for MC30/MC60 only): • Remove machinery from the tunnel • Lower the working platform to the formation level of the bottom bench for the second stage of the mined tunnel excavation • Excavate the bench and concurrently install bottom legs of lattice girder and final shotcrete till reaching the designated chainage for TBM launch. Deliver excavated material to the spoil handling area.
Stage 3
MSE wall (September 2020 – June 2021)
• Excavation • Ground improvement if required (soil mixing or substitution) • Installation of precast elements • Backfilling
• Excavators • Soil mixing rig (if soil mixing used) • Crane • Dumper trucks • Rollers/compactors
Stage 3 up to TBM launch
Preparation work for TBM launch including the TBM platform
• Set up workshop (most probably steel structure out buildings) • Assemble TBM shield by using mobile crane and delivery trailer
• • • •
Page 43
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Excavator Concrete trucks Tower crane Steel structure
Construction Environmental Management Plan Applicable Stages
Summary of works
Construction sequence of works
Equipment and Material
(October - January 2021)
• Erect tower crane to carry out the TBM site installation • Set up precast segment storage area and deliver precast segment on site • Set up spoil handling area and erection of enclosure (probably steel structure outbuilding) • Construct TBM launch girders and sump pit (Reinforced Concrete - RC structure) • Weld cutter head and assemble shield • Assemble TBM gantries • Set up conveyor belt system, water treatment plant and batching plant • Slide TBM to the designated location and start excavation
• • • •
TBM Launch (January – February 2021)
Page 44
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Cladding Concrete reinforcement Concrete pump Welding machine
Approx. Earthworks Area (m²)
Approx. Earthworks Volumes (mᶟ)
Construction Environmental Management Plan
2.2.3. Fenton Street Utility Diversions The Fenton Street utility diversions and drainage works to be undertaken at Mt Eden Station are outlined in Table 2-3, inclusive of the construction sequence, equipment, and approximate earthworks areas on site and volumes of earthworks (includes cut to waste and imported fill) on site.
Page 45
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan Table 2-3: Overview of the Fenton Street utility diversion works construction sequencing, equipment and earthworks
Stages
Summary of works
Construction sequence of works
Equipment and Material
Stage 1
Site clearance, yard set up (March 2020)
• Relocate OLE earth cable and set up vortrok fencing on the rail • Set up TTM • Clear obstacles from areas alongside the rail track on northern side and remove parking along the rail line • Establish lay down areas • Install security fencing • Remove street parking on Fenton Street, corner of Haultain Street and Wynyard Road • Remove seal on Fenton Street • Widen Fenton Street to the north with clean gravel
• • • • •
Stage 2
Utilities relocation (March – April 2020)
• Relocate utilities along Fenton Street and Wynyard Road in short stages while maintaining access for vehicles and pedestrians • Start drainage installation in Wynyard Road
Stage 3
Watermain investigations (March – April 2020)
Stage 4
Close Porters crossing and establish site (April 2020)
Page 46
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Approx. Earthworks Area (m²)
Approx. Earthworks Volumes (mᶟ)
5t digger with breaker 200 kg plate compactor 10t road roller 20t digger 6 wheel truck
600
320
• • • • •
5t digger with breaker 200kg plate compactor 12t digger 6 wheel truck 10t roller
340
450
• Dig up and investigate watermain tie in points
• • • •
20t digger 6 wheel truck 200kg plate compactor 10t roller
400
1,000
• Set up TTM • Close Porters crossing to vehicular traffic permanently over Easter 2020
• 5t digger with breaker • 200kg plate compactor • 10t road roller
0
0
Construction Environmental Management Plan Stages
Summary of works
Construction sequence of works
Equipment and Material
• Remove roadside parking in Porters Avenue work area
• 20t digger • 6 wheel truck
Approx. Earthworks Area (m²)
Approx. Earthworks Volumes (mᶟ)
Stage 5
Break out watermain and install Porters Avenue utilities and drainage (April – May 2020)
• Start utilities and drainage works on Porters Avenue • Break out rock for watermain and stormwater drainage in short stages • Holes will be backfilled after each stage • Install first watermain pipe
• • • • •
20t digger and breaker (x2) 200 kg plate compactor 10t road roller 6 wheel truck 5t digger
450
945
Stage 6
Lay watermain, install Wynyard Road drainage and utilities (April – June 2020)
• Dig and lay watermain in Fenton street in stages • Break out rock for stormwater drainage install drainage and utilities in sections on Wynyard Road
• • • • • • •
20t digger 200kg plate compactor 6 wheel truck Welders Grinders 3.5t loader 10t road roller
320
600
Stage 7
Fenton Street drainage (June – July 2020)
• Close Fenton Street pedestrian crossing on 6 June 2020 • Dig and lay stormwater drainage in Fenton Street in stages
• • • •
20t digger 5t digger 200 kg plate compactor 6 wheel truck
180
360
Stage 8
Cut over watermain (August 2020)
• Cut over watermain
• • • • • •
20t digger 6 wheel truck 200kg plate compactor Welders, grinders 3.5t loader 10t road roller
0
0
Page 47
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan Stages
Summary of works
Construction sequence of works
Equipment and Material
Stage 9
Remove old watermain (September 2020)
• Remove old watermain in stages and backfill
• • • • • • •
Stage 10
Finish utilities and drainage in Wynyard (September 2020)
• Install communications and drainage over new watermain
Stage 11
Temporary seal (September 2020)
• Apply temporary seal
Page 48
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Approx. Earthworks Area (m²)
Approx. Earthworks Volumes (mᶟ)
20t digger 6 wheel truck 200kg plate compactor 10t roller Plasma cutters Small hand breaker 3.5t loader
0
0
• • • • • •
5t digger 200kg plate compactor 10t roller 20t digger and breaker 6 wheel truck 3.5t loader
60
90
• • • • • • • •
200kg plate compactor 20t roller 20t digger Grader 6 wheel truck 3.5t loader Bitumen truck Rubber tyre roller
0
0
Construction Environmental Management Plan
2.3
Programme
Demolition works have already started at Mt Eden Station and will continue as part of the Mt Eden Enabling Works. The Mt Eden Enabling Works are anticipated to last approximately 13 months between the months of January 2020 and February 2021 (until TBM launch). As part of the Mt Eden Enabling Works, Fenton Street utility diversion works are anticipated to last six months, between March and September 2020. Some works may extend beyond and be part of the main works (such as Mt Eden bridge). Chart 2-1 provides an overview of the indicative sequencing programme for the Mt Eden Enabling Works. Detailed timeframes for construction of Mt Eden Enabling Works are provided per stage in Table 2-1, Table 2-2 and Table 2-3 (refer to sections 2.2.1, 2.2.2 and 2.2.3). Chart 2-1: Mt Eden Enabling Works construction programme
2.4
Hours of works
The Mt Eden Enabling Works will typically be carried out from 0700 to 2200hrs Monday to Saturday (with works between 1900 to 2200hrs minimised where practicable). Specific piling and road cutting works will be restricted to 0700 to 1900 from Monday to Saturday, as per designation condition 36.3b (refer to the as per the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP attached in Appendix K of this CEMP for further detail). Page 49
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan Certain construction works such as mining activities, moving the OLE wire, installing vortrok fencing on the rail and some sewer tie in work may be undertaken outside typical working hours (and potentially between 0700 to 2200hrs on a Sunday) to enable completion of the Mt Eden Enabling Works as per the construction programme provided in section 2.3. Occurrence of these works outside typical working hours will be minimised where practicable in accordance with designation condition 31. Operating procedures will be implemented, including communication with affected residents and businesses, to minimise any potential disturbance (refer to section 5 of this CEMP).
2.5
Site layout and management
This section provides details about the site layout and management for the Mt Eden Enabling Works.
2.5.1. Mt Eden CSA An overview of construction activities and their positioning within the CSA is provided below: •
• •
•
Quieter site activities, such as the site offices / staff facilities and storage areas will be located on the periphery of the CSA which are closest to surrounding buildings and face externally to the rest of the construction site; Noisier activities such as TBM shaft, segments, blasting of basalt, workshops and truck movements will be located internally within the CSA; Vehicle and truck entrances/exits will be located potentially off Ngahura Street at the CSA’s western boundary, while the pedestrian entrance/exit will be located next to Mt Eden bridge (during Stage 0 and 1 of the TBM preparation works) and next to Nikau Street during Stage 2 and 3. Indicative locations for Stage 3 are provided in Figure 2-1); and The water treatment area and sedimentation pond are located on the north eastern boundary of the CSA along Flower Street/Shaddock Street. The erosion and sediment control plan (Appendix H of this CEMP) includes additional smaller sediment retention ponds to be included on the western side of the site and southern side of the site.
An overview of CSA location and indicative layout and activities is shown in the drawings attached in Appendix B of this CEMP. The Mt Eden CSA (Figure 2-1) will provide for: • • • • • • • • • • • • • Page 50
Offices; Site welfare facilities i.e. changing rooms, toilets and showers facility; Workshops including mechanical workshop, cutting tool workshop, electrical workshop and electrical store; A laydown area for materials and equipment such as a mobile crane, excavators (20 to 40T), concrete trucks and welding/cutting equipment; Concrete crusher and associated stockpile; Concrete pumping equipment and concrete load-in; Storage areas for general and hazardous goods; Water storage tanks; A waste management area including skip bins / rubbish and recycling bins; Provision for in the order of 2,000 m³ of stockpiled material for storing spoil during excavation and storing backfill during the tunnel backfilling; Water treatment and sedimentation pond; Spill kit(s); Car park; | Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan • •
Entrance/exit to CSA for trucks and a separate pedestrian entrance; and Wheel wash at the exit of CSA near the western site access on Ngahura Street (refer to erosion and sediment control operational procedures in section 5.4 of this CEMP).
Figure 2-1 Mt Eden CSA indicative layout (at end of TBM preparation works - Stage 3)
It should be noted that establishment of the CSA will commence during the Mt Eden Enabling Works and will continue through to the main works phase. Additional plant and activities will be required in the CSA to support the main works. These activities will be addressed in the CEMP and sub-plans prepared for the main works.
2.5.2. Fenton Street Utility Diversion A 2.1m high chain link fence will isolate the public area from the railway line during construction along Fenton Street. Vortrok fencing will be placed along the rail line. Surge piles, site welfare facilities, site vehicle parking and materials storage will be located south of the Kennards (selfstorage) building and south of the apartment buildings located east of the Kennards building. Figure 2-2 depicts the site layout and further detail is provided in Appendix B of this CEMP. In the order of 500m3 of stockpiled material will be stored on site at any one time and material will be removed regularly.
Page 51
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan
N Figure 2-2 Site layout for Fenton Street utility diversion works
2.6
Security, safety and public viewing
Site security and safety will be provided as follows during the Mt Eden Enabling Works: •
•
•
• •
Page 52
Hoardings/fences (and use of existing walls) will be established at the perimeter of the works. These may be anchored to or fixed into the ground where their location is critical (e.g. to eliminate fall risks). Gates will be provided at construction entry and exit points and these will be locked shut when the site is unattended. Site personnel will be located at each site entrance to prevent unauthorised persons from entering the site. Noise barriers (acoustic screens) will be installed where necessary across the construction site. Acoustic screens block line of sight between breaker and sensitive receivers. Noise barriers (2 m high) or enclosures (used for stationary plant e.g. fixed paver cutting stations, concrete crushing plant, etc.) will be used in areas where the noise limits are predicted to be exceeded, and where they provide effective mitigation (refer to section 7.5 of the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP in Appendix K of this CEMP). Access into the site will be limited through site sign-in procedures. Notice boards will be placed at certain locations around the project area and will identify the names and contact details of relevant project staff.
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan During the main construction works, the hoardings/fences may become spaces for project information, decoration or artworks on the public facing sides while still shielding drivers from distraction.
2.6.1. Crime Prevention through Environmental Design Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED) principles (surveillance, access management, territorial reinforcement, quality environments) will be adopted during the Mt Eden Enabling Works, such as: • • • • •
• •
•
2.7
Closing site office windows at night. Provision of lighting within construction areas and security lighting in the CSA as appropriate, such as office entrances. Installation of CCTV within the wider working area. Clear identification of entry/exit points for work areas and CSA. Creating a sense of ownership and responsibility among construction staff for construction areas, to encourage staff to take pride in their work spaces and maintain these to a high standard. Ensuring work areas are well managed to prevent people entering work areas. Providing well-defined and well-lit pedestrian routes with clear sight lines to promote convenient and safe movement within and adjacent to the area of works (refer to the Transport Access and Parking DWP at Appendix J for further detail). Providing legible and informative wayfinding signage within and around the works area as appropriate to the construction staging.
Site housekeeping
The work site will be maintained in neat and tidy condition, and due care shall be taken to prevent damage to any adjoining public or private property. Equipment and materials will be stored safely, securely and in an orderly manner. No materials or debris shall be placed or allowed to roll, wash, slide or blow across adjacent boundaries. On completion of construction work in individual areas, all plant and construction materials will be removed from the site as practicable.
2.7.1. Graffiti Weekly inspections of walls and hoardings (used for the Mt Eden Enabling Works and for the main works) will be undertaken and will be checked for integrity and graffiti. Graffiti will be discouraged by placing murals and project information on hoardings and existing remaining walls (where practicable). A small quantity of paint will be kept on site to paint over any graffiti occurring on site. The Link Alliance will aim to paint over graffiti within 48 hours of it being identified (which might take longer if working at height is required).
2.7.2. Litter The construction site will be inspected daily for litter. The Link Alliance will work with businesses to assist in the regular removal of waste from the project area. Waste generated by the Mt Eden Enabling Works will include materials that have the potential to be recycled on site (such as concrete, basalt and other materials) and others that will need to be sent to Page 53
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan landfill. Where practicable recycled concrete may be used for temporary roads construction and recycled basalt may be used for backfill or establishment of temporary roads within the CSA. Waste management practices will be implemented through the project Waste Avoidance and Resource Recovery Management Plan (refer to section 5.18 of this CEMP).
2.7.3. Pest Management Following demolition of a number of buildings within the Mt Eden Station CSA, there will be the potential for pest to increase at the site and mobilise into surrounding properties for shelter. Pest management activities must comply with Local Authority pest management policies and rules as per the Biosecurity Act 1993 and regulated by the Ministry for Primary Industries (and Local Authorities). As part of the general site housekeeping, pest management activities are proposed as follows: • • • •
2.8
Undertake inspections, monitoring and surveillance at the site and surrounding properties, to determine the presence of pests (especially rats). Gather feedback from the community, residents and businesses (as per the Communication and Consultation Plan, refer section 5.3 and Appendix G of this CEMP). If required, undertake direct control of rats at targeted locations. Continue monitoring direct control actions (e.g. daily inspection is required for the use of live-capture traps and treat the pest in accordance with the Animal Welfare Act 1999).
Returning the site to public use
An Urban Design DWP (UD DWP) will be prepared as part of a subsequent outline plan process for the Mt Eden Station and the reinstatement of the CSA. The UD DWP will address how the works area will be returned to public use.
Page 54
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan
3.
Social and Environmental Management
This CEMP presents a framework of principles, environmental policy and performance standards as well as the process for implementing good environmental management. The methods for achieving this are presented in further detail in sections 3.1 to 3.4.
3.1
Construction Activities and Associated Environmental Receivers
The key construction activities associated with the Mt Eden Enabling Works are: • • • • • • • • •
Demolition5; Portal piling; Basalt blasting; Bulk excavation; Bridge construction; Backfilling; Tunnel mining; TBM platform installation and preparation for launching; and Utility diversion at Fenton Street.
The Mt Eden Enabling Works construction activities have the potential to generate adverse environmental effects relating to network utility disruption, social and businesses disruption, transport, access and parking, noise and vibration, dust, stormwater discharges, soil contamination, groundwater and settlement, and heritage character. The sub-plans attached to the CEMP detail mitigation measures specific to the potential environmental effects generated by the construction activities. Table 3-1 summarises key activities associated with the Mt Eden Enabling Works and potential sensitive receivers. Table 3-1: Mt Eden Enabling Works construction activities and associated environmental receivers
Main Activity
Demolition (remaining)
Portal works
Blasting and crushing of basalt
Page 55
Description of activity • Salvage • Asbestos removal • Building demolition
Environmental Receivers
• Stormwater (Motions Creek and
Waitemata Harbour receiving environment) • Buildings (settlement/ vibration/ heritage) • Residents/social and businesses (noise/ vibration/dust/odour/amenity/cultural) • Traffic network • Discharge to ground (landfill/soil contamination)
• Pile boring • Excavation • Capping beams construction (lagging installation) • Wallers construction and anchors installation • Shotcrete between piles
• Stormwater (Motions Creek and
• Drilling holes • Installation of explosive and detonation • Excavation of blasted material
• Stormwater (Motions Creek and
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Waitemata Harbour receiving environment)
• Buildings (settlement/ vibration/ heritage) • Residents/ social and businesses (noise/vibration/odour/dust) • Groundwater
Waitemata Harbour receiving environment) • Buildings (settlement/ vibration/ heritage)
Construction Environmental Management Plan Main Activity
Description of activity
• Removal of basalt from site (or crush on site)
Environmental Receivers
• Residents/social and businesses (noise/vibration/odour/dust) • Groundwater
• Excavation • Spoil handling and removal • Installation of slope retention (soil nails,
• Stormwater (Motions Creek and
Construction of bridges and relocation of watermain
• Abutments piling and construction • Deck installation and relocation of watermain (Huia 2 watermain as part of Ruru bridge construction) • Excavation and construction of platform (for Ruru bridge) • Utility diversion (Mt Eden bridge)
• Stormwater (Motions Creek and
Backfilling
• Backfilling • Spoil handling • Diversion of existing road • Reinstatement
• Stormwater (Motions Creek and
• Top heading setup: installation of rock, rock nail, mesh and shotcrete • Primary shotcrete and lattice girder installation and implementation • Bolt installation and shotcrete application • Bench excavation, bottom legs of lattice girder installation and final shotcrete till reaching the designated chainage for TBM launch
• Stormwater (Motions Creek and
Fenton Street Utilities relocation and drainage works
• Digging • Compaction • Backfilling
• Stormwater (Motions Creek and Waitemata Harbour receiving environment) • Residents/social and businesses (noise/vibration/odour/dust) • Traffic network • Network utility
Sheet pile installation
• Drive sheet pile or bore concrete piles
• Stormwater (Motions Creek and Waitemata Harbour receiving environment) • Buildings (settlement/ vibration) • Residents/ social and businesses (noise/vibration/dust) • Traffic network • Groundwater
TBM launching activities
• Preparation activities: assemble TBM shield, construct launch girders and sump pit, weld cutter head, set up conveyor belt, slide TBM to designated location
• Stormwater (Motions Creek and Waitemata receiving environment) • Air Quality (dust) • Buildings (settlement/ vibration)
Bulk Excavation
rock bolts, mesh and shotcrete) where required
Tunnel Mining
Page 56
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Waitemata Harbour receiving environment) • Buildings (settlement/ vibration/ heritage) • Residents/ social and businesses (noise/vibration/dust/odour) • Traffic network • Groundwater
Waitemata Harbour receiving environment) • Residents/ social and businesses (noise/vibration/odour/dust) • Network Utility (for Ruru bridge and Huia 2 Watermain relocation only) • Traffic network (for Mt Eden bridge only)
Waitemata Harbour receiving environment) • Buildings (settlement/ vibration) • Residents/ social and businesses (noise/vibration/dust/odour) • Traffic network
Waitemata Harbour receiving environment) • Buildings (settlement/ vibration) • Residents/ social and businesses (noise/vibration/dust/odour) • Traffic network • Groundwater
Construction Environmental Management Plan Main Activity
Description of activity
Environmental Receivers
All other activities
• CSA establishment with installation of site office, workers facilities and workshops • Tower crane installation • Mobile plant • Movement of vehicles in the work area • CSA activities within unpaved surfaces • Storage of excavated spoil (stockpile) and imported fill (up to 2,000 mᶟ, if necessary) • Concrete crushing and cutting • Cement silo • Construction and installation of erosion and sediment control devices including sedimentation pond • Relocation of existing utilities/shafts • Construction of water treatment plant and batching plant • Waste management • Hazardous substances management • Construction and installation of precast segment storage • Loading/unloading of dry material
• Stormwater (Motions Creek and
3.2
• Residents/ social and businesses (noise/vibration) • Traffic network • Groundwater
Waitemata Harbour receiving environment) • Buildings (settlement/ vibration/ heritage) • Residents/ social and businesses (noise/vibration/dust/odour) • Traffic network • Discharge to ground (landfill) and groundwater
Environmental Risk Register
The Risk Register includes environmental risks associated with the Mt Eden Enabling Works. It has been set up based on the construction methodology (refer to section 2 of this CEMP) and assessment of potential risks on the environment (section 3.1 of this CEMP). The information contained in the Risk Register provides a guide for the implementation of environmental management activities, controls and monitoring, thus minimising environmental impacts. The Risk Register is a ‘living document’ and will be updated as appropriate during the works, such as to address site conditions, revised construction methodologies, new or changed construction staging, or changes to legislative requirements. The Risk Register should be reviewed at least quarterly by the ESM (refer to section 4.1.2 of this CEMP for responsibilities of the ESM). The ESM shall review and update the CEMP and sub-plans (in conjunction with Technical Specialists) to reflect updates to the Risk Register as appropriate.
3.3
Cumulative Effects
Methods to address cumulative effects are outlined for specific activities within the relevant subplans. Most notably these include construction noise and vibration, dust, transport, access and parking and social impacts and business disruption. Monitoring for each area includes methods to ensure the effects from the Mt Eden Enabling Works construction activities are well understood and delineated from effects of other concurrent construction projects in proximity to the works, to the extent practicable.
Page 57
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan
3.4
Legislative and Other Requirements
This section describes the statutory framework and other requirements for environmental management on the project and outlines relevant legislation, policies, plans and consents.
3.4.1.
National Legal Requirements and Policies
The works shall be undertaken to comply with all relevant legislation, regulation, strategies and policies in order to appropriately manage environmental effects. Key environmental legislation and regulations relevant to the Mt Eden Enabling Works is identified in Table 3-2. Table 3-2 Key national legislation, regulations and standards
National legislation, regulations, strategies and policies Resource Management Act, 1991 Hazardous Substances and New Organisms Act, 1996 Protected Objects Act (1975) for the relevant archaeological and heritage standards/practices Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga Act (HNZPT), 2014 National Environmental Standard – Air Quality, 2004 (NES:AQ) National Environmental Standard for Assessing and Managing Contaminants in Soil to Protect Human Health Regulations (NES CS), 2011 Hauraki Gulf Marine Park Act, 2000 WasteMINZ Technical Guidelines for Disposal to Land, Waste Management Institute New Zealand (WasteMINZ), 2018 Health and Safety at Work (Asbestos) Regulations 2016 Health and Safety at Work (Hazardous Substances) Regulations 2017 National Policy Statement for Freshwater Management (NPSFM), 2014 Dangerous Goods Act (1974) and Regulations Biosecurity Act 1993 Animal Welfare Act 1999 As the receiving environment is a marine environment, NPS FM 2014 is not relevant and therefore this CEMP will consider NPS FM 2014 as not applicable for these works. The Link Alliance will identify, maintain and continually evaluate compliance with legal and other related requirements that are applicable to the delivery of the project (refer to section 0 for further detail about the monitoring and reporting requirements).
3.4.2.
Legislation, Standards and Guidelines relating to Environmental Aspects
Table 3-3 identifies any legislation, standards and guidelines which are relevant to the environmental aspects of the project. These will be read in conjunction with the relevant sub-plans of this CEMP. Table 3-3 Standards, guidelines and specific statutory requirements associated with environmental aspects and detailed in this CEMP and sub-plans
Environmental Aspect/Plan Social and Impact Business Disruption DWP Page 58
Acronym
Plans, Statutory Requirements, Guidelines and Standards
SIBD DWP •
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
International Association for Impact Assessment Social Impact Assessment: Guidance for Assessing and Managing the Social Impacts of Projects, April 2015
Construction Environmental Management Plan Environmental Aspect/Plan
Acronym
Communication and Consultation Plan
CCP
Plans, Statutory Requirements, Guidelines and Standards • • • •
International Association for Public Participation engagement spectrum (IAP2) International Association for Public Participation engagement spectrum (IAP2) CRL’s Overarching Communication and Consultation Strategy (2018). CRL’s Communication and Consultation Strategy (2012)
Land disturbing activities/ Erosion and Sediment Control
ESCP
Air Quality DWP
AQ DWP
Trees and Vegetation DWP
TV DWP
Transport, Access and Parking DWP
TAP DWP
Construction Noise and Vibration
CNV DWP
Historic Character DWP Contamination DWP
HC DWP
GD05, Auckland Council Guideline Document No. 2016/005 for Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region (2016). • Design in accordance with Auckland Council Best Management Practice: Catch pit Protection (AC 2015). • Ministry for Environment, Good Practice Guide for Assessing and Managing the Environmental Effects of Dust Emissions 2001. • AS/NZ 3580.1.1: 2007 Method for sampling and analysis of ambient air – Guide to siting air monitoring equipment. • National Environmental Standard for Air Quality (AQNES). • Auckland Unitary Plan AUP(OP) Table E26.4.3 Network Utilities and electricity generation – Trees in roads and open space zones and the Notable Trees Overlay. • Auckland City Council Manual of Temporary Traffic Management. • Auckland Transport Agency’s Code of Practice for Temporary Traffic Management (CoPTTM) • Auckland Transport’s Code of Practice (ATCoP) • NZS 6803:1999 Acoustics – Construction Noise. • DIN 4150-3:1999 Structural Vibration (German standard). • BS 5228:2009 Code of Practice for Noise and Vibration Control on Structures (British Standard). • NZS 6801:2008 Measurement of Sound. • NZS 6802:2008 Assessment of Environmental Sound. • AS 2187.2-200 Explosives – storage and use – use of explosives. • Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga Act, 2014.
CDWP
•
•
• • •
Page 59
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Ministry for Environment A Guide to the Management of Cleanfills, 2002. Health and Safety at Work (Asbestos) Regulations 2016 (Asbestos Regulations) WorkSafe New Zealand, Approved Code of Practice (ACoP): Management and Removal of Asbestos (September 2016) Ministry for Environment, Contaminated Land Management Guidelines No. 1 to 5.
Construction Environmental Management Plan Environmental Aspect/Plan
Acronym
Plans, Statutory Requirements, Guidelines and Standards • •
Hazardous substances And Industrial and Trade Activity Environmental Management Plan
NA ITA EMP
• • • • • • • • • • •
Stormwater Management ITA EMP
ITA EMP
•
Waste Management
NA
• • •
Page 60
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
National Environmental Standard for Assessing and Managing Contaminants in Soil to Protect Human Health Regulations, 2011. New Zealand Guidelines for Assessing and Managing Asbestos in Soil, 2017 AUP(OP) Permitted Activity Criteria. Hazardous Substances and New Organisms Act 1996, HSNO regulations and gazette notices. Hazardous Substances (fireworks, safety ammunition, and other explosives transfer) Regulations 2003 no. 2003/176. Hazardous Substances (Tank Wagons and Transportable Containers) Regulations 2004. Land Transport Rule 45001/1 and 45001/2: Dangerous Goods 2005. AS/NZ 2430.3 Classification of Hazardous Areas. AS 2430.1:1987 Classification of Hazardous Areas – Explosive Gas Atmosphere. NS 6101.1:1998 Classification of Hazardous Areas – Flammable Gas and Vapour Atmospheres. AS/NZS 238 and AS/NZS 61241.1.2 Electrical Installations in Hazardous Zones. Land Transport Rule 45001/1 and 45001/2: Dangerous Goods. Health and Safety at Work (Hazardous Substances) 2017 Regulations (HSW-HS) Australian and New Zealand Environment Conservation Council Guidelines for Fresh and Marine Water Quality (2000) referred to as ANZECC 2000 Guidelines. Waste Minimisation Act 2008. NZ Waste Strategy. Auckland Council Bylaws – Part 22 Solid Waste.
Construction Environmental Management Plan
4.
Implementation and Operation
Section 4 details how this CEMP and sub-plans will be implemented. It covers roles and responsibilities as well as the training and induction process.
4.1
Roles and Responsibilities
Section 4.1 details roles and responsibilities for the project and includes contact details.
4.1.1.
Overview and Responsibility for this CEMP
Three main groups are responsible for the environmental management of the works, namely: CRLL as the wider CRL project owner, requiring authority, and holder of the A2N resource consents with overall responsibility for compliance with consent and designation conditions and project approvals; The Link Alliance who are undertaking the construction works with overall responsibility for site environmental management; and Auckland Council who is responsible for auditing the works and monitoring compliance with designation and resource consent conditions, the CEMP and sub-plans.
•
• •
Each person involved in the Mt Eden Enabling Works has equal responsibility to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse environmental effects during the works. Section 4.1.2 provides further detail on the roles and responsibilities during the Mt Eden Enabling Works.
4.1.2.
Specific Roles and Responsibilities
Table 4.1 describes the key Link Alliance roles and responsibilities in relation to environmental management during the construction period. The sub-plans also outline specific roles and responsibilities in relation to the implementation of the respective plans as appropriate. Table 4-1 Mt Eden Enabling Works specific roles and responsibilities
Role • Project Director – Francois Dudouit • Deputy Project Director – Dale Burtenshaw • Construction Manager – Philippe Begou • Mt Eden Station Project Manager – Thibaut L’Hopital • Mt Eden Station Construction Manager – Dave Harris
Page 61
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Responsibilities • Overseeing project planning, acquisition, design, constructability, procurement, stakeholder engagement, communications, programme and financial control. • Providing strategic direction to all workstreams to provide an integrated approach to project delivery. • Ultimate responsibility for compliance with resource consent and designation conditions. • Ultimate responsibility for achieving the sustainability outcomes. • Overseeing the Mt Eden Station construction delivery. • Ensuring site personnel adhere to the CEMP and sub-plans and comply with environmental operating procedures. • Ensuring site personnel adhere to the project communication protocols and procedures. • Development, management and monitoring of Construction Execution Procedures (CEPs), including the integration of environmental and sustainability requirements. • Providing project progress/milestone information for stakeholder briefings (e.g. CLG, Mana Whenua Forum).
Construction Environmental Management Plan Role • Communications and Engagement Manager – Rachel Blundell • Mt Eden Community Manager – to be confirmed
• Environmental and Sustainability Manager (ESM) – Sarah Sutherland • Environmental Advisor – to be confirmed
Page 62
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Responsibilities • Coordinates emergency responses, along with the ESM. • Manages a Communications and Engagement team that is the main and readily accessible point of contact for stakeholders and persons affected by the works. • Implementation of Link Alliance Communications for the Mt Eden Enabling Works and responsible for communicating key aspects of the works to stakeholders, affected parties and the general public including: Informing the community / key stakeholders of the project, construction milestones, programme and progress. Notifying project neighbours / key stakeholders of project works that may affect them and regular liaison with the affected community. • Primary contact for project related complaints and enquiries. • Managing stakeholder enquiries and working with relevant team members to resolve complaints. • Immediately reporting any high-risk stakeholder / communication issues to the Mt Eden Station Project Manager and the CRLL GM Corporate Relations and Communications. • Assisting the CRLL Communications team with key stakeholder engagement including the Mana Whenua Forum and Local Boards. • Providing advice to the Mt Eden Station Project Manager / Construction Manager on critical stakeholder engagement, communications and relationship building. • Coordination of Mt Eden CLG meetings. • Assisting the Mt Eden Station Construction Manager in briefing site personnel on: - The mandatory site inductions regarding the standards and requirements for community relations; - Procedures to follow if staff are approached by a member of the public or the media; and - Behavioural procedures in and around the construction site boundaries. • Providing leadership to the Link Alliance team to achieve project environmental objectives and outcomes. • Undertaking regular site inspections, auditing and checking of environmental management practices and procedures/compliance with the CEMP, sub-plans and resource consent and designation conditions. • Tracking compliance information. • Coordinating environmental interfaces with consultants, subcontractors and suppliers. • Submitting relevant reporting and records to Auckland Council. • Attending compliance meetings with Auckland Council Compliance and Monitoring Officers. • Reporting any changes to construction techniques or environmental changes which may require changes to existing / new planning approvals. • Reviewing and updating CEMP and relevant sub-plans during works (at least annually). • Updating and maintaining the environmental portion of the project Risk Register. • Coordinating environmental monitoring as per the CEMP and subplans.
Construction Environmental Management Plan Role
• Project and Site Engineers
• Project Technical Specialists
• All Staff (including subcontractors)
Page 63
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Responsibilities • Training staff (including subcontractors) on environmental and sustainability aspects. • Reporting on the project environmental and sustainability KPIs. • Coordinating the interfaces and communications with external agencies and stakeholders in relation to environmental management on the project in conjunction with the Communication and Engagement Manager. • Coordinating environmental emergency / incident responses and undertaking incident investigations. • Informing the Project Director/Mt Eden Station Project Manager of environmental or sustainability non-compliances. • Investigating environmental non-compliances and implementing corrective actions. • Ensuring staff are trained appropriately for the management of spills and methods to avoid them (including storage and handling of hazardous substances). • ESM is an IS Accredited Professional. • Supervising subcontractors to ensure the implementation of environmental controls. • Undertaking daily site inspections. • Coordinating and implementing mitigation actions (e.g. in relation to trigger values exceedances or complaint). • Ensuring environmental erosion and sediment control works are installed and maintained. • Ensuring all staff are aware of environmental requirements and management measures are implemented and maintained to ensure ongoing effectiveness. • Write and review sub-plans for the CEMP; • Attend relevant CLG meetings, where required; • Conduct monitoring as required by the sub-plans; • Communicate with the ESM to confirm compliance with the subplans; and • Provide assistance to the ESM on technical matters. • Adherence to the CEMP and sub-plans. • Attending tool-box talks and environmental training (including becoming familiar with the requirements of the CEMP and sub-plans, as directed by the ESM or as directed by the sub-plans). • Reporting environmental incidents, complaints, defects and any other problems to senior staff. • Ensuring that environmental management processes and procedures are followed, and mitigation/protection measures are maintained and working correctly. • Ensuring that the site and adjacent areas are protected and respected (litter placed in bins, site kept tidy). • Direct all public and media enquiries to the Communications and Engagement Manager. • Use approved haul routes, site access and designated site parking (if available) to minimise disruption to the local community. • Work within approved construction hours. • Work within the conditions specified in the Permits to Notify (refer CCP for further detail). • Show consideration for stakeholders and community members at all times.
Construction Environmental Management Plan
4.1.3.
Contact Details
Contact details for key people with key responsibilities in the implementation of this CEMP are provided in Table 4-2. Table 4-2: Contact details for Mt Eden Enabling Works project staff
Title
Mt Eden Station Project Manager Link Alliance Communications and Engagement Manager
Name
Contact no.
Rachel Blundell
Rachel.Blundell@linkalliance.co.nz
027 306 9156
Thibaut L’Hopital
Thibaut.lhopital@linkalliance.co.nz
027 564 5756
The general public contact details for the Mt Eden Enabling Works are as follows: • •
4.2
CRL Hotline: 0800 CRL TALK (0800 275 8255) Mt Eden Station email address: mteden@linkalliance.co.nz
Training and Induction
All personnel will receive appropriate training that is relevant for the environmental aspects of their work. As a minimum, all personnel will be required to complete the project induction training. Other trainings include weekly tool box talks and pre-start meetings.
4.2.1.
Induction Training
The project induction will include an overview of the environmental, cultural, social and sustainability aspects of the works, including the key requirements and staff responsibilities in relation to this CEMP and the sub-plans. The purpose of the induction is to ensure that, at a minimum, all project staff: • • •
• • •
Understand the importance of following the environmental policy, procedures and requirements of this CEMP; Are aware of the roles and responsibilities relating to environmental management for the works; Are aware of the significant environmental, cultural and social values and issues within the vicinity of the works, the potential impact of the construction activities on these values and the management of these impacts; Are aware of the emergency response and incident procedures; Understand an implement site sustainability measures and monitoring; and Understand the Project communications and the complaints management procedures.
The Link Alliance Site Access and Inductions memo 6 provides details on the Mt Eden Enabling Works site induction process and booking procedure.
Link Alliance Early Works Site Access and Inductions Memo, dated 29 August 2019. Page 64 | Mt Eden Enabling Works 6
Construction Environmental Management Plan
4.2.2.
Tool Box Talks
Weekly tool box talks will be conducted for site personnel to deliver specific training and to ensure all site staff are aware of the key environmental issues, social, cultural and sustainability matters relevant to the works. This may include (but not limited to) the following: Spill kit training; Hazardous substances handling; Graffiti covering; Stormwater discharge control; Correct erection of erosion and sediment control measure (refer to section 5.4) or acoustic screen; and Tree protection.
• • • • • •
The training provides site personnel with ongoing environmental training and information throughout the project. All tool box talk participants must sign an attendance sheet.
4.2.3.
Pre-Start Meetings
Pre-start meetings are used by the supervisors and foremen to explain the work to be done in the upcoming shift. All operational aspects of the task are discussed including safety and environmental issues and controls, particularly if there are new hazards or if there has been a recent incident. An environmental management representative must attend, as applicable, to explain new environmental controls or reiterate existing controls.
Page 65
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan
5.
Environmental Management
The following section of this CEMP describes the environmental measures that will be implemented during the construction of the project to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse environmental effects. Sub-plans detailing the controls and measures for each environmental aspect are cross-referenced where relevant and form appendices to this CEMP.
5.1
Network Utilities
Consultation with Network Utility Operators (NUO) has been undertaken throughout the development of the project. Operational procedures will follow the ‘Identifying and communication with key stakeholders’ section 6.4 of CCP (attached in Appendix G of this CEMP) and ‘Stakeholder and affected people’ section 7.2 of the CCP. The Link Alliance will also utilise the strategies outlined in the ‘Communication Tools’ section 6.2 of the CCP. Consultation and coordination with NUO will be ongoing throughout the duration of the construction, with the objective of ensuring appropriate management of utility assets and the ability to meet operational requirements at all times. The following NUO have been consulted with in order to ensure the project has no adverse effects on the continued operation of Network Utilities and to ensure that relocation and protection of applicable utilities occurs prior and during project construction: • • • • • • •
Vector Electricity; Vector Gas; Vector Communications; Chorus; Vodafone; Auckland Council’s stormwater unit (Healthy Waters); and Watercare Services.
The Mt Eden Road Station Utilities Management Plan 7 has also been developed with the NUOs for the CRL project as a whole. Regular meetings are currently held between the Link Alliance and NUO through the design phase, especially in relation to Huia 2 Watermain. Minutes of meetings are taken at each meeting to record discussion and actions. Once construction has started, it is anticipated that weekly meetings will be organised with all NUO to go through any changes and impacts to the utilities, potential risks and mitigation actions to be implemented. Consultation with NUO has included regular workshops and ongoing liaison through emails, phone calls, and meetings. NUO procedures for utility disruption will be followed in the event of any disruption as a result of the Mt Eden Enabling Works. It is considered that current practices by NUO reflect best practice and will therefore be used as standard procedure for the duration of the Mt Eden Enabling Works. There is a risk of encountering unknown utilities during construction. A Technical Risk Register and Safety in Design Risk Register is provided in Appendix E and F of the Mt Eden Station Utilities Management Plan7. Those risk registers identify potential risks associated with network utilities (e.g. damage to existing unknown utilities) and provide preventative controls and mitigation measures to be implemented.
City Rail Link Mount Eden Station, Karangahape Station and NAL Connections – Utilities Management Plan, Document ref: CRL-SYW-UTI-000-PLN-0001 3 August 2018 Page 66 | Mt Eden Enabling Works 7
Construction Environmental Management Plan Should unknown utilities be encountered during the Mt Eden Enabling Works, this will be dealt with on a case by case basis. There will be regular communication between onsite personnel and service providers throughout construction to ensure these situations are managed effectively and efficiently. Operational procedures to manage other foreseeable circumstances such as contaminated land discovery are included in the Contamination DWP (refer Appendix N of this CEMP). All health and safety related foreseeable risks are covered in the project H&S Plan. All network utility operators and their contractors are required to adhere to the obligations outlined within this CEMP while undertaking work within the area of the project site. This includes all personnel undertaking the relevant induction and training processes as outlined within section 4.2 of this CEMP and complying with the environmental management procedures outlined within section 5 of this CEMP. In order to ensure the continued operation of the utilities and to ensure the NUO have access to existing utilities for maintenance/emergency access and repair at all reasonable times, regular consultation and coordination with all NUOs will be undertaken throughout the project. This will be through workshops, regularly scheduled meetings, phone calls and emails.
5.1.1. Provision of Drawings to Network Utility Operators All new utilities being installed on the project will be surveyed by a registered surveyor and transferred into a drawing which satisfies each of the service providers specific ‘as built’ requirements. This information will be provided to the service providers.
5.2
Social Impact and Business Disruption
During the construction of the project there is potential for disruption to businesses, residents and community services/facilities. A Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP (SIBD DWP) is included in Appendix F of this CEMP and has been prepared in accordance with CRL designation condition 61 in order to avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects arising from disruption to businesses, residents and community services/facilities. Feedback obtained in the preparation of this SIBD DWP has reinforced the importance of regular communication between the project team and affected parties during the entire period of construction, including the Mt Eden Enabling Works. An engagement programme with residential properties and businesses located immediately adjacent to the Mt Eden Enabling Works area was carried out between 28 August 2019 to 25 September 2019. The following are key issues/comments that were raised by parties during the engagement meetings: • • • • • • • • Page 67
Customer/business effects (in particular due to closure of the level crossing between Porters Avenue and Wynyard Road); Restriction to access property during construction, in particular truck deliveries to and from businesses; Access to on-site parking; The impact of the loss of on-street car parking both during construction and postconstruction; Noise and vibration effects from construction; Dust generated during construction; Uncertainty over the timing of works; Closure of Mt Eden Station during construction; and | Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan •
Disruption to utility services and potential impact on residents/businesses (during utility relocation).
The SIBD DWP will be implemented throughout the entire construction period. Social impact and business disruption effects will also be mitigated through the other sub-plans required under the CRL designation and resource consent conditions. Mitigation measures include, but are not limited to: • • • • • • • •
Regular progress meetings and communications with all parties (providing project progress); On-site advisory signage, contractor briefings; Monitoring and management of noise and vibration (as per the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP in Appendix K); Monitoring and management of transport, access and parking (as per the Transport Access and Parking DWP in Appendix J); Minimising utility disruption (communication with NUOs, affected community, etc.); Measures to reduce and manage dust and odour (as per Air Quality DWP in Appendix I); Measures to prevent business visibility disruption; and Measures to prevent negative impacts to the health and wellbeing of the affected community.
Section 9 of the SIBD DWP outlines the queries and complaints process and disputes resolution process. A record of queries and complaints will be kept and meetings will be held with the CLG at least every three months. An annual report will be provided on the identification, monitoring, evaluation and management of the effects outlined in the SIBD DWP, along with a summary of any comments or complaints raised by the community and how they have been addressed. In addition, a Development Response Plan (DRP) is being developed for the Mt Eden Station. The DRP supports the Link Alliance’s Communications & Engagement Plan and is one of the tools to address social impact and business disruption issues identified in the SIBD DWP. The purpose of the DRP is to provide measures and tools to mitigate the cumulative construction impacts on affected people and provide support to the community. The DRP will cover aspects such as the wayfinding signage, hoarding signage, feature lighting, street cleaning, community involvement, business advertising, etc. Details of the DRP are provided in the SIBD DWP.
5.3
Communication and Consultation
A CCP has been prepared in accordance with CRL designation condition 15 and resource consent conditions 25, and 27 to 33. The CCP is provided in Appendix G of this CEMP. The CCP provides a framework to ensure appropriate communication and consultation with the community, stakeholders, affected parties and affected in-proximity parties during construction of the Mt Eden Enabling Works. Appendix B of the CCP provides an engagement map identifying the affected parties and parties affected in proximity to the Mt Eden Enabling Works. Appendix C of the CCP provides a list of affected parties and a summary of the consultation methods and outcome of discussions. Community engagement for the Mt Eden Enabling Works will range from simply informing people about the project, to consulting and involving them in meaningful decisions about key aspects of the project. The priority for communication with affected parties is via face-to-face conversations. A secondary audience of those in wider proximity or interested in the Mt Eden Enabling Works will be Page 68
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan serviced through a predominantly online and electronic communication strategy. The key messages for this audience will be advanced communication of changes to road function to enable informed choice and to ensure travel-related information is readily available. The communication strategy for the works includes the following: • •
The use of various communication channels and tools to notify affected parties of the works (e.g. E-notices, one on one meetings, CLG meetings), and frequency of communication. Identifying and communicating with key stakeholders such as owners of businesses, NUO, Auckland Council Parks Department, HNZPT and Emergency Services.
The Mt Eden CLG will remain the key touchstone for general communications with key stakeholders and their representatives. The CCP aims to keep stakeholders and affected parties fully informed and to let them know how construction works will be undertaken. The CCP will ensure stakeholders and affected parties are consulted with, and where there are direct effects on them, they will have inquiries and complaints responded to in a timely manner and can get in touch easily on a 24/7 basis should the need arise (refer to section 7.4.3 of the CCP for detailed complaints management process). Complaints will be dealt with in a responsive manner so that the complainant feels their concerns are being heard and addressed. The Link Alliance Communications and Engagement Manager will work closely with the Mt Eden Station Project Manager to resolve complaints. Section 7.2.7 of the CCP indicates that (in line with designation condition 22.1 and resource consent condition 42), the CEMP, DWPs and MPs shall be reviewed at least annually or as a result of a material change to the works, to address unforeseen adverse effects arising from construction or unresolved complaints (also refer to section 6.7.1 of this CEMP). The Link Alliance will notify any affected parties by the review and any material change proposed to the plans and document any inputs received from the affected parties.
5.4
Erosion and Sediment Control
Earthworks activities associated with the Mt Eden Enabling Works have the potential for sediment generation and discharge into the stormwater network and receiving environment. Detail on the earthworks activities is provided in section 2 of this CEMP. An Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (ESCP) has been prepared in accordance with resource consent conditions 53 to 58 and is provided (along with the ESCP drawings) in Appendix H of this CEMP. The ESCP provides measures to mitigate and manage potential adverse effects on water quality (due to discharge of debris, soil, sediment or sediment-laden water) during the Mt Eden Enabling Works. This plan should be read in conjunction with the Contamination DWP (CDWP) attached in Appendix N of this CEMP and Flocculant Treatment Management Plan (refer to section 5.4.1 of this CEMP). The ESCP follows the principles of Auckland Council GD05. Sources of contaminants during the Mt Eden Enabling Works include sediments (earthworks), fuels and oils, concretes and grouts (associated with high pH runoff) and other sundry construction products. Erosion and Sediment Control (ESC) measures that will be implemented during the works can be summarised as follows: • • Page 69
Decanting Earth Bunds (DEB) for collecting surface runoff from diversion bunds installed for the piling works, for example; Containerised sediment control devices for pumped flows and in particular pumped flows that are considered contaminated. This is used, for example, for activities associated with a | Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan
•
• • • •
high pH runoff such as concrete and grouting works. For high pH runoff the device will include acid dosing or CO2 injection; Sediment Retention Pond (SRP): the main SRP is anticipated to be located on the northeastern corner of site and is planned to be used from Stage 2 of the TBM preparation works. Additional smaller SRPs are required during Stage 1 and Stage 2 (located on the western and southern section of the site, refer to ESCP drawings in Appendix N of the ESCP) – for details on batch dosing refer to Flocculant Treatment Plan in section 5.4.1 of this CEMP (and attached in the ESCP).; Cleanwater diversions to be used, for example, in the site office set-up and during the portal retaining wall construction; Provision for wheel wash at site exit; Stabilised parking areas; and Possible use of compost filter socks and covering fresh concrete areas with polythene at the portal retaining wall.
A monitoring and maintenance plan (removal of accumulated sediment, repairs to devices, etc.) is included in section 5 of the ESCP and includes a contingency plan (should the erosion and sediment controls not be performing at a suitable standard). The monitoring will be undertaken in five main stages, namely: • • • • •
Pre-construction inspection of erosion and sediment controls; As-built inspection of erosion and sediment controls; Informal random Inspections of erosion and sediment controls; Regular recorded inspection of erosion and sediment controls; and Final inspection of erosion and sediment controls.
The contingency plan identifies the causes of any issues with the performance of the erosion and sediment control measures and outlines potential actions to implement should these issues arise.
5.4.1.
Flocculant Treatment Management Plan
A Flocculant Treatment Management Plan (FTMP) has been prepared (as part of the ESCP) to identify measures that will be implemented to enhance the effectiveness of the erosion and sediment control measures utilised on site (through the use of flocculants and coagulants) in order to mitigate and manage the potential adverse effects on water quality during the Mt Eden Enabling Works. The FTMP has been prepared in accordance with resource consent conditions 59 to 64. Prior to bulk earthworks commencing on site, an assessment of the effectiveness of chemical treatment on the site’s soils will be undertaken. Section 4 of the FTMP provides an outline and methods for the various dosing options, namely: •
•
• Page 70
Rainfall activated dosing – utilised where the sediment retention devices receive runoff as gravity surface flow. Typically used in the early stages of the works with a transition to flow activated dosing as the excavation progresses and gravity surface flow decreases. Flow activated dosing – utilised where the sediment retention devices receive runoff as a pumped flow. Typically used in the mid to later stages of the works as excavation progresses and gravity surface flow decreases. Batch dosing – undertaken where runoff is impounded and may be the result of ineffective rainfall activated or flow activated dosing. It will also be utilised for minor flows. | Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan The storage and monitoring of any chemicals will be undertaken by trained personnel in accordance with the requirements of the Industrial and Trade Activities Environmental Management Plan (refer to Appendix P of this CEMP). The FTMP also provides a water quality discharge monitoring programme (WQDMP) for monitoring discharges from site, developed in accordance with resource consent condition 174. The WQDMP covers sampling locations, monitoring parameters, monitoring methods, trigger levels and monitoring reports. Typically, daily water quality sampling will be undertaken at the outfall of each Sediment Retention device (SRP, DEB or containerised device). Weekly sampling will be undertaken at the lowest stormwater manhole within or immediately below the CSA. Methods to report the WQDMP results are also described in the FTMP. Groundwater or surface run-off water, encountered within the excavation area, is to be discharged in accordance with resource consent condition 145 which provides scenarios of discharge depending on water quality. If the stormwater quality complies with the trigger levels identified in the WQDMP and in accordance with resource consent condition 145.c, it will be discharged to the stormwater network. If contaminated flows cannot be controlled to a suitable standard that allows discharge to stormwater, these flows will be collected and discharged to sewer in accordance with a Trade Waste Permit to be authorised by Watercare (in accordance with resource consent condition 145.b). Otherwise, it will be disposed of by a licenced liquid waste contractor (in accordance with resource consent condition 145.a).
5.5
Air Quality
During the construction phase, there is potential for discharge of contaminants (e.g. dust) to air as outlined in section 3.1 of this CEMP. An Air Quality DWP (AQ DWP) has been prepared to identify measures that will be implemented to avoid, remedy, or mitigate the potential adverse effects on air quality during the Mt Eden Enabling Works and is provided in Appendix I of this CEMP. The AQ DWP has been prepared in accordance with designation condition 59 and resource consent conditions 217 to 228. Specifically, the AQ DWP sets out the best practicable options that will be implemented to manage the potential adverse effects of discharges of dust, odour and hazardous air pollutants generated during construction. The main discharges to air from the Mt Eden Enabling Works will be particulate matter (dust). The area surrounding Mt Eden Station is a mixed business zone and a variety of receptors (within 100 m of the site boundary) have been identified as being sensitive to dust (refer to section 3.3 of the AQ DWP). These include residential apartments/houses, Childcare Centre, offices (e.g. MediaWorks), Church and bars/restaurants, as well as access to pedestrian and parked vehicles. Measures that will be employed during the Mt Eden Enabling Works to control potential air quality emissions are outlined in detail in the AQ DWP and cover: •
•
Page 71
Dust mitigation measures for various dust activities such as stockpiling, vehicle movements, activities within unpaved surfaces, excavation, rock drilling, basalt blasting and crushing include (but not limited to): maintenance of surface moisture content, installation of wind fences, use of dust suppression mechanisms, stabilisation of exposed areas, and a range of housekeeping measures such as removal of excavated spoil from site on a regular basis. Odour control during contaminated material handling include: limiting the time that the odorous material in the excavation is exposed, removing odorous material from site as quickly as possible, and the use of odour masking agents. | Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan •
Control of vehicle exhaust emissions (e.g. servicing of vehicles, not leaving vehicles idling while parked, etc.).
The AQ DWP provides environmental performance standards for dust monitoring, dust deposition, wind speed and odour and includes trigger levels. The approach to dust control is a combination of visual monitoring combined with targeted ambient dust monitoring, good management of the construction areas; and a rapid response to any of the trigger levels and / or to any complaints received. Continuous instrumental dust monitoring will be carried out at representative locations adjacent to sensitive areas in the vicinity of dust generating activities. It is expected that at least two dust monitors will be used at any given time. The location of the monitors will be evaluated as the location of works shift. Where practicable at least one monitor is to be located downwind of dust generating activities in prevailing wind conditions (generally to the northwest or west of the site) at locations representative of off-site exposure of property or people. A monitor should be installed at a corresponding upwind location (generally to the southeast or east of the site) to determine background dust levels (those not associated with the works). A meteorological station measuring wind direction, wind speed, rainfall and temperature will be installed on a mast of up to 10m high and located to avoid adjacent buildings and other obstructions for the Mt Eden Enabling Works. Further detail on dust and odour monitoring requirements are provided in section 6 of the AQ DWP. Communication and consultation with affected parties and the wider community in the vicinity of the construction site will be regular and ongoing (as outlined in the CCP in Appendix G). Section 7 of the AQ DWP outlines the process for dealing with complaints related to air quality. All complaints will be recorded and investigated, and appropriate remedial actions will be undertaken (if necessary).
5.6
Trees and Vegetation
Due to a number of activities that are to be undertaken during the Mt Eden Enabling Works, the following sub-sections have been prepared to address impacts on trees and vegetation: • • •
Section 5.6.1 – The context of demolition (although outside of the scope of this CEMP but provided for clarity purposes); Section 5.6.2 – TBM preparation works; and Section 5.6.3 – Fenton Street utility diversion works.
5.6.1. Demolition works A Trees and Vegetation DWP (TV DWP) 8 (referred to as Approved TV DWP throughout this document) has been prepared as part of the demolition works previously covered by the Mt Eden Demolition Works OPW4 and covers the effect on trees within the Mt Eden CSA generated by demolition works (all phases, refer CEMP drawing Stage 0 in Appendix B of this CEMP). As part of the demolition works an additional tree (chusan palm tree) has been identified for removal and is located outside 16 Nikau Street. A TV DWP addendum has been prepared to address the removal of this tree and should be read in conjunction with the Approved TV DWP. The tree is not listed as notable in the AUP(OP). In order to mitigate the effects associated with the loss of this Demolition Works Contract 3 Trees and Vegetation Delivery Work Plan – Mt Eden Demolition Works, CRL-MTE-RME-OOORPT-0028, Revision 02, 26 February 2019 Page 72 | Mt Eden Enabling Works 8
Construction Environmental Management Plan tree, replacement planting will be undertaken as part of the public realm reinstatement of the Mt Eden CSA (refer to the Urban Design DWP matters in section 5.11 of this CEMP).
5.6.2. TBM preparation works No impacts are anticipated on the trees and vegetation as part of the TBM preparation works (stage 1 to 3) during the Mt Eden Enabling Works as any impacts are covered by the Approved TV DWP and TV DWP addendum for the demolition works.
5.6.3. Fenton Street utility diversion works Impacts on trees have been identified as a result of the Fenton Street utility diversion works and therefore a TV DWP has been prepared to address those effects. The TV DWP for the Fenton Street utility diversion works has been prepared in accordance with designation condition 55 and identifies measures that will be implemented to mitigate and manage the potential adverse effects on trees during the Fenton Street utility diversion works. Seven native trees (Pohutukawa) will be impacted by the Fenton Street utility diversions. None of these trees are scheduled under the AUP(OP). Transplanting the seven pohutukawa trees was considered, however the timing of the works means that they would be transplanted during the late summer months of Q1 2020, which would affect the potential for these trees to survive the process. During consultation with Auckland Council during November 2019, it was indicated that the removal of the trees and their replacement with a healthy tree in an appropriate location would be a better outcome than transplanting the current trees. Section 4 of the TV DWP provides measures to mitigate the effect of tree removal on the local streetscape and to prevent adverse effects on trees not requiring removal, including: • •
•
5.7
The locations of replacement trees will be included in a replanting plan prepared as part of the Urban Design DWP for the Mt Eden Station public realm reinstatement. It is not anticipated that tree (root or canopy) protection will be required for the Mt Eden Enabling Works. However, there are trees located along Wynyard Road and Normanby Road. If the Project Arborist identifies that tree protection is required during the works then the Council Arborist will be informed and offered the opportunity to undertake a site walkover to review the approach to tree protection and to inspect its implementation. The following activities will not be permitted in Tree Protection Zones: • Mechanical excavation on the road, footpath or any public space. • Stockpiling of building materials, debris or soil. • Vehicular traffic except on existing paved surfaces. • Installation of service pits or hatches. • Vehicular crossings. • Severing of tree roots with a diameter greater than 30mm. • Alteration of soil levels and structure.
Transport, Access and Parking
A Transport Access and Parking DWP (TAP DWP) has been prepared to identify the measures that will be implemented to mitigate and manage the potential adverse effects of the Mt Eden Enabling Works on the transport network. The TAP DWP has been prepared in accordance with the requirements of designation conditions 18, 20.1, 21.1, 25, 26 and 30, and is attached in Appendix J Page 73
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan of this CEMP. The objective of the TAP DWP is to avoid, remedy, or mitigate the potential adverse effects of the Mt Eden Enabling Works on transport, parking, cyclists, pedestrians and property access. The potential effects on the transport network as a result of the Mt Eden Enabling Works, and associated operational procedures are provided in Table 5-1. Table 5-1: Mt Eden Enabling Works transport access and parking operational procedures
Transport Network
Impacts
Operational Procedures
Pedestrian and Cycling Access
• The existing pedestrian refuge within Mt Eden Road will be relocated. • The Mt Eden Enabling Works will not affect any dedicated cycling infrastructure. Cyclists on New North Road and Mt Eden Road will continue to either ride on the footpath or share with general traffic as is the current situation.
• Pedestrian and cycling access will be maintained to all properties at all times. • As far as possible the footpaths along Haultain Street, Wynyard Road and Porters Avenue will be maintained to a 1.5m width (where practicable). • The work area on Fenton Street will be very constrained, and pedestrians will either be provided with a footpath of at least 1.2m wide or be escorted through the work site by a Traffic Controller.
Vehicle Access
• Vehicle access to properties will be maintained as far as possible.
• Properties located on the open sections of Flower Street, Shaddock Street, Ngahura Street, Ruru Street, Korari Street and Nikau Street will remain accessible to vehicles and pedestrians at all times. • Where temporary road closures are required on Shaddock Street, Flower Street and Ruru Street, an alternative route will remain open to and from the wider road network. • Two-way vehicle access will be maintained at all times to all accessways to the MediaWorks site. • Vehicle access will at all times be manually controlled through the work area. • Where an affected party finds their vehicle blocked in as a result of a temporary closure, the Link Alliance may offer (on a case by case basis) alternative transport, in accordance with CRL designation condition 25.3 (g). • Local vehicle access and pedestrian access will be maintained at all times to properties located on the eastern side of Flower Street (between Nikau Street and Shaddock Street) and Shaddock Street (between Flower Street and the dead end to the east).
Public Transport (Bus)
• Temporary closure of a section of the northbound, morning peak bus lane on Mt Eden Road.
• The remaining bus lane will allow buses to bypass any queuing on Mt Eden Road. • Two existing bus stops on Mt Eden Road will be temporarily relocated (within 80m of existing stops) during the Mt Eden Road bridge construction. • Relocated bus stops will be communicated to regular bus stop users in advance of any change to existing bus stops.
• Effects on two existing bus stops on Mt Eden Road. • Possible effects (relocation) on the bus stops at the Page 74
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan Transport Network
Impacts
Vehicle movements (including cars, trucks and OverDimension vehicles)
• Negligible effects on Mt Eden Road despite reduced speeds and reduced lane widths. • The works on Mt Eden Road will require the closure of this road to all traffic on at least two occasions (between 10:00 pm and 6:00 am), to allow the bridge beams to be craned into place.
• The Mt Eden Road bridge will be built in two stages to maintain two-way traffic on Mt Eden Road. This will result in the carriageway being reduced to a signal traffic lane in each direction, with footpaths maintained on both sides.
• Construction activities are expected to increase truck movements to the area by in the order of 105 trucks per day (210 one-way); however negligible congestion effects are expected on the wider network.
• This scale of construction traffic will be lower than existing traffic to and from the properties being demolished.
• Access by over dimensional vehicles will require these vehicles to manoeuvre limited sections of arterials and local streets that are not designated over dimensional routes, including New North Road and Ngahura Street.
• These vehicle movements will take place outside of the commuter peak periods and will be managed by appropriate mobile traffic management. • Over-weight deliveries will take place where practicable via the New Zealand Transport Agency’s over weight routes (State Highway network, Symonds Street and Mt Eden Road).
• Truck movements to and from the Porters Avenue work site will generally be required to approach via the south, using View Road. This will require these trucks to pass both residential zoned land and to pass close to two schools (Ficino School and Mt Eden Normal School).
• No alternative route available.
• On Mt Eden Road: temporary loss of some on-street parking, and reduction of onstreet car parks to enable the rail overbridge to be constructed (20, 24 ,26 and 40 Mt Eden Road). • The utility diversion works will also result in the loss of existing car parking on Porters Avenue, Wynyard Road, Fenton Street and Haultain Street. These
• The three parking spaces located outside 20 and 24 Mt Eden Road that will be removed serve these retail properties. Removing these spaces during the works will require existing users of these spaces to park either: − In the off-street spaces in front of these businesses; − In the off-street spaces within 20 Mt Eden Road or to the rear of 24 Mt Eden Road; − In the nearest alternative on-street spaces on Mt Eden Road, Enfield Street, Boston Road or Burleigh Street, each 150m or more away.
Parking
Page 75
Operational Procedures
intersection of Ngahura Street and New North Road.
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan Transport Network
Impacts
Operational Procedures
removals are are permitted by the CRL designation.
Consultation has been undertaken with the New Zealand Transport Agency (the Transport Agency), and the Transport Agency has confirmed that there are no potential impacts on any of their assets, traffic operations or maintenance activities as a result of the Mt Eden Enabling Works. Other stakeholders that have been consulted include MediaWorks, adjacent property owners, Auckland Transport and the general public (through the Mt Eden CLG). Further details on communication and consultation procedures are outlined in the CCP (Appendix G of this CEMP). A Workforce Travel Management Plan is being developed for the Mt Eden Enabling Works and will be available for implementation prior to commencement of construction.
5.8
Construction Noise and Vibration
A Construction Noise and Vibration DWP (CNV DWP) has been developed to identify and provide for implementation of the best practicable options to avoid, remedy or mitigate potential adverse noise and vibration effects resulting from construction during the Mt Eden Enabling Works. The CNV DWP has been prepared in accordance with designation conditions 36 to 40, and is attached in Appendix K of this CEMP. The CNV DWP will be implemented throughout the entire construction period and will be the primary tool for the management of noise and vibration effects resulting from the construction activities of the project. Site Specific Construction Noise Management Plans (SSCNMP) and Site Specific Construction Vibration Management Plans (SSCVMP) are a requirement of designation conditions 37, 38 and 40 (condition 40 relates specifically to MediaWorks). Construction noise will be measured and assessed in accordance with NZS6803:1999, and will be managed to comply with the noise limits required by designation condition 31 (unless otherwise provided for in an approved SSCNMP). Construction vibration will be measured and assessed in accordance with German Standard DIN 4150-3:1999, and will be managed to comply with the vibration limits for building damage required by designation condition 33 (unless otherwise specified in an approved SSCVMP). In some instances, a combined Site Specific Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan (SSCNVMP) has been prepared for properties that have the potential to be affected by noise and vibration generated by the construction activities. As part of Mt Eden Enabling Works, blasting overpressure noise will be measured and assessed in accordance with Australian Standard AS 2187.2-200. Blasting overpressure noise and vibration will be managed as per the designation condition 32 and 33 (unless otherwise provided for in an approved SSCNVMP). A number of construction noise/vibration receivers have been identified in section 3 of the CNV DWP. Eight of these sensitive receivers require a SSCNMP or a SSCNVMP which are provided in Appendix C of the CNV DWP. These properties are listed as follows: SSCNVMP: • MediaWorks (2-3 Flower Street) • 10 Flower Street • 10 Ruru Street • 2 Porters Avenue Page 76
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
SSCNMP: • 12-14 Nikau Street • 24 Mt Eden Road • 110 New North Road • 75 Mt Eden Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan • • • • • • • •
3 Porters Avenue 4 Porters Avenue 5 Porters Avenue 6 Porters Avenue 3 Fenton Street 5a Fenton Street 5 Fenton Street 11 Fenton Street
• • • • • •
83 Mt Eden Road 1 Wynyard Road 2 Wynyard Road 2 Haultain Street 140 New North Road 32 Akiraho Street
MediaWorks is a notable noise and vibration receiver. A SSCNVMP has been prepared for MediaWorks and includes details of monitoring system setup, monitoring locations, monitoring equipment and alert response. General noise and vibration management and mitigation measures are proposed to be implemented throughout construction to avoid, where practicable, exceedances of the noise and vibration criteria. These are listed in section 7 of the CNV DWP and relate to: • • • • • • • •
Training; Construction hours; Mechanical plant selection; Noise barriers and enclosures; Concrete and paver cutting; Concrete and rock breaking; Piling; and Blasting.
Engagement with residents and businesses potentially affected by noise and vibration will be a key component for the management of disruption from construction activities as outlined in section 8 of the CNV DWP and in the CCP (Appendix G of this CEMP). Engagement will include (but not be limited to) notifications to affected parties prior to and during the works, regular engagement with notable noise and vibration receivers (e.g. MediaWorks), and wider updates on progress of the works and activities. Mitigation of startle caused by blasting will include prior (at least 24 hours’ notice) communication to occupants of buildings (within 100 m of blasting) of exactly when blasting will take place. Monitoring of noise and vibration is detailed in section 9 of the CNV DWP and will be undertaken during the first occurrence of the following activities (and in response to a noise complaint): •
•
•
Page 77
Monitoring of noise during concrete cutting, concrete breaking, bored piling, vibro piling, rock breaking, signature hole analysis (test blast), production blasting, and other activities that are predicted to exceed the noise limits; Monitoring of vibration during concrete breaking, bored piling, vibro piling, rock breaking, signature hole analysis (test blast), production blasting, road header, TBM and other activities that are predicted to exceed the vibration limits (and in response to complaints); and Management of adverse noise and vibration effects on buildings is provided in section 10 of the CNV DWP. Operational procedures associated with building condition surveys are described in section 5.15 of this CEMP. | Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan
5.9
Lighting Spill and Glare
During the enabling and main construction works, temporary lighting will be required in the construction zones where work is carried out during the hours of darkness. Spill lighting may cause a nuisance to surrounding residents and businesses. Glare from temporary light has the potential to cause a disabling effect to drivers of vehicles. The principal objectives for the management of temporary lighting are to: Minimise the nuisance level to adjacent residents/building occupiers of the project; Minimise the impact of glare on the surrounding road environment; and Increase employee and subcontractor awareness of their obligations with regard to minimising effects of light spill on adjacent neighbours.
• • •
The Link Alliance will minimise light spill by: Selecting light fittings that provide a defined directional beam; Mounting lights in elevated positions so that they may point down towards the works, rather than aiming across the work space and increasing the risk of light shining into adjacent buildings; and Adopting work methods that minimise light spill and glare such as not ‘over’ lighting or using more light than necessary for safety and work activities.
• •
•
5.10
Historic Character
Section 5.10 describes the operational procedures related to historic character, including built heritage and archaeology.
5.10.1. Built Heritage A number of heritage buildings could potentially be affected by vibration, ground movement and impact damage during the Mt Eden Enabling Works. A Historic Character DWP – Built Heritage (HC DWP – Built Heritage) has been prepared to identify measures that will be implemented to mitigate and manage the potential adverse effects on built heritage during the Mt Eden Enabling Works. The HC DWP (Built Heritage) has been prepared in accordance with designation conditions 41 and 46 and will be implemented throughout the construction period (refer to Appendix L of this CEMP). A number of historic heritage and special character buildings potentially impacted by vibration and settlement as a result of the Mt Eden Enabling Works are located in New North Road and Mt Eden Road. These buildings are described in section 3 of the HC DWP (Built Heritage). The temporary and permanent utilities diversions required along Fenton Street, Porters Avenue, Haultain Street and Wynyard Street are close to, but do not directly affect, the adjacent residential area covered by the Special Character Area (Residential Isthmus A) Overlay Special Character Area (described in section 3 of the HC DWP (Built Heritage)). The HC DWP (Built Heritage) outlines the operational procedures that shall be implemented during the Mt Eden Enabling Works in order to mitigate and manage effects on built heritage. These include (but are not limited to) the following measures:
Page 78
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan •
• • •
Building condition surveys prior to the commencement of works (with surveys during or post the works as required – refer to CNV DWP and Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan attached in Appendix K and Appendix R of this CEMP); Vibration management and monitoring (as per the CNV DWP through SSCVMP); Ground settlement management and monitoring (as per the Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan); Removal and storage (for later reinstatement following completion of the works) of historic streetscape elements (basalt kerbs).
5.10.2. Archaeology A HC DWP (Archaeology) has been prepared in accordance with designation condition 42 and will be implemented throughout the Mt Eden Enabling Works. The HC DWP (Archaeology), attached in Appendix M of this CEMP, identifies measures that will be implemented to mitigate and manage the potential adverse effects on archaeology during the Mt Eden Enabling Works. A number of archaeological sites have been recorded within the Mt Eden Enabling Works area, namely: •
• •
•
R11/51, a shell midden site related to Māori settlement, recorded in the 1960s near the railway lines and within 31 Ruru Street (within the CSA), but subsequently destroyed by development works. R11/3079, a pre-1900 building and any associated subsurface remains at 31 Shaddock Street (within CSA). R11/3080, a pre-1900 building and any associated subsurface remains at 6 Flower Street (just outside the CSA boundary, on the north eastern edge). Demolition of the buildings will occur prior to the Mt Eden Enabling Works following detailed archaeological investigation and recording, which has been provided for under a separate DWP 9. However, there is potential for associated subsurface remains to remain in situ on the properties. The Mt Eden Enabling Works have the potential to effect archaeological remains relating to two of the three recorded sites (R11/3079 and R11/3080).
In addition, the location of a 1920s timber building at 19 Shaddock Street has been identified as having some potential for subsurface archaeological remains relating to earlier (pre-1900) occupation of the property. Modern development within properties elsewhere in the Mt Eden Enabling Works area and within road reserves will have removed most evidence of pre-1900 European or earlier Māori occupation. However, it is possible that the bases of deeper features such as wells may survive partially intact and the presence of remnant Māori settlement remains cannot be excluded. The possibility that subsurface pre-1900 or early 20th century archaeological remains may be exposed during the Mt Eden Enabling Works will be managed through the implementation of the HC DWP (Archaeology) and the Archaeological Authority (no. 2017/793) 10 issued by Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga (HNZPT) for the wider CRL project.
Mt Eden Demolition Works Historic Character Delivery Work Plan – Archaeology Section, CRL-MTE-RME-000-RPT-0124, Revision 5 10 A general Authority for the Aotea Station to Mt Eden Station NAL works, including modification of any subsurface remains exposed by the Mt Eden Enabling Works including the CSA, has been granted by HNZPT (Authority No. 2017/793). The Authority sets management procedures in place for any archaeological discoveries. Page 79 | Mt Eden Enabling Works 9
Construction Environmental Management Plan Detailed archaeological procedures and mitigation measures are provided in the HC DWP (Archaeology), and these are summarised below (related to the project area unless specified otherwise): Surface clearance and excavation – An archaeologist will be present to monitor any surface clearance or excavation within the properties at 6 Flower Street, 31 Shaddock Street and 19 Shaddock Street. Archaeology Discovery Protocols – If any archaeological features and deposits are exposed during the Mt Eden Enabling Works this will be managed and mitigated by call-in of the Project Archaeologist by the construction team; recording of any exposed remains; and recovering samples of archaeological material for further analysis. Discovery of archaeological or cultural remains - If any archaeological or cultural remains (pre-1900 or early 20th century date) are encountered, works will stop in the immediate vicinity of the find until the Project Archaeologist (who forms part of Technical Specialists) can assess the site. If significant archaeological features or deposits are identified during clearance works, the Auckland Council, HNZPT and Mana Whenua will be notified by the Project Archaeologist. The remains will be investigated and recorded in accordance with accepted archaeological practice and as directed by HNZPT, if of pre-1900 date. Any significant remains of 20th century date will also be investigated and recorded as directed by the Auckland Council Cultural Heritage Implementation Team Leader. Mana Whenua protocols – If archaeological remains relating to Māori occupation are exposed, the Project Archaeologist will inform the appropriate Mana Whenua representatives. Specific protocols will be followed for Kōiwi Tangata (Human Remains) and Taonga (Māori Artefacts). Recording of features and deposits – Any in situ pre-1900 or significant 20th century archaeological deposits or features exposed during the Mt Eden Enabling Works will be investigated, recorded and sampled consistent with accepted archaeological practice. Artefact Management Plan – The location of artefact deposits will be marked on the site and retained for analysis. Stand down periods - Depending on what is revealed by the clearance works, stand down periods involving the ceasing of works in the immediate vicinity may be required at various stages. Post excavation analysis and archiving – Artefacts and faunal material retained from the site will be analysed and recorded by the appropriate specialists. Any artefacts of significance relating to European occupation of the area that are recovered from the site that are not required for display may be offered to the Auckland Museum in consultation with the Link Alliance. Reporting – Information on any archaeological discoveries will be provided to the Auckland Council Cultural Heritage Implementation Team and Compliance Monitoring Officer, HNZPT and Mana Whenua.
•
•
•
•
•
• •
•
•
5.11
Urban Design
An Urban Design DWP will be prepared as part of the main works (or some later stage) and is not applicable for the Mt Eden Enabling Works.
Page 80
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan
5.12
Public Art
As there is no public art within the Mt Eden Station area, a Public Art DWP is not applicable for the Mt Eden Enabling Works.
5.13
Contaminated Soils
A Contamination DWP (CDWP) has been prepared to identify measures that will be implemented to mitigate and manage the potential human health and environmental effects associated with contaminated soil during the Mt Eden Enabling Works. The CDWP has been prepared in accordance with designation conditions 57 and 58, and resource consent conditions 131 to 150. The CDWP is provided in Appendix N of this CEMP. The objective of the CDWP is to detail the best practicable options to avoid, remedy, or mitigate the adverse effects of contaminated soil discharges generated by construction activities. Contaminated land assessments were undertaken to support the necessary planning approvals for the works in the Mt Eden Station area. For accessibility and logistical reasons, the soil and groundwater investigations did not necessarily target specific locations but were positioned to provide an overview of potential ground contamination constraints. The results of soil analysis undertaken as part of the contaminated land assessments all complied with the NES Soil Contaminant Standards (SCS), with the exception of benzo(a)pyrene equivalence (BaPeq) concentrations in several shallow fill samples. Asbestos was detected in shallow fill in two of the 16 samples investigated in the South Pacific Timber site (21 Ruru Street). Copper, lead, zinc and BaPeq concentrations within shallow fill exceeded the Auckland Council discharge criteria for discharges to the environment. Fill material will be removed during the works and will require appropriate disposal, at managed or licenced landfill sites as per section 5.4 of the CDWP. Trucks taking soil for disposal offsite must be lined/wrapped and must be covered. Groundwater quality information in and around the Mt Eden Enabling Works area indicates elevated concentrations above ANZECC(2000) 95% level of protection for marine species for chromium, copper, lead and zinc. The procedures for the management of contaminated soil, groundwater and surface water during the Mt Eden Enabling Works are listed in section 5 of the CDWP. Control measures must be established prior to commencing and during bulk earthworks associated with the Mt Eden Enabling Works and include the following: • • • • • • • • •
Protocols for storage of excavated soil, including contaminated fill; Requirements for the management of asbestos contaminated soils; Procedures for classifying spoil material prior to disposal off-site; Measures for off-site spoil disposal; Procedures for transportation of soil (to prevent dispersal onto roads or dust generation); Water, dust and odour management measures (further detail is provided in the ESCP and AQ DWP, refer to Appendix H and I, respectively); Sampling and testing requirements; Imported material requirements; and Procedure for sealing excavation service trenches.
Groundwater will be encountered during the Mt Eden Enabling Works and ground and surface water will require management prior to disposal, as described in section 5.4.1 of this CEMP (refer to ESCP Page 81
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan (and FTMP)) in Appendix H and Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan in Appendix O). Section 7 of the CDWP provides contingency actions to be undertaken should unexpected contaminated conditions (soil/ water) be encountered. A works completion report (also known as Site Validation report) will be completed on completion of soil disturbance works for the Mt Eden Enabling Works and is detailed in section 8 of the CDWP.
5.14
Groundwater and Settlement
The Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan (GSMCP) has been prepared to prevent any damage that may affect the serviceability of structures and services. The GSMCP is attached in Appendix O of this CEMP and has been prepared in accordance with resource consent conditions 82 to 84, 89 to 117 and 119 to 129. The objective of this GSMCP is to provide appropriate measures to remediate or mitigate any potential adverse effects (including cumulative effects) on groundwater and settlement as a result of the dewatering and excavation activities involved in the Mt Eden Enabling Works. Piezometer data along the top of the Newton Ridge indicates the presence of zones of perched groundwater, with water levels varying between 0.5 to 2 metres below ground level (mbgl). The regional groundwater levels range from 60 to 65 metres reduced level (mRL) in the vicinity of NAL and up to 82 mRL on Newton Ridge. It is likely that groundwater will be intercepted during construction activity. If groundwater is intercepted, it will be managed as follows, in accordance with resource consent condition 145 (and detailed in the FTMP attached as Appendix to ESCP, refer Appendix H of this CEMP): • •
Discharged to stormwater if testing demonstrates compliance with the requirements of the WQDMP set out in the FTMP; Any perched groundwater that is potentially contaminated, shall be either: • Disposed of by a licenced liquid waste contractor; • Pumped to sewer providing relevant permits are obtained.
Only two buildings with basements have been identified in the area surrounding the Mt Eden Enabling Works, namely: • •
3 Flower Street (MediaWorks Building); and 11 Nikau Street (Eden Accommodation).
The GSMCP provides a Groundwater Monitoring Plan (GMP) for the monitoring of groundwater levels during the project. Seven piezometers will be installed for monitoring and their locations are provided in the groundwater and settlement monitoring plans attached in Appendix D of the GSMCP. The GSMCP details the characteristics of piezometers where groundwater levels will be monitored including the minimum frequencies, accuracies required and alert drawdown trigger level. Routine groundwater monitoring must be reported to Auckland Council on a monthly basis. In the case of any trigger level exceedances, reporting to Auckland Council must take place within two days of the exceedance. A settlement monitoring plan is included in the GSMCP and details the building condition survey requirements, monitoring of ground and buildings, utilities and infrastructure surveys, excavation Page 82
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan support monitoring and settlement trigger levels. Further detail on building surveys (building survey marks, building movement monitoring markers, etc.) is provided in section 5.15 of this CEMP. A response, mitigation and contingency plan is provided in the GSMCP and includes: Responses required where groundwater and settlement alert trigger levels are exceeded; Responses to settlement alarm trigger levels; Responses for any damage to buildings, structures or services; and Mitigation options should settlement exceed identified alert or alarm trigger levels during construction works.
• • • •
5.15
Building Conditions Surveys
Building condition surveys (BCS) will be undertaken prior to works commencing, in accordance with designation condition 46 and resource consent condition 109. Based on the CNV DWP, GSCMP and HC DWP (Built Heritage), detailed pre-construction, construction and post-construction BCS will be undertaken for all the identified buildings and services listed in Appendix R of this CEMP (refer to the CNV DWP, GSCMP and HC DWP Built Heritage attached in Appendix K, O, and L respectively). The following general requirements apply to all BCS and visual inspections during each stage of the project: • •
The BCS shall be undertaken by an independent Senior Qualified Person. The survey shall include: • Identification of Building Class: Commercial / Industrial / School or a Historic or sensitive structure (refer to designation condition 33); • Any information about the type of foundations; • Existing levels of damage (aesthetic, superficial, affecting levels of serviceability); • Whether observed damage is associated with structural damage; • Susceptibility of building or structure to further movement; and • Photographic evidence.
• •
All contact, correspondence and communication with building owners will be recorded, with documents available on request. The BCS or structure condition survey reports shall be provided by the Link Alliance to the relevant property owner within 15 working days of any survey being undertaken. A copy of each report shall also be provided to CRLL and Auckland Council. Damage to buildings identified during BCS and visual inspections resulting from the Mt Eden Enabling Works activities requires response and contingency action as per the response, mitigation and contingency plan (refer section 7 of the GSMCP, and section 5.14 of this CEMP).
For built heritage (as per the HC DWP (Built Heritage)) the pre-condition surveys will include: • • • •
Page 83
The exterior and interior of heritage buildings identified in the AUP(OP) and by HNZPT; A record of condition of buildings using photographs, drawings, etc.; Consideration of the stability of any elements including applied decorative elements or features and any fragile elements; Any recommended remediation to secure or mitigate potential problems prior to the commencement of construction; and | Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan The location of cracks greater than 2 mm in aperture width, shall be recorded with a position accuracy of +/- 200 mm.
•
The buildings may require further surveys during construction if complaints are made or if vibration criteria have been exceeded. Where a post-construction building condition survey confirms that the building has deteriorated as a result of construction, the damage will be rectified by the Link Alliance. Further detail on the methodology for pre-condition and post-construction condition surveys, and any additional construction survey is provided in the CNV DWP, GSMCP and HC DWP (Built Heritage).
5.16
Hazardous Substances
Hazardous substances will be kept on site within specified hazardous substances storage areas. These areas will be bunded and hazardous substances kept in secure containers. The monitoring and management of hazardous substances will be the responsibility of the ESM. This section provides indicative details of the storage, handling, transport and disposal of hazardous substances relevant to the Mt Eden Enabling Works and addresses some of the requirements of designation condition 21.1 (k) and resource consent condition 168. A list of all hazardous substances kept on site during the construction phase will be prepared and maintained in the project Hazardous Substances Register. An indicative list of substances (subject to change) is provided in Table 5-2. Table 5-2: Indicative list of substances to be stored for the Mt Eden Enabling Works
Substances
Volume (L)
Storage
Diesel
200
Drums in bunded pallets
Hydraulic Oil
100
Drums in bunded pallets
Grease
50
Tubs / tubes in bunded pallets
Lubricants
50
Tubs / tubes in bunded pallets
Acetylene
12,000
G or smaller cylinders (12mᶟ of gas) in bunded pallets
Polymer
50
Bags or tins in bunded pallets
Grout additives
50
Bags or tins in bunded pallets
Cement
10,000
10t stored in bags
Oxygen
24,000
G or smaller cylinders (24mᶟ of gas bottles) secured in a cage
Paint
100
Sealed tubs / tins of paint stored in small quantity for graffiti removal
Ply Aluminium Chloride (PAC)
1,000
Drums in bunded pallets
Sulphuric acid
100
Tubs / tubes in bunded pallets
Bituminous waterproofing
20
Drums in bunded pallets
Total volume (L)
47,700
Page 84
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan The main storage area at the CSA is the Hazardous Goods shipping container located adjacent to the eastern site boundary near Mt Eden Road. Small quantities of substances will also be stored at the water treatment plant and mechanical workshop. The following general procedures will be implemented: A list of all hazardous substances kept on site, including class information and Material Safety Data Sheets (SDS’s for each hazardous substance) will be stored and maintained on site at the following locations:
•
• A full set at the site office. • A sub-set at each storage location relevant to the specific materials being stored. Requirements for proper storage, handling, transport and disposal of hazardous substances such as (but not limited to):
•
• Adherence to safe handling practices when refilling and dispensing containers; • Depending on the review of all hazardous substances and HSNO classes, a secondary containment and signage may be required; • For all local storage, chemicals must be stored on spill pallets to provide appropriate secondary containment; • Bunding will be 110% of the largest container (as per condition 168 of the resource consent). Drums should be located in an area where there is no risk of collision with vehicles, such as fork-lift trucks (e.g. as diesel splashing onto a hot engine may ignite). Spill response procedures (refer to section 5.22.3 of this CEMP), such as confinement of leaks and spills to the vicinity of the drum and mopped up quickly, to lessen the risk of slipping. Spill kit(s) will be available in case of emergency spill. Procedures to be followed are detailed in section 5.22.3 of this CEMP.
• •
Further detail relating to the storage and handling of hazardous substances will be provided in the Industrial and Trade Activities Environmental Management Plan (refer to section 5.17 of this CEMP).
5.17
Industrial and Trade Activities
An Industrial and Trade Activities Environmental Management Plan (ITA EMP) has been prepared in accordance with resource consent conditions 159 to 166 as part of the site management at the CSA. A copy of this ITA EMP is attached in Appendix Q of this CEMP. The purpose of the ITA EMP is to identify the specific activities to be undertaken at the site that may result in contamination of land and/or stormwater and to document the procedures to be implemented to appropriately manage these risks. The main industrial and trade activities to be undertaken for the Mt Eden Enabling Works include the following: • • • • • Page 85
Hazardous substances storage; Water treatment; Grout mixing; Use of concrete on site and concrete trucks; Handling and temporary storage of excavated backfill materials; | Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan • •
Unloading of hazardous substances; and Other general site activities such as vehicle refuelling, construction equipment storage, equipment washdown, etc.
All stormwater collected on site, included within the works areas, office areas, any temporary stockpiles and accessways will drain to a sump which is then pumped to the on-site sedimentation pond (refer to CEMP staging drawings attached in Appendix B of this CEMP). The water is treated in the pond before being discharged to the public stormwater network (refer FTMP in appendix of the ESCP, refer Appendix H of this CEMP). Discharge to the sewer network may also be undertaken where water quality requirements for stormwater cannot be met. Section 4 of the ITA EMP details management procedures for industrial and trade activities at the Mt Eden CSA and addresses the following: •
Environmentally hazardous substances • All chemicals to be stored in a secure area with secondary containment; • The main hazardous substances storage area is located on the eastern site boundary near Mt Eden Road; and • Requirements for spill kits (refer to section 5.22.3 of this document); • Further detail of handling, storing, and managing hazardous substances at the CSA is provided in section 5.16 of this CEMP.
•
Waste management • Ensuring sufficient waste bins are provided on site undercover or with covers to prevent rainwater ingress and leakage into stormwater; • Appropriate disposal shall be arranged for any material that requires off-site disposal; • Appropriate off-site disposal of hazardous substances; • Waste management practices are also covered in section 5.18 of this CEMP.
•
•
Refuelling of vehicle, plant and equipment will be undertaken using a mini-tanker for larger equipment, or portable containers for smaller plant and equipment. Procedural controls to ensure limited spillage and discharge into ground and stormwater will be implemented (e.g. training, specific controls, etc.). Vehicle wash-down • No vehicle wash-down will be undertaken on-site, apart from localised washing of vehicles and tyres as required in order to prevent the tracking of sediment onto the surrounding road network. A wheel wash is provided near the western site access on Ngahura Street. • In the event of material being spilled onto the ground around the excavation or from trucks transporting the spoil from the excavation, the material will be cleaned up prior to the vehicle leaving the site. This may involve some localised washing of vehicles and tyres. Any runoff from the wash down area will be directed to the WTP with associated sediment settling and monitoring prior to discharge.
A general Emergency Spill Response Plan has been provided in Appendix C of the ITA EMP (also refer to section 5.22.3 of this CEMP) and details the management of spills of environmental hazardous substances. Page 86
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan Discharge monitoring and reporting procedures in accordance with resource consent conditions 173, 176 and 177 are outlined in section 6 of the ITA EMP and refer to the WQDMP (provided in the FTMP). A combination of procedural controls (such as risk register, Emergency Spill Response Plan, training and induction) and physical controls (in relation to storage and use of hazardous substances, waste management, etc.) will lower the level of risks identified. Overall, the impacts from the industrial and trade activities identified at the Mt Eden Station CSA on the stormwater and ground will be avoided, remedied and mitigated through the implementation of the procedures listed above and detailed in the ITA EMP.
5.18
Waste Management
General waste generated during the Mt Eden Enabling Works will be stored in the centre of the CSA (refer to staging drawings in Appendix B of this CEMP). A Waste Avoidance and Resource Recovery Management Plan (WARRMP) has been prepared for the project. The purpose of the WARRMP is to outline the strategies and initiatives the Link Alliance will take to target zero waste to landfill for the project during both temporary and main construction works. The types of waste that are likely to be generated during construction include: Demolition wastes from buildings, structures, pavements, and other hardstand areas; Earthworks and excavation spoil including cleanfill, managed fill and contaminated spoil; General construction wastes including metals, pipes, plasterboard, concrete, timber framework, packaging materials, hazardous and special wastes; and Site office wastes including food waste, recyclables, general landfill waste, and other miscellaneous waste.
• • • •
The WARRMP contains predicted waste streams (type and quantity), and the proposed waste management approach for each taking into account the waste management hierarchy of avoid, reduce, reuse, recycle, recover, treat and dispose. Specifically, in relation to waste avoidance and resource recovery during the construction phase, the Link Alliance will: Consider how to avoid the creation of waste by designing out waste and/or optimising the use of the materials available and procured; Consider how materials can be reused or recycled; Consider potential waste generated by the product or related packaging; Consider the environment and social impacts of the waste; and Consider how far items must be transported for recovery.
• • • • •
If the disposal of hazardous waste is required, this waste will be disposed of safely, through an appropriate contractor authorised to handle, transport, process or safely dispose of the waste concerned.
5.19
Energy Use
The Link Alliance is committed to minimising the use of fossil fuels and the corresponding release in greenhouse gas emissions (GHG emissions). Where practical, renewable energy sources will be used and methods to reduce energy use and GHG emissions will be implemented such as: Page 87
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan Use of power from the national grid rather than on site generators; Use of biofuel; Use of hybrid and/or energy efficient equipment; Use of LED lights; Operator and driver training; and Optimisation of equipment maintenance.
• • • • • •
During construction, data from energy use will feed into carbon footprint calculations in order to monitor actual energy use and to help measure the effects of innovations and improvements that have been implemented. Inductions and tool box meetings throughout the project will highlight the energy use goals and the measures that individuals can take to help achieve the goals. Refer to the Sustainability Management Plan1 for further information regarding the carbon footprint calculations and the Sustainability Opportunities Register for further examples of energy reduction opportunities under investigation.
5.20
Water use
Water is a resource often used without consideration due to its apparent abundance in New Zealand. However, as with other material use, it should be used with consideration and care as there are environmental costs associated with its delivery and treatment. Water use will be monitored during the project to track performance and promote considerate use. Where practical, water saving opportunities will be implemented such as: Reuse of treated groundwater/surface water for dust suppression; Capture of rain water for use on site for non-potable requirements (i.e. saw cutting, wheel washing, jet grouting, concrete mixing); and Water efficient workers amenities.
• • •
Water losses can contribute to significant water use, as such, meter readings will be completed weekly to identify significant increases in water use that are unexplainable. The project Environmental and Sustainability Inspections will include checks of hoses and water connections for leaks. Refer to the Sustainability Management Plan for further information regarding the metering and modelling of water use and the Sustainability Opportunities Register for further examples of water use reduction opportunities.
5.21
Material use
Due to the very nature of construction, significant volumes of materials will be used. In order to reduce the environmental, social and economic impacts associated with material usage a number of initiatives will be undertaken, including: • • • • Page 88
The use of environmentally certified materials; The use of renewable resources; The use of recycled products (provided they meet specification); and The use of locally sourced products. | Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan Material use will be monitored using the ISCA Materials calculator (refer section 1.7) and further information is provided in the Sustainability Management Plan.
5.22
Emergency and Incident Response
This section details the emergency and incident response measures to be implemented and includes the following: • • • • • •
Emergency and Response Plan; Incident response; Emergency Spill Response Plan; Recording and reporting Incident notification procedure; and Complaint process.
5.22.1. Emergency Response Plan An environmental emergency is an event which has a detrimental effect on the surrounding environment. A detrimental environmental effect is something that causes significant harm to the environment, which is not legally allowed and requires immediate response. An environmental emergency can also be a deviation from the Link Alliance environmental management system. This means there has been a failure to follow the established process or procedures that help the contractor achieve best practice. Examples of environmental emergencies include, but are not restricted to: • • •
Large volume chemical / oil spill; Excessive discharge of sediment to the stormwater system; and Hazardous substance release to air.
An Emergency Response Plan (ERP) (or Emergency Management Plan11) has been prepared for the project early works. The ERP takes into account three levels of emergencies, which are divided according to the severity of the emergency. For example, level 1 – minor oil spill, level 2 – moderate chemical spill and level 3 – serious chemical spill. The contents of the ERP includes: • • • • • • •
Description of the potential emergency; The person responsible for actioning the ERP (roles and responsibilities as well as training details are provided in the ERP); The equipment required to deal with the emergency including rescue equipment; Emergency contact list and numbers; Directions to site workers and other affected persons on what they are required to do, including clear identification of the evacuation point location; The methods used to deal with the emergency (also refer to Appendix C of the ITA EMP for spill response procedures); and Emergency reporting instructions (refer to incident reporting in section 5.22.4).
Emergency Management Plan – Link Alliance Management Plan, CRL-SYW-HSE-LKA-PLN-800003, Rev. A02, October 2019 referred to as ERP in this CEMP. Page 89 | Mt Eden Enabling Works 11
Construction Environmental Management Plan The ERP will be displayed in noticeable locations around the site and employees will be trained in its requirements.
5.22.2. Incident Response An environmental incident is an occurrence which has (or potentially could have had) a negative or ‘adverse’ effect on the environment (including environmental emergencies – refer to section 5.22.1). An adverse effect is something that causes (or could have caused) environmental harm. This means there has been a failure to follow the established process or procedures that help the project achieve best practice (e.g. failure to report a spill). Environmental incidents include but are not restricted to: • • •
Spills; Unforeseen impacts on areas of high environmental value such as archaeology or built heritage; and Consent non-compliances (e.g. noise, sediment).
The spill response procedure is summarised in section 5.22.3 of this CEMP. Response to various environmental incidents is outlined in the relevant sub-plans and in the ERP11. For serious incidents, the immediate response may involve stopping works until a solution to managing the incident is developed and implemented. Incident reporting procedures are detailed in section 5.22.4 of this CEMP.
5.22.3. Emergency Spill Response Plan During the construction phase, the ESM will be responsible for providing training and orientation to employees or subcontractors that addresses the proper action regarding spills (refer to sections 5.22.1 and 5.22.2 of this CEMP). The Link Alliance will ensure that spill response materials are available, commensurate with the type, quantity and storage arrangements for hazardous substances on site. A general Emergency Spill Response Plan (ESRP) has been prepared for the Mt Eden Enabling Works (refer to Appendix C of the ITA EMP, attached in Appendix Q of this CEMP). The ESRP includes provision that in the event of spills over 20 litres, or any spill of environmental hazardous substances, which has entered the stormwater system, a water body or has contacted unsealed ground, the spill shall be reported immediately to Auckland Council’s 24 Hour Pollution Hotline (09-377-3107). As deemed necessary, vehicles (e.g. utility vehicles), heavy equipment (e.g. excavators), pumps, and generators will be covered by adjacent spill kits that, at a minimum, will contain: • •
Sufficient oil absorbent material to contain (e.g. oil absorbent boom) and clean-up any drips, leaks, or spills (e.g. ruptured hydraulic line); and Plastic bags to contain any contaminated absorbents, soils, or wastes. Bags containing used cleanup material will be transported to the designated hazardous material/waste storage area for proper drumming, labelling, and classification prior to off-site disposal.
Spill kits will be located at the water treatment chemical storage area, the main chemical store, the main office and at each vehicle entrance. Signage related to spill response procedures will be located at each vehicle entrance to the site during each stage of the Mt Eden Enabling Works. The ESRP will Page 90
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan be displayed in noticeable locations around the site and employees will be trained in its requirements. Each spill kit will have a register of contents and an inspection sheet. Each spill kit will be inspected monthly to ensure all contents are present. The inspection sheet shall be signed during each inspection. Specific spill response procedures at the Mt Eden CSA include: • • •
Management and clean-up of spillage on site in accordance with the ESRP. Any contamination of stormwater will be treated as per the ESCP (refer to section 5.4 of this CEMP) and FTMP (refer to section 5.4.1 of this CEMP) prior to release or disposal. Spill response procedures for the bentonite and jet grouting plants will be detailed in the specific operations and spill response plans to be developed prior to commissioning of these plants.
5.22.4. Recording and Reporting of Incidents Environmental incidents will be recorded and reported in accordance with the Link Alliance environmental incident reporting and investigation process. The Link Alliance has developed an HSE incident report form 12 and this form will be completed in the event of an environmental incident. The incident report form requires event details (i.e. event type), description of the incident, corrective action and an initial risk assessment. The cause of all incidents will be subject to an investigation, organised by the ESM to determine the root causes of the incident and to monitor the implementation of appropriate corrective /remedial action. The results of investigations and lessons learnt previously on the project will be shared at the tool box sessions. This will help ensure that a repeat incident is avoided. In the event of an environmental incident, the ESM will inform the Mt Eden Station Project Manager and Auckland Council with a specific notification timeframe (and associated information) depending on the incident severity level. A summary and review of incidents for the duration of the project and for the relevant month will be included in the project Monthly Report (refer to section 6.5 of this CEMP).
5.22.5. Complaint Process A CCP (refer to Appendix G of this CEMP) has been developed which details the strategy, tools and process to manage communication between the Link Alliance, its stakeholders and the community throughout the construction and monitoring periods for the project. In accordance with designation condition 5, the CCP sets out how the Link Alliance will inform the community of project progress and construction dates, foster good relationships with the community, obtain feedback from stakeholders, and outline how complaints and queries will be responded to. In addition to the procedure listed in the CCP, each sub-plan provides detail on the project complaints process. For example, any complaints related to noise and vibration will be recorded in a Project Complaints Register. These complaints must be promptly investigated to resolve the cause of the complaint (refer to the CNV DWP in Appendix K of this CEMP). The Link Alliance will provide Link Alliance HSE Incident Report Form, CRL-SYW-HSE-LKA-FRM-800001 Page 91 | Mt Eden Enabling Works 12
Construction Environmental Management Plan Auckland Council's Noise Complaints Team with contact details for the CRLL Complaints Team to ensure related noise complaints are communicated and addressed as quickly as possible.
Page 92
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan
6.
Monitoring and Review
Section 6 details the construction environmental monitoring and review requirements of the project and includes the following: • • • • • • •
6.1
Environmental monitoring; Environmental inspections; Environmental auditing; Corrective and preventive action; Reporting; Document control; and CEMP review.
Environmental Monitoring
Scheduled monitoring of environmental performance will be undertaken during the Mt Eden Enabling Works. This ensures the overall effectiveness of the environmental controls to be determined and allows areas of non-compliance to be identified so corrective actions can be taken. The individual sub-plans specify the monitoring for each environmental component, the frequency of monitoring required and the responsible person, as required within contract documentation or environmental approvals. Monitoring will take place on a routine basis, with additional monitoring required as appropriate, i.e. in the event of a complaint or incident, or after a specific event, such as a rain event (water quality monitoring). The ESM will be responsible for implementation of on-site measurements of environmental aspects. Monitoring results will be reported to the relevant parties in accordance with the designation and resource consent conditions.
6.1.1. Collaborative Working The Link Alliance will adopt a collaborative working process during the works with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring Officers, in accordance with the designation conditions. The key personnel involved in the collaborative working process are listed in Table 6-1 , and will meet regularly to discuss: • • • • • •
Compliance with the designation conditions, CEMP and sub-plans; Significant changes to the CEMP and sub-plans; Any matters of non-compliance and how they have been addressed; The results of, need for, and frequency of site inspections; Environmental monitoring results; and Any other agenda items agreed by the key contacts.
Table 6-1 Collaborative key contacts
Organisation
Title
Name
Auckland Council
Team Leader Central Monitoring
Steven Pearce
Auckland Council
Compliance Monitoring Officer
Tim O’Grady
CRLL
Principal Planner
Richard Jenkins
Page 93
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan Organisation
Title
Name
Link Alliance
Environment and Sustainability Manager
Sarah Sutherland
6.1.2. Collaborative Meeting At least five working days prior to construction commencing the key contacts will mutually agree on an initial schedule for a collaborative meeting. The meeting will be held at least monthly unless a different timeframe is agreed with Auckland Council. The collaborative working process will operate for the duration of the works (and will continue to operate for the duration of the wider Mt Eden Enabling Works in accordance with the designation conditions). The ESM will be responsible for co-ordinating any changes to the CEMP or sub-plans required as a result of the collaborative working process and communicating these updates or information resulting from the collaborative working process with the project team. As key milestones are reached and/or if issues arise then collaborative meetings will also take place as necessary.
6.2
Environmental Inspections
Weekly environmental inspections are conducted by the ESM (or a delegate). The findings of these inspections, any required remedial actions, the person responsible for implementing the actions and the required timeframe will all be recorded. These shall be monitored to ensure they are closed out in the necessary timeframe. Requirements for specific environmental inspections are provided in the suite of sub-plans with checklists and for some of them, recording inspection sheets are provided in Appendices of the sub-plans.
6.3
Environmental Auditing
Internal (by project Staff) environmental auditing is necessary to determine whether the environmental management system conforms to planned arrangements and is being properly implemented and maintained. Internal auditing will take place on a quarterly basis by the ESM (or a delegate). Internal environmental audits focus on environmental and sustainability matters within a single operational procedure/group of related operational procedures (for example, erosion and sediment control procedures). Operational procedures are provided in section 5 of this CEMP. External Environmental and Sustainability Audits (by Parent Company Staff not involved in the project or a suitably qualified consultant) will be completed as per the project Audit Schedule, and at least annually, to assess the effectiveness of the Environmental Management System. Audit findings (internal and external) will be provided to the Mt Eden Station Construction Manager/ Project Manager within two to four weeks of the audit. Recommendations on corrective/preventive actions will be provided to address any environmental/sustainability matters to be improved or as a result of non-compliances (refer to section 6.4 of this CEMP for further detail).
Page 94
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan
6.4
Corrective and Preventive Action
Corrective or preventive actions identified during environmental audits shall be appropriately based on the magnitude of the problem and the environmental harm encountered. The Project Director is responsible for closing out the corrective or preventative actions resulting from environmental inspections, audits and external regulatory compliance monitoring. Assessment and follow-up reviews on the effectiveness of corrective and preventive actions will be undertaken and the outcomes documented, communicated and implemented. Compliance will be included as a regular agenda item at management and project meetings. Minutes will be kept for each meeting and will record and assign actions to individuals where appropriate.
6.5
Environmental Reporting
Reporting requirements will evolve as the project progresses. In the early phase the focus is on establishment of systems, controls and competence of all personnel, while later the emphasis will shift to monitoring performance. Near to project completion the focus will shift to final reports to address approval requirements. The ESM manages environmental reporting and is responsible for submitting the reports required externally. Reporting requirements include: • •
6.6
Project internal reporting requirements; and Specific reporting to Auckland Council where required (as per specific sub-plans), including the monthly compliance report (refer to section 6.1 of this CEMP).
Document Control
The ESM is responsible for ensuring that all relevant documentation is submitted and maintained within the project filing and document control system. This documentation will include (but is not limited to): • • • • • • •
6.7
Original CEMP document and subsequent versions (including sub-plans); All records of environmental monitoring; All environmental incident reports and investigation outcomes; Formal and informal audit and environmental inspection reports; Minutes of environmental meetings; Records of environmental training; and Copy of SDS for hazardous substances storage at CSA/work area.
CEMP Review
This CEMP (including sub-plans) will be updated, with the necessary approval, over the course of the project to reflect material changes associated with changes to construction techniques, the natural environment or due to unresolved complaints. Approval from Auckland Council will be required for any relevant revisions of this CEMP that are of a material nature. In addition, they may be updated in response to any unforeseen adverse effects arising from construction, unresolved complaints or environmental incidents (refer to section 6.7.1 of this CEMP for further detail). A review may also be initiated by Auckland Council as a result of comments or recommendations received from Auckland Council or during communication and consultation. Page 95
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan
6.7.1. Management Review A management review of the CEMP and other sub-plans will take place at least annually by the project management team (as per designation condition 22.1 and resource consent condition 42). The management review will be organised by the ESM and will take into consideration: • • • • • • • •
Compliance with the designation and/or consent conditions, the CEMP and sub-plans (including site specific plans) and material changes to these plans; Any significant changes to construction activities or methods; Key changes to roles and responsibilities within the project team; Changes in industry best practice standards; Changes in legal or other requirements; Results of inspections, monitoring and reporting procedures associated with the management of adverse effects during construction; Comments or recommendations from Auckland Council regarding the CEMP and sub-plans; and Unresolved complaints and any response to complaints and remedial action taken to address the complaint.
The review process will also look at environmental controls and procedures to ensure they are still applicable to the activities being undertaken. Reasons for making any changes to the CEMP or subplan(s) will be documented. A copy of the original CEMP or sub-plan(s) and subsequent revisions will be kept for the project records and marked as obsolete. Each new/updated version of the CEMP documentation will be given a revision number and date to prevent obsolete CEMP documentation being used.
6.7.2. Review Approval Process The CLG and any affected parties will be notified of any material changes to the CEMP or sub-plans and provided an opportunity to provide feedback. Any material changes to the CEMP and DWPs shall be subject to an independent peer review. Material changes to the CEMP and DWPs required by the CRL designation condition 22.1 will be submitted to Auckland Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for approval, at least ten working days prior to the changes taking effect, and no activity reliant upon a change to the CEMP can be undertaken until the change has been approved. Changes to the CEMP or MPs required by the CRL resource consent conditions 42 and 43 will be submitted to the Auckland Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification and not activity reliant upon a change to the CEMP can be undertaken until the change has been certified.
Page 96
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan
List of Appendices Appendix A: ISCA Requirements ................................................... 98 Appendix B: CEMP Staging Drawings .......................................... 105 Appendix C: Designation Conditions ........................................... 106 Appendix D: Resource Consent Conditions ................................. 107 Appendix E: Records of CLG, IPR and Auckland Council Comments .................................................................................................. 108 Appendix F: Social Impact and Business Disruption Delivery Work Plan ........................................................................................... 126 Appendix G: Communication and Consultation Plan ................... 127 Appendix H: Erosion and Sediment Control Plan & Flocculant Treatment Management Plan..................................................... 128 Appendix I: Air Quality Delivery Work Plan................................. 129 Appendix J: Transport Access and Parking Delivery Work Plan .... 130 Appendix K: Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan .................................................................................................. 131 Appendix L: Historic Character Delivery Work Plan (Built Heritage) .................................................................................................. 132 Appendix M: Historical Character Delivery Work Plan (Archaeology) .................................................................................................. 133 Appendix N: Contamination Delivery Work Plan ......................... 134 Appendix O: Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan ....................................................................... 135 Appendix P: Industrial and Trade Activities Environmental Management Plan ...................................................................... 136 Appendix Q: Tree and Vegetation Delivery Work Plan ................ 137 Appendix R: Building Condition Survey ....................................... 138
Page 97
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan
Appendix A: ISCA Requirements Table A identifies the ISCA Credit Requirements relevant to this CEMP and where they are addressed in the document. Where the CEMP and sub-plans do not address these requirements in full, references to other plans/documents have been provided (e.g. the Sustainability Management Plan). Further details regarding the specifics of the evaluation and means of achieving the relevant targets is provided in the relevant sub-plans and other relevant documents. Table A: ISCA Requirements Credit
Requirement *
Relevant section of the CEMP
Other Relevant Information / Comments
Sustainability and leadership commitment MAN-1 Level 1
Commitments to mitigating negative environmental, cultural, social and economic impacts
Sections 1.2 and 1.7
Also refer to the Sustainability Management Plan
MAN-1 Level 1
Commitments embedded into sustainability objectives/and or targets
Sections 1.2 and 1.7
Also refer to the Sustainability Management Plan
Risk and opportunity management MAN-2 Level 2
Environmental, cultural, social and economic risks and opportunities are assessed
Sections 3 and 5
MAN-2 Level 1
The risk assessment is updated at least annually
Sections 1.2 and 6.7.1
Also refer to the Sustainability Opportunities Register
Organisational structure, roles and responsibilities MAN-3 Level 1
Members of the senior management team has central responsibility for managing sustainability
Section 4.1
Also refer to the Sustainability Management Plan
MAN-3 Level 2
A principle participant in the project team is an IS Accredited Professional
Section 4.1
Also refer to the IS accreditation records and meeting minutes
MAN-3 Level 3
Independent sustainability professional is engaged to monitor and review sustainability performance
Section 1.7
Also refer to the Sustainability Management Plan and Audit Schedule
Inspection and Auditing MAN-4 Level 2
Internal environmental and sustainability inspections undertaken weekly
Sections 4.1.2, 6.2 and 6.3
Also refer to the Sustainability Management Plan and Audit Schedule
MAN-4 Level 2
Internal environmental and sustainability audits completed at least quarterly
Section 6.3
Also refer to the Sustainability Management Plan and Audit Schedule
MAN-4 Level 2
External environmental and sustainability audits completed at least annually
Page 98
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Section 6.3
Also refer to the Sustainability Management Plan and Audit Schedule
Construction Environmental Management Plan Credit
Requirement *
Relevant section of the CEMP
Other Relevant Information / Comments
Reporting and review MAN-5 Level 2
Plans demonstrate how improvements and/or changes have been made to the management systems as a result of management review
Sections 5.3 and 6.7.1
Also refer to the Communication and Consultation Plan
Knowledge sharing MAN-6 Level 3
There is a knowledge sharing process in place that encourages sharing of sustainability knowledge across the project, to parent organisations, key stakeholders and to the wider industry
Sections 1.5, 5.2, 5.3 and 6.1.
Also refer to the Communication and Consultation Plan, the Sustainability Management Plan and the Social Impact and Business Disruption Delivery Work Plan
MAN-6 Level 3
Sustainability knowledge sharing initiatives extend beyond project boundaries and key stakeholder boundaries to the wider industry.
Sections 5.2, 5.3 and 6.1
Also refer to the Communication and Consultation Plan and the Social Impact and Business Disruption Delivery Work Plan
MAN-6 Level 3
Sustainability knowledge sharing includes ‘mistakes’ as well as ‘good practices’.
Sections 5.3, 6.2 and 6.3
Also refer to the Communication and Consultation Plan
Receiving Water Quality DIS-1 Level 1
Measures to minimise adverse impacts to receiving wai environmental values during construction and operation have been identified and implemented. These measures demonstrate an awareness of the values of wai ora and its Mauri, and opportunity for mana whenua feedback has been provided and where practicable incorporated into these measures. AND Monitoring of wai discharges and receiving wai is undertaken at appropriate intervals and at times of discharge during construction.
Sections 5.4, 5.13, 5.14, 5.17 and 6.1
Also refer to the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan, Emergency Spill Response Plan, Contamination Delivery Work Plan, Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan, Industrial Trade and Activities Environmental Management Plan, Flocculant Treatment Plan
DIS-2 Level 2
Monitoring and modelling of wai discharges and receiving wai demonstrates no adverse impact on receiving wai environmental values.
Sections 5.4, 5.17 and 6.1
Also refer to the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan, Industrial Trade and Activities Environmental Management Plan
Page 99
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan Credit
Requirement *
Relevant section of the CEMP
Other Relevant Information / Comments
Sections 5.4, 5.17 and 6.1
Also refer to the Sustainability Management Plan, Erosion and Sediment Control Plan, Industrial Trade and Activities Environmental Management Plan and Flocculant Treatment Plan
The infrastructure does not increase peak stormwater flows for rainfall events of up to a 1.5 year ARI event discharge DIS-3 Level 3
Opportunities to improve receiving wai environmental values have been identified and implemented. Monitoring and modelling demonstrates improvement of receiving wai environmental values
Noise DIS-2 Level 1
Measures to mitigate noise during construction and operation have been identified and implemented
Section 5.8
Also refer to the Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan and Site Specific Construction Noise Management Plans
DIS-2 Level 1
Monitoring of noise is undertaken at appropriate intervals and in response to complaints during construction.
Section 5.8
Also refer to the Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan and Site Specific Construction Vibration Management Plans
DIS-2 Level 2
For construction, modelling and monitoring demonstrates no recurring or major divergences from the noise management process in ISCA approved noise guidelines.
Section 5.8
Also refer to the Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan and Site Specific Construction Vibration Management Plans
For operation, modelling demonstrates no recurring or major exceedances of noise goals. Vibration DIS-3 Level 1
Measures to mitigate vibration during construction and operation have been identified and implemented
Section 5.8
Also refer to the Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan and Site Specific Construction Vibration Management Plans
DIS-3 Level 1
Monitoring of vibration is undertaken at appropriate intervals and in response to complaints during construction.
Section 5.8
Also refer to the Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan and Site Specific Construction Vibration Management Plans
DIS-3 Level 1
For construction, modelling and monitoring demonstrates no exceedances of vibration goals for structural damage to buildings and structures.
Sections 5.8 and 5.10
Also refer to the Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan and the Historic Character Delivery Work Plan (Built Heritage)
DIS-3 Level 2
For operation, modelling demonstrates no recurring or
Sections 5.8 and 5.10
Also refer to the Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work
Page 100
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan Credit
Requirement *
Relevant section of the CEMP
major exceedances of vibration goals for human comfort criteria. No physical damage has been caused to any buildings or structures by vibration caused by construction.
Other Relevant Information / Comments Plan and Historic Character Delivery Work Plan (Built Heritage)
Air Quality DIS-4 Level 1
Measures to minimise adverse impacts to local air quality during construction have been identified and implemented
DIS-4 Level 1
Monitoring of air emissions and/or air quality is undertaken at appropriate intervals and in response to complaints during construction
DIS-4 Level 2
Monitoring and modelling demonstrates no recurring or major exceedances of air emission or air quality goals
Section 5.5
Section 5.5
Section 5.5
Also refer to the Air Quality Delivery Work Plan
Also refer to the Air Quality Delivery Work Plan
Also refer to the Air Quality Delivery Work Plan
Light Pollution DIS-5 Level 1
Measures to prevent light spill during construction and operation have been identified and implemented
Section 5.9
DIS-5 Level 1
The lighting design for operation prevents horizontal light spill through compliance with the numerical limits for obtrusive light in Tables 2.1 and 2.2 of AS4282.
Section 5.9
Energy and carbon monitoring and reduction ENE-1 Level 1
Monitoring and modelling of energy use and GHG emissions and actions taken to reduce them is undertaken
Section 5.19
Also refer to Sustainability Management Plan
ENE 1 Level 2-3
Monitoring demonstrates at least 25% reduction in construction GHG emissions. And a reduction of at least 20% reduction in “significant� scope 3 emissions.
Section 5.19
Also refer to Sustainability Management Plan
Use of renewable energy ENE-2 Level 1
Opportunities for the use of renewable energy fully investigated.
Section 5.19
Also refer to Sustainability Management Plan
Wai (water) use, monitoring and reduction Page 101
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan Credit
Requirement *
Relevant section of the CEMP
Other Relevant Information / Comments
WAT-1 Level 1-2
Monitoring of water use is undertaken. There is at least 5% reduction compared to the base case footprint.
Section 5.20
Also refer to Sustainability Management Plan
Replace potable wai (water) WAT-2 Level 1
Monitoring demonstrates that some proportion of total wai use is from non-potable sources (substituting for potable).
Sections 5.4 and 5.20
Also refer to Sustainability Management Plan and the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan
Materials lifecycle impact measurement and reduction MAT-1 Level 1
Monitoring and modelling of material lifecycle impacts are undertaken using the Materials Calculator and demonstrates a reduction in materials lifecycle impacts of at least 15% compared to a base case footprint.
Section 5.21
Also refer to Sustainability Management Plan
Environmentally labelled products and supply chains MAT-2 Level 1
A Percentage of Materials/products have an ISCA approved environmental label.
Section 5.21
Also refer to Sustainability Management Plan
Crime Prevention HEA-2 Level 2
The likelihood of crime prevention has been reduced through the implementation of CPTED guidelines, in design, construction and operation, including temporary construction diversions and lighting. All tunnels or underpasses have end to end visibility.
Section 2.5
Heritage assessment and management HER-1 Level 1
Measures to minimise the adverse impacts to heritage during construction have been identified and implemented
HER-1 Level 1
Community heritage values have been identified through consultation and integrated into studies.
Section 5.10
Section 5.10
Stakeholder engagement strategy
Page 102
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Also refer to the Historic Heritage Delivery Work Plan
Also refer to the Historic Heritage Delivery Work Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan Credit
Requirement *
Relevant section of the CEMP
Other Relevant Information / Comments
STA-1 Level 1
A comprehensive stakeholder management strategy is developed
Sections 5.2, 5.3 and 5.22.5
Also refer to the Communication and Consultation Plan and Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP
STA-1 Level 2
The community is informed of the draft strategy and provided an opportunity to give feedback. Community feedback is documented and used to guide completion of the final strategy.
Sections 5.2, 5.3 and 5.22.5
Also refer to the Communication and Consultation Plan
STA -1 Level 2
The strategy is implemented, and formal monitoring, evaluation and corrective action is undertaken.
Sections 5.2, 5.3 and 5.22.5
Also refer to the Communication and Consultation Plan
STA-3 Level 1
The community has been provided with information that: - was provided in a timely manner - supported community participation - was meaningful and relevant - was accessible This has been verified by internal management/reviews/audits or community feedback with 65%80% support
Sections 5.2, 5.3 and 5.22.5
Also refer to the Communication and Consultation Plan
STA-3 Level 2
The community has been provided with information that: -was provided in a timely manner - supported community participation - was meaningful and relevant - was accessible And this has been verified by independent reviews/audits or community feedback with >80% support
Sections 5.2, 5.3, 5.22.5
Also refer to the Communication and Consultation Plan
Site planning URB-1 Level 1
Page 103
An urban and landscape design plan is developed and implemented that includes the following: 1. Site analysis; 2. Vision and objectives for the infrastructure; 3. Site planning; and 4. Strategies that respond to:
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Section 5.11
Also refer to the Urban Design Delivery Work Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan Credit
Requirement *
Relevant section of the CEMP
a. the relevant People and Place principles outlined in the New Zealand Urban Design Protocol (NZUDP) or b. other ISCA approved guidelines
* Refer to ISCA Rating Tool for full details of the requirement
Page 104
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Other Relevant Information / Comments
Construction Environmental Management Plan
Appendix B: CEMP Staging Drawings TBM Preparation Staging Drawings • • • •
TBM Preparation Stage 0 TBM Preparation Stage 1 TBM Preparation Stage 2 TBM Preparation Stage 3
Fenton Street Utility Diversion Staging Drawings • • • • • • • • • • •
Page 105
Fenton Street utility diversions Stage 1 Fenton Street utility diversions Stage 2 Fenton Street utility diversions Stage 3 Fenton Street utility diversions Stage 4 Fenton Street utility diversions Stage 5 Fenton Street utility diversions Stage 6 Fenton Street utility diversions Stage 7 Fenton Street utility diversions Stage 8 Fenton Street utility diversions Stage 9 Fenton Street utility diversions Stage 10 Fenton Street utility diversions Stage 11
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
ISO A1 594mm x 841mm
STAGE 0 - SEP 2019 - MAR 2020 N
RI
T RS WE FLO
RA KO ST
T
S U A
NIK
DEMOLITION PHASE 1
T AS
UR
AH NG
DEMOLITION PHASE 2 TRUCK ENTRY/EXIT
EN
RD
DEMOLITION PHASE 3
MT
ED
DEMOLITION PHASE 2
Last Plotted: 2019-11-28
CONCRETE CRUSHER
SITE WELFARE FACILITY & OFFICE
Last saved by: PATELS(2019-11-28) Filename: TB_PWFILEPATH
PEDESTRIAN ENTRY/EXIT
Link Alliance has prepared this document for the sole use of the client and for a specific purpose, each as expressly stated in the document. No other third party should rely on this document without the written consent of Link Alliance. Link Alliance undertakes no duty, nor accepts any responsibility, to any third party who may rely upon or use this document.
CLIENT:
This sketch is confidential and shall only be used for the purpose of this project.
DESIGNATION BOUNDARY CSA BOUNDARY
PROJECT:
CONSENT_APPLICATION_ONLY
ZONE:
DEMOLITION SITE INSTALLATIONS
CITY RAIL LINK
TITLE:
MOUNT_EDEN_ENABLING_WORKS CONSTRUCTION_STAGING STAGE_0 PROJECT
CREATOR ID : ALLIANCEDWGNO
COMPANY NUMBER : 6267870 0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100mm
DOCUMENT:
ZONE
DISCIPLINE
ORGANISTION
CRL - MTE - CON - LKA
TYPE
SHEET
- SKE - 10001
REVISION
01
ISO A1 594mm x 841mm
STAGE 1 - JAN - JUL 2020
EXISTING SHAFT TO BE DEMOLISHED PILED RETAINING WALL FOR PORTAL
N
T RS ) WE ION FLO ERS V (DI
RI RA KO ST
T
NIK
S U A
EXTENT OF BASALT BLASTING
PHASED EXCAVATION
S RA HU
A NG
TRUCK ENTRY/EXIT
MT
ED
EN
RD
T
Last Plotted: 2019-11-28
CONCRETE CRUSHER
SITE WELFARE FACILITY & OFFICE
EXTENT OF BASALT BLASTING
Last saved by: PATELS(2019-11-28) Filename: TB_PWFILEPATH
PEDESTRIAN ENTRY/EXIT
Link Alliance has prepared this document for the sole use of the client and for a specific purpose, each as expressly stated in the document. No other third party should rely on this document without the written consent of Link Alliance. Link Alliance undertakes no duty, nor accepts any responsibility, to any third party who may rely upon or use this document.
CLIENT:
This sketch is confidential and shall only be used for the purpose of this project.
DESIGNATION BOUNDARY CSA BOUNDARY
PROJECT:
CONSENT_APPLICATION_ONLY
ZONE:
BASALT BLASTING SITE INSTALLATIONS
CITY RAIL LINK
TITLE:
MOUNT_EDEN_ENABLING_WORKS CONSTRUCTION_STAGING STAGE_1 PROJECT
CREATOR ID : ALLIANCEDWGNO
COMPANY NUMBER : 6267870 0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100mm
DOCUMENT:
ZONE
DISCIPLINE
ORGANISTION
TYPE
SHEET
CRL - MTE - CON - LKA - SKE - 10002
REVISION
01
ISO A1 594mm x 841mm
STAGE 2 - APR - OCT 2020 PILED RETAINING WALL
N
T RS ) WE ION FLO ERS V (DI
RI RA KO ST
T S U
A
NIK
PEDESTRIAN ENTRY/EXIT
EXTENT OF BASALT BLASTING
SITE WELFARE FACILITY INSTALLATION
BULK EXCAVATION WATER TREATMENT & SEDIMENTATION POND
TOWER CRANE
U AH
NG
SITE PARKING
RA
TRUCK ENTRY/EXIT
ST
SHEET PILES BULK EXCAVATION
BULK EXCAVATION
SPOIL HANDLING AREA
EN
RD
RURU BRIDGE
MT
ED
HUIA 2 WATERMAIN DIVERSION
MT EDEN BRIDGE
Last Plotted: 2019-11-28
CONCRETE CRUSHER
SITE OFFICE
Last saved by: PATELS(2019-11-28) Filename: TB_PWFILEPATH
EXTENT OF BASALT BLASTING
Link Alliance has prepared this document for the sole use of the client and for a specific purpose, each as expressly stated in the document. No other third party should rely on this document without the written consent of Link Alliance. Link Alliance undertakes no duty, nor accepts any responsibility, to any third party who may rely upon or use this document.
CLIENT:
This sketch is confidential and shall only be used for the purpose of this project.
DESIGNATION BOUNDARY CSA BOUNDARY
PROJECT:
CONSENT_APPLICATION_ONLY
ZONE:
BASALT BLASTING BULK EXCAVATION
CITY RAIL LINK
TITLE:
SITE INSTALLATIONS
MOUNT_EDEN_ENABLING_WORKS CONSTRUCTION_STAGING STAGE_2 PROJECT
CREATOR ID : ALLIANCEDWGNO
COMPANY NUMBER : 6267870 0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100mm
UTILITIES WORKS CIVIL WORKS
DOCUMENT:
ZONE
DISCIPLINE
ORGANISTION
TYPE
SHEET
CRL - MTE - CON - LKA - SKE - 10003
REVISION
01
ISO A1 594mm x 841mm
STAGE 3 - JUN 2020 - JAN 2021 MINED TUNNEL EXCAVATIONS MC20
MINED TUNNEL EXCAVATIONS MC30/60
T RS ) WE ION FLO ERS V ( DI
RI
RA KO
MINED TUNNEL EXCAVATIONS MC50
ST T S AU K I N
PEDESTRIAN ENTRY/EXIT
TBM SETUP
RU
RU
SITE WELFARE FACILITY INSTALLATION
N
ST
SEGMENT STORAGE
WATER TREATMENT & SEDIMENTATION POND
TOWER CRANE
AH
NG
SITE PARKING
A UR
TRUCK ENTRY/EXIT
ST
HAZARDOUS GOODS STORE
MT
ED
EN
RD
TBM PLANT/EQUIPMENT STORAGE, MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL WORKSHOPS ETC. & WASTE MANAGEMENT AREA
MT EDEN BRIDGE
Last Plotted: 2019-11-28
SPOIL HANDLING AREA
Last saved by: PATELS(2019-11-28) Filename: TB_PWFILEPATH
MSE WALL
Link Alliance has prepared this document for the sole use of the client and for a specific purpose, each as expressly stated in the document. No other third party should rely on this document without the written consent of Link Alliance. Link Alliance undertakes no duty, nor accepts any responsibility, to any third party who may rely upon or use this document.
CLIENT:
This sketch is confidential and shall only be used for the purpose of this project.
DESIGNATION BOUNDARY CSA BOUNDARY
PROJECT:
CONSENT_APPLICATION_ONLY
ZONE:
BASALT BLASTING MINED EXCAVATION
CITY RAIL LINK
TITLE:
SITE INSTALLATIONS
MOUNT_EDEN_ENABLING_WORKS CONSTRUCTION_STAGING STAGE_3 PROJECT
COMPANY NUMBER : 6267870 0
10
20
30
40
50
60
CREATOR ID : ALLIANCEDWGNO 70
80
90
100mm
UTILITIES WORKS CIVIL WORKS
DOCUMENT:
ZONE
DISCIPLINE
ORGANISTION
TYPE
SHEET
CRL - MTE - CON - LKA - SKE - 10004
REVISION
01
Client :
COMPANY NUMBER : 6267870
Link Alliance has prepared this document for the sole use of the client and for a specific purpose, each as expressly stated in the document. No other party should rely on this document without the written consent of Link Alliance. Link Alliance undertakes no duty, nor accepts any responsibility, to any third party who may rely upon or use this document.
Creator ID : CRL-SYW-CON- LKA-SKE
Client :
COMPANY NUMBER : 6267870
Link Alliance has prepared this document for the sole use of the client and for a specific purpose, each as expressly stated in the document. No other party should rely on this document without the written consent of Link Alliance. Link Alliance undertakes no duty, nor accepts any responsibility, to any third party who may rely upon or use this document.
Creator ID : CRL-SYW-CON- LKA-SKE
Client :
COMPANY NUMBER : 6267870
Link Alliance has prepared this document for the sole use of the client and for a specific purpose, each as expressly stated in the document. No other party should rely on this document without the written consent of Link Alliance. Link Alliance undertakes no duty, nor accepts any responsibility, to any third party who may rely upon or use this document.
Creator ID : CRL-SYW-CON- LKA-SKE
Construction Environmental Management Plan
Appendix C: Designation Conditions
Page 106
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
CRL Designation Conditions 10 September 2018
Aotea Alteration: BROWN (confirmed 24 January 2017) Condition 27.1(b) (Swanson St diversion): ORANGE (confirmed 23 June 2017) Strata/Sub-Strata Alteration: GREEN (confirmed 22 September 2017) Mt Eden CRL and NAL Alteration: BLUE (Environment Court Decision 15/12/17) Condition 27.1(b) (second Swanson St diversion): PINK (confirmed 27 March 2018) Operational Vibration Conditions 63 & 66: PURPLE (confirmed 24 July 2018) Karangahape Station Alteration: Amendments not included in this set
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 1
Explanatory Note: The following explanatory note does not form part of the conditions. It is a non-statutory way finding explanation of how the conditions are structured, what they cover in broad terms and where referenced documents can be found. This note does not alter legal obligations and rights created by the conditions. The conditions attach to six different designations. The designations are: 2500-1
A surface designation extending from Britomart Transport Centre to Albert Street/Mayoral Drive (in the vicinity of the Aotea car park entrance on Mayoral Drive) for the construction, operation and maintenance of the CRL – including two rail tunnels and Aotea Station.
2500-2
A sub-strata designation of land below the ground surface (within road resource and private property) for the construction, operation and maintenance of the CRL – including two rail tunnels and ancillary activities. This designation sits underneath the strata (protection) designation 2500-3 and extends from Mayoral Drive to New North Road.
2500-3
A strata (protection) designation that acts as a buffer between activities on the ground surface and the sub-strata designation (2500-2) that provides for the two rail tunnels. This designation sits above designation 2500-2, starting from 5 metres below the ground surface, and extends from Mayoral Drive to New North Road.
2500-4
A surface and sub-strata designation for the construction, operation and maintenance of Karangahape Station, and encompassing land within road reserve and private property in the vicinity of Pitt Street, Beresford Square, Karangahape Road, and Mercury Lane.
2500-5
A surface and sub-strata designation for the construction, operation and maintenance of Newton Station, and encompassing land within road reserve and private property in the vicinity of Symonds Street, Dundonald Street, and New North Road.
2500-6
A surface designation for the construction, operation and maintenance of the CRL – including the rail tunnels and connections required to join the CRL to the North Auckland Railway Line (NAL). This designation is located generally between New North Road, Mt Eden Road and Boston Road in the north and the NAL in the south. It also includes land located on the southern side and adjacent to the NAL between Normanby Road and Mt Eden Road, and to the immediate east and west of Porters Avenue.
Hereafter for the purpose of this condition set the designations are referred to as 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6. The table of contents for the conditions provides a broad overview of the subject matter. It commences with definitions and abbreviations and progresses to general conditions applicable to all designations followed by the conditions for pre-construction, construction, and operation. Under each of these
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 2
headings may be found sub-headings dealing with specific aspects of the work. There follow advice notes and appendices for: - buildings for consideration as to building condition surveys; and - heritage buildings for consideration as to building condition surveys The conditions for designation 3 conclude the suite of conditions. Set out below are a series of figures illustrating and explaining the location, extent and nature of designations 1 – 6. For precise details, please refer to the relevant designation overlays within the planning maps. Figure 1: Designations Overview Map The map below is not to scale and is intended as a visual tool only to show the location of each designation. The Land Requirement Plans and associated Schedule of Directly Affected Parties (attached to each designation) should be referred to for the actual area of land required.
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 3
Figure 2: Visual explanation of the designation types Surface Designations
Sub-strata Designations
Strata Designation with Sub-strata Designation below
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 4
Figure 3: Indicative long-section of the designations across the length of the CRL
The relationship between the various plans required by designation conditions is illustrated in the diagram below:
The documents referred to in the designation conditions can be found at [insert]
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 5
Contents
Requiring Authority Designation Conditions – for Designations 1, 2, 4, 5 and 6 DEFINITIONS GENERAL CONDITIONS Condition 1 Condition 2 Condition 3 PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS Condition 4 – Appointment of Communication and Consultation Manager Condition 5 – Pre-Construction Communication and Consultation Plan Condition 6 – Network Utility Operators Condition 7 – Community Liaison Groups Condition 8 – Mana Whenua Consultation Condition 9 – Network Utility Operator Liaison CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS Condition 10 – Outline Plan Requirements Condition 11 – Independent Peer Review of CEMP and DWPs Condition 12 – Availability of Outline Plan(s) Condition 13 – Monitoring of Construction Conditions Communication and Consultation Condition 14 – Contact Person Condition 15 – Communication and Consultation Plan Condition 16 – Communications – Notable Noise and Vibration Receivers Condition 17 – Concerns and Complaints Management Condition 18 – “One Network” Consultation Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) and Delivery Work Plans (DWPs) Condition 19 – Preparation, Compliance and Monitoring Condition 20 – CEMP Requirements Condition 21 – CEMP Construction Works Requirements Condition 22 – Review Process for CEMP and DWPs
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 6
Condition 23 – Update of CEMP and DWPs following review Condition 24 – Network Utilities Transport, Access and Parking Condition 25 – General Transport, Access and Parking Condition 26 – Monitoring of Transport Network Congestion Condition 27 – Transport, Access and Parking: Specific Requirements (Britomart to Mayoral Drive) Condition 28 – Transport, Access and Parking: Specific Requirements (Karangahape Station Area) Condition 29 – Transport, Access and Parking: Specific Requirements (Newton Station Area) Condition 30 – Transport, Access and Parking: Specific Requirements (NAL Area) Noise and Vibration Condition 31 – Project Standards – Construction Noise Condition 32 – Project Standards – Blasting Noise Condition 33 – Project Standards – Construction Vibration Condition 34 – Project Standards – Construction Vibration (Amenity) Condition 35 – Project Standards – MediaWorks Condition 36 – Construction Noise and Vibration DWP Condition 37 – Site Specific Construction Noise Management Plan (SSCNMP) Condition 38 – Site Specific Construction Vibration Management Plan (SSCVMP) Condition 39 – Notable Noise and Vibration Receivers Condition 40 – Construct ion Noise and Vibration Management Plan – MediaWorks Built Heritage/Archaeology Condition 41 – Historic Character – Built Heritage Condition 42– Historic Character – Archaeology Condition 43 – Heritage Advisory Group and Composition Condition 44 – Heritage Advisory Group Function Condition 45 – Bluestone Wall Management Plan Building Condition Surveys Condition 46 – Process for Building Condition Surveys Urban Design Condition 47 – Urban Design Principles
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 7
Condition 48 – Mitigation Planting Requirements Condition 49 – Engagement with Mana Whenua and the Mana Whenua Principles Condition 50 – Specific Area Requirements: Britomart to Aotea Station Condition 51 – Specific Area Requirements: Karangahape Station area Condition 52 – Specific Area Requirements: Newton Station area Condition 53 – Specific Area Requirements: North Auckland Line area Condition 54 – Station Plan Requirements Trees and Vegetation Condition 55 – Trees and Vegetation DWP Public Art Condition 56 – Public Art DWP Contamination Condition 57 – Contamination DWP Condition 58 – Contamination Validation Report at Completion of Construction Air Quality Condition 59 – Air Quality DWP Social Impact and Business Disruption Condition 60 – Property Management Strategy Condition 61 – Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP Specific Design Requirements Condition 62 – Specific Design Requirements relating to 152 Vincent Street OPERATIONAL CONDITIONS Condition 63 – Operational Rail Vibration Condition 64 – Operational Noise – Mechanical Ventilation Plant Condition 65 – Operational Noise and Vibration Management Plan (ONVMP) Condition 66 – Operational Noise and Vibration Management – Mediaworks ADVICE NOTES APPENDIX ONE – Buildings for Consideration as to Building Condition Surveys APPENDIX TWO – Heritage Buildings for Consideration as to Building Condition Surveys
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 8
Requiring Authority Designation Conditions – Designation 3 Condition 1 Condition 2 Condition 3 Condition 4 Condition 5 ADVICE NOTES
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 9
Requiring Authority Designation Conditions – for Designations 1, 2, 4, 5 and 6
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
DEFINITIONS 1 2
Consult
4
Consulting
5
Consultation
The process of providing information about the construction works, and receiving for consideration, information from stakeholders, directly affected and affected in proximity parties, regarding those effects and proposals for the management and mitigation of them.
6 1 4 5
Fully operational traffic lane
May include a traffic lane that is subject to a reduced speed limit, or one which may have a temporary reduction in the lane width, due to construction activity.
Two way access
Access into and out from a site or a road. This access may include restrictions (eg. left in, left out) where these are specified within the relevant conditions.
6 1 4 5 6 Receivers that undertake activities within spaces that rely on a particularly low noise and vibration environment. For these designations these spaces are defined as:
1 2 4 5
Notable Noise and Vibration Receivers
6
•
Public Performance Theatres;
•
Recording Studios, both sound and television (including Mediaworks, except the specific spaces addressed by Condition 35);
•
In relation to sensitive equipment - Medical Facilities and Scientific Laboratories;
•
In relation to the requirement to record witness statements - The Auckland District Court in Albert Street
Receivers that may be disturbed during rest, concentration, communication or prayer. For these designations these include (but are not limited to): 1 2 4 5
Sensitive Noise and Vibration Receivers
6
1
Site Specific Construction
•
Dwellings
•
Offices
•
Schools, including Child Care Centres and tertiary facilities
•
Libraries
•
Hospitals
•
Rest Homes
•
Marae and other Cultural Centres
•
Churches
•
Hotels or other accommodation facilities
These include site specific construction noise management plans (SSCNMP), site specific construction vibration plans (SSCVMP), or a
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 10
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
2 4 5 6
Condition
Noise and Vibration Management Plans
combination of both noise and vibration in one plan (SSCNVMP) to address the effects from the construction activity on notable or sensitive receivers.
1 2 4 5
Best practicable option
Has the meaning under the Resource Management Act 1991 and, for the purpose of these conditions, comprises the best practicable option for minimising the effects of any construction activity (including effects on the transport network or heritage values) on the receiver.
Historic Character
This includes heritage buildings, sites and places identified in the New Zealand Historic Places Trust register or in the Auckland Council District Plan (Isthmus or Central Area Sections) or as specifically identified in conditions.
6 1 2 4 5 6 Mana whenua for the purpose of this designation are considered to be the following (in no particular order), who at the time of Notice of Requirement expressed a desire to be involved in the City Rail Link Project: 1 2 4
Mana Whenua
5 6
1 2 4
Material change
5 6
4 5 6
Ngati Maru
•
Ngati Paoa
•
Ngai Tai ki Tamaki
•
Ngati Te Ata
•
Ngati Whatua o Orakei
•
Te Akitai
•
Te Kawerau o maki
•
Ngati Tamaoho
Material change will include amendment to any base information informing the CEMP or other Plan or any process, procedure or method of the CEMP or other Plan which has the potential to materially increase adverse effects on a particular receiver. For clarity, changes to personnel and contact schedules do not constitute a material change. Delivery Work Plans will contain specific objectives and methods for avoiding, remedying or mitigating effects and address the following topics:
1 2
•
Delivery Work Plans
(a)
Transport, Access and Parking;
(b)
Construction noise and vibration;
(c)
Historic Character (including Archaeology);
(d)
Urban Design (including landscape and station plans);
(e)
Trees and vegetation;
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 11
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
(f)
Social Impact and Business Disruption;
(g)
Air quality;
(h)
Public Art; and
(i)
Contamination.
1 2 4 5
Peak Particle Velocity
The maximum component peak vibration level (in mm/s) measured in any of three orthogonal axes (vertical, transverse, longitudinal).
MediaWorks
MediaWorks means any television, radio and/or interactive media facilities which broadcast from the MediaWorks site (including any successor which conducts the same activities).
6 6
MediaWorks site means the properties at 2-3 Flower Street and 44-52 New North Road included within the following:
6
MediaWorks site
6
MediaWorks buildings
6
Studio 1
Lot 1 DP 84213
NA40B/1323
Lot 2 DP 49561
NA2063/54
Lot 4 Section 3 Deeds Plan 45(blue)
NA557/190
Part Lot 5 Section 3 Deeds Plan 45 Blue
NA557/144
Lot 1 DP 60771
NA15C/727
MediaWorks buildings means the buildings located at 2 Flower Street (Lot 2 DP 49561, NA2063/54), 3 Flower Street (Lot 1 DP 84213, NA40B/1323), 40 New North Road (Lot 1 DP 80372, NA37A/545), 44 New North Road (Lot 4 Section 3 Deeds Plan 45 (Blue), NA557/190), 4648 New North Road (Pt Lot 5 Section 3 Deeds Plan 45 (Blue), NA557/144), and 52 New North Road (Lot 1 DP 60771, NA15C/727). Studio 1 means the main broadcasting studio at the MediaWorks building at 3 Flower Street as shown on Diagram 1.
ABBREVIATIONS CEMP
Construction Environmental Management Plan
DWP
Delivery Work Plan
NoR
Notice of Requirement
ONVMP
Operational Noise and Vibration Management Plan
PPV
Peak Particle Velocity
SSCNVMP
Site Specific Noise and Vibration Management Plan
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 12
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
GENERAL CONDITIONS 1.1 The City Rail Link Project (City Rail Designations 1, 2, 4, 5 and 6) shall be undertaken in general accordance with the following, subject to final detailed design: (a) the information provided by the Requiring Authority in the Notice of Requirement dated 23 August 2012 and supporting documents (as updated by information provided by the Requiring Authority up until the close of the Hearing and during the course of Environment Court proceedings) being: (i) Assessment of Environmental Effects report (contained in Volume 2 of the Notice of Requirement suite of documents, dated 15 August 2012 Rev B); (ii) Supporting environmental assessment reports (contained in Volume 3 of the Notice of Requirement suite of documents, dated August 2012); (iii) The Concept Design Report (contained in Volume 2 of the Notice of Requirement suite of documents, dated 13 August 2012 Rev 3); (iv) Plan sets:
1 2 1
4 5 6
•
Land requirement plans (contained in Volume 1 of the Notice of Requirement suite of documents, dated 15 August 2012 and GIS4214293-100-10 Rev 5 as amended for 32 Normanby Road, dated 14 September 2015);
•
Plans contained in the Concept Design Report Appendices (contained in Volume 3 of the Notice of Requirement suite of documents, dated 13 August 2012 Rev 3);
•
Plan CIV-000-DRG-0001 attached at Appendix 1 to these Conditions.
(v) Information provided in response to the Section 92 requests and/or in advance of the Council’s section 42A report, including the following: •
“City Rail Link Notice of Requirement: Social Impact Assessment” prepared by Beca Carter Hollings & Ferner Ltd (Beca), dated 19 April 2011 (approved for release 19 April 2013);
•
“City Rail Link – Supplementary Report: Traffic Modelling of Alternative Construction Scenarios” prepared by Flow Transportation Specialists Ltd, dated 22 May 2013.
(vi) Evidence (including supplementary evidence) provided prior to and at the Council hearing, including but not limited to: •
Statement of Evidence by Ian Clark (Transport) dated 2 July 2013;
•
“Drawing 0220, Revision B” dated 20 August 2013, being part of the City Rail Link Project: Mt Eden Worksite set by Aurecon, submitted as part of the Second Supplementary Statement of Evidence of William (Bill) Russell Newns for Auckland Transport;
•
“City Rail Link Notice of Requirement: Outline Plan Process and Environmental Management Plan System (Indicative)” prepared by Beca Carter Hollings & Ferner Ltd, dated 27 September 2013;
•
“City Rail Link: Indicative Communication and Consultation Plan” prepared by Auckland Transport, dated September 2013;
•
“Outline Social Impact and Business Disruption Delivery Work Plan” submitted as Attachment A to the Statement of Evidence of Amelia Joan Linzey (Beca Carter Hollings & Ferner Ltd), dated 26 September
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 13
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
2013. (vii) All material and evidence (including rebuttal evidence) provided by the Requiring Authority in the Environment Court proceedings (ENV-2014-AKL-000057). (b) Except as modified by the following alterations: (i) Assessment of Environmental Effects (Reference CRL-AOT-RME-000-0057), Design and Construction Report (Reference CRL-AOT-RME-000-0059 and Drawings CRL¬ SYW-RME-000- DWG-0025-0030 (‘Aotea Alteration’ - CRL Designation 1); and (ii) Assessment of Environmental Effects (Reference CRL-SYWRME-000-RPT-0065, Design and Construction Memorandum (Reference CRL-SYW- RME-000-MEM0002) and Drawings CRL-SYW- RME-000-DRG-0120 to 0124 and 0128 to 0132 ‘Strata / Sub-Strata Alteration (CRL Designation 2); and (iii) Assessment of Environmental Effects (Reference CRL-MTE-RME- 000-RPT-0060, Revision 7 dated 9/11/16), Design and Construction Memorandum (Reference CRL-MTE-RME-000-MEM-0001, dated 9/11/16) and Drawings CRL-SYW-RME000-DWGDRG-0101 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16, 0102 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16, 0110 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16 and 0133 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16 and CRL-EFCROA-000-DRG-1027 Revision 4 dated 30/6/16, 1028 Revision 4 dated 30/6/16 and 1127 Revision 2 dated 30/6/16 and CRL-EFC-CON-000-DRG- 0060 Revision 1 dated 20/6/16, 0061 Revision 1 dated 20/6/16, 0062 Revision 1 dated 20/6/16, 0063 Revision 1 dated 20/6/16 and 0064 Revision 1 dated 8/7/16)(‘Mt Eden Station Alteration’ - CRL Designation 6), Section 92 responses dated 20/12/16, 17/2/17 and 27/4/17; (iv) Assessment of Environmental Effects (Reference CRL-PAT-ENV-CON-PLN-003285, Revision 2 dated 19/12/17, Section 92 Responses dated 19/2/18. 1.2 Where there is inconsistency between: (a) The documents listed above and these conditions, these conditions shall prevail; (b) The information and plans set out in conditions 1.1(a) and 1.1(b) lodged with the requirements and presented at the Council Hearing and during the course of Environment Court proceedings, the most recent information and plans shall prevail; (c) The indicative management plans and evidence presented at the Council Hearing and the management plans (DWPs, CEMP, etc) required by the conditions of these designations and submitted through an Outline Plan, the requirements of the management plans shall prevail. 1 2 2
4
2.1 In accordance with section 184(1) of the Resource Management Act 1991 (the RMA), these designations shall lapse if not given effect to within 15 10 years from the date on which they are confirmed.
5 6 1 3
3.1 As soon as reasonably practicable, and no later than the point at which any part or parts of the City Rail Link become operational, the Requiring Authority shall:
2
(a) Review the area and volume of land designated for the City Rail Link;
4
(b) Identify any areas of designated land that are either no longer necessary for construction of the City Rail Link (if the City Rail Link has been constructed in part), or no longer necessary for the on-going operation and/or maintenance of the City Rail Link or for on-going mitigation measures; and
5 6
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 14
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
(c) Give notice in accordance with Section 182 of the RMA for the removal of those parts of the designation identified in (b) above. (d) Give notice in accordance with s182 of the RMA for the drawback of the CRL designation post construction where the CRL overlaps the North Auckland Line designation (Auckland Unitary Plan reference 6300) as follows: (i) Between 4 Haultain Street and 5 Fenton Street north and south (Identification reference 7 on drawing CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-0104 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16); (ii) Between 49-51 Boston Road and Severn Street (Identification references 1, 2 and 3 on drawing CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-0101 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16; (iii) At 14-22 Boston Road (Identification references 5 on drawing CRL-SYW-RME000-DRG-0101 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16); (iv) At 11 Water Street (Identification reference 6 on drawing CRL-SYW-RME-000DRG-0101 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16); (v) At 26 and 28 Mt Eden Road (Identification references 5 and 6 on drawing CRLSYW-RME-000-DRG-0103 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16); (vi) Over road reserve at Normanby Road between Lauder Road and Boston Road to reflect the Normanby Road overbridge (Identification reference 2 on drawing CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-0103 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16); and (vii) At Porters Ave to reflect the location of signalling infrastructure (Identification reference 8 on drawing CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-0104 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16).
PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS Appointment of Communication and Consultation Manager
4
1 2 4 5 6
4.1 Within three months of the confirmation of the designation the Requiring Authority shall appoint a Communication and Consultation Manager to implement the Pre-construction Communication and Consultation Plan (Condition 5). The Communication and Consultation Manager shall be the main and readily accessible point of contact for persons affected by or interested in the City Rail Link Project until the commencement of the construction phase of the Project, or the contact person under Condition 14 is appointed. 4.2 The Communication and Consultation Manager’s contact details (or, if appointed under Condition 14, that contact persons details) shall be listed in the Pre-construction Communication and Consultation Plan and listed on the Requiring Authority website, the City Rail Link Website, and the Auckland Council website. Pre-Construction Communication and Consultation Plan
5
1 2 4 5 6
5.1 The objective of the Pre-construction Communication and Consultation Plan is to set out a framework to ensure appropriate communication and consultation is undertaken with the community, stakeholders, affected parties and affected in proximity parties prior to the commencement of construction of the City Rail Link. 5.2 The Requiring Authority shall prepare a Pre-Construction Communication and Consultation Plan. This Plan shall be submitted to Auckland Councils Major Infrastructure Projects Team Manager, within 2 months of the Designation being confirmed, for confirmation that the Plan has been prepared in accordance with this condition. 5.3 The Plan shall be implemented and complied with within 3 months from the confirmation of the designations until the commencement of the construction of the City Rail Link.
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 15
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
5.4 This Plan shall set out recommendations and requirements (as applicable) that should be adopted by and/or inform the development of the CEMP and DWPs. 5.5 The Pre-construction Communication and Consultation Plan shall set out how the Requiring Authority will: (a) Inform the community of Project progress and likely commencement of construction works and programme; (b) Engage with the community in order to foster good relationships and to provide opportunities for learning about the Project; (c) Obtain (and specify reasonable timeframes for) feedback and input from Stakeholders, directly affected and affected in proximity parties regarding the development of the CEMP and DWPs; (d) Respond to queries and complaints. Information shall include but not be limited to: (i) Who is responsible for responding; (ii) How responses will be provided; (iii) The timeframes that the responses will be provided within. (e) Where feedback (in accordance with this condition) is provided, the Pre-construction Communication and Consultation Plan shall articulate how that feedback has informed the development of the CEMP and DWPs and where it has not, reasons why it hasn’t; (f) Provide updates on the property acquisition process as well as the management strategy for properties acquired by the Requiring Authority for the construction of the City Rail Link. 5.6 The Pre-Construction Communication and Consultation Plan shall be prepared in consultation with Stakeholders, directly affected parties and affected in proximity parties including, but not limited to: (a) All property owners and occupiers (including, subject to Condition 61.5, sub lessees) identified within the designation footprint; (b) All property owners and occupiers adjacent to construction sites (Britomart and Albert Street (Designation 1), Karangahape Road (Designation 4), Newton Station (Designation 5), and the main construction site including grade separation works at Normanby Road and Porters Ave (Designation 6)); (c) New Zealand Historic Places Trust (NZHPT); (d) Department of Corrections; (e) Ministry of Justice; (f) MediaWorks; (g) Network Utility Operators; (h) Bear Park Early Childhood Centre; (i) Body Corporate 164980 & Tenham Investments Limited (j) Community Liaison Group(s) (refer Condition 7); 5.7 The Pre-construction Communication and Consultation Plan shall, as a minimum, include: (a) A communications framework that details the Requiring Authority’s communication strategies, the accountabilities, frequency of communications and consultation, the range of communication and consultation tools to be used (including any modern and relevant communication methods, newsletters or similar, advertising etc.), and any other relevant communication matters;
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 16
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
(b) Details of the Communication and Consultation Manager for the pre-construction period (Condition 4 of this designation) including their contact details (phone, email and postal address); (c) The methods for identifying, communicating and consulting with stakeholders, directly affected parties and affected in proximity parties and other interested parties. Such methods shall include but not be limited to: (i) Newsletters; (ii) Newspaper advertising; (iii) Notification and targeted consultation with stakeholders, affected parties and affected in proximity parties; and (iv) The use of the project website for public information. (d) The methods for identifying, communicating and consulting with the owners of 1 Queen Street (HSBC House) and 21 Queen Street (Zurich House) regarding the development of the City Rail Link design and construction methodology between Britomart Transport Centre and Customs Street (through the Downtown Shopping Centre site). (e) The methods for communicating and consulting with mana whenua for the implementation of mana whenua principles for the project (refer to condition 8 and 48); (f) The methods for communicating and consulting with the Community Liaison Group(s); (g) How communication and consultation activity will be recorded; and (h) Methods for recording reasonably foreseeable future planned network utility works so that these can be considered and incorporated, where appropriate, into the City Rail Link design. 5.8 The Pre-construction Communication and Consultation Plan will be publicly available once finalised and for the duration of construction. Network Utility Operators 6.1 Under s 176(1)(b) of the Resource Management Act 1991 (RMA) no person may do anything in relation to the designated land that would prevent or hinder the City Rail Link, without the prior written consent of the Requiring Authority.
1 2 6
4
6.2 In the period before construction begins on the City Rail Link (or a section thereof), the following activities undertaken by Network Utility Operators will not prevent or hinder the City Rail Link, and can be undertaken without seeking the Requiring Authority’s written approval under section 176(1)(b) of the RMA: (a) Maintenance and urgent repair works of existing Network Utilities;
5
(b) Minor renewal works to existing Network Utilities necessary for the on-going provision or security of supply of Network Utility Operations;
6
(c) Minor works such as new property service connections; (d) Upgrades to existing Network Utilities within the same or similar location with the same or similar effects on the City Rail Link designation. 6.3 For the avoidance of doubt, in this condition an “existing Network Utility” includes infrastructure operated by a Network Utility Operator which was: (a) In place at the time the notice of requirement for the City Rail Link was served on Auckland Council (23 August 2012); or
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 17
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
(b) Undertaken in accordance with this condition or the section 176(1)(b) RMA process. Community Liaison Groups 7.1 Within three months of the confirmation of the designations the Requiring Authority shall, in consultation with the Auckland Council, establish at least one Community Liaison Group in each of the following key construction areas: (a) Britomart and Albert Street (Designation 1) (b) Karangahape Road (Designation 4) (c) Newton Station (Designation 5) (d) Main Construction site (Designation 6) 7.2 The number of Groups shall be confirmed with the Auckland Council. 7.3 The membership of the Community Liaison Group(s) shall include representative(s) of the Requiring Authority and be open to all directly affected and affected in proximity parties to the Project including, but not limited to the following: (a) Representative(s) for and/or directly affected and affected in proximity property owners and occupiers; (b) CBD Residents Advisory Group; (c) The Karangahape Road Business Association; (d) Eden Terrace Business Association; (e) Heart of the City; (f) Roman Catholic Diocese of Auckland;
7
1 2 4 5 6
(g) St Patrick’s Cathedral; and (h) St Benedict’s Parish. 7.4 In addition to the requirements in Condition 5, the purpose of the Groups shall be to: (a) Provide a means for receiving regular updates on Project progress; (b) Monitor the effects of constructing the Project on the community by providing a regular forum through which information about the Project can be provided to the community. (c) Enable opportunities for concerns and issues to be reported to and responded by the Requiring Authority. (d) Provide feedback on the development of the CEMP and DWPS. (e) Proposed potential joint initiatives to the Requiring Authority for the Property Management Strategy regarding the interim use of properties including vacant land acquired for the construction of the City Rail Link. 7.5 The Requiring Authority will consult with the Groups in respect of the development of the CEMP and DWPs. 7.6 The Requiring Authority will appoint one or more persons appropriately qualified in community consultation as the Community Consultation Advisor(s) to: (a) Provide administrative assistance to the Groups; (b) Ensure the Groups are working effectively (including the development of a Code of Conduct) and appropriate procedures for each Group; and (c) Act as a community consultation advisor to the Group. 7.7 The Requiring Authority will use its best endeavours to ensure that the Groups meet at least annually until the commencement of construction and then at least once every three months or as otherwise required once construction commences.
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 18
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
7.8 Once construction has commenced the Requiring Authority will provide an update at least every three months (or as otherwise agreed) to the Groups on compliance with the designation conditions and the CEMP and DWP and any material changes to these plans. 7.9 The Requiring Authority shall provide reasonable administrative support for the Groups including organising meetings at a local venue, inviting all members of the Groups, as well as the taking and dissemination of meeting minutes. 7.10 The Groups shall continue for the duration of the construction phase of the Project and for six months following completion of the Project. Mana Whenua Consultation 8.1 Within three months of the confirmation of the designations the Requiring Authority shall establish a kaitiaki or mana whenua forum to provide for an on-going role in the design and construction of the CRL Project. 8.2 The frequency at which the forum meets shall be agreed between the Requiring Authority and mana whenua. 8.3 The role of the mana whenua forum may include the following: (a) Developing practical measures to give effect to the principles in the Urban Design DWP (refer to Condition 49);
8
1
(b) Input into, where practicable, the design of the stations (refer to Condition 54);
2
(c) Input into the preparation of the CEMP and DWPs;
4
(d) Working collaboratively with the Requiring Authority around built heritage and archaeological matters;
5 6
(e) Undertaking kaitiakitanga responsibilities associated with the City Rail Link Project, including monitoring, assisting with discovery procedures, and providing mÄ tauranga MÄ ori input in the relevant stages of the Project; and (f) Providing a forum for consultation with mana whenua regarding the names for the City Rail Link stations, noting that there may be formal statutory processes outside the project (such as the New Zealand Geographic Board) which may be involved in any decision making on station names. 8.4 The mana whenua forum may provide written advice to the Requiring Authority in relation to any of the above matters. The Requiring Authority must consider this advice and the means by which any suggestions may be incorporated in the City Rail Link project. Network Utility Operator Liaison 9.1 The Requiring Authority and its contractor shall:
1 2 9
4 5 6
(a) Work collaboratively with Network Utility Operators during the development of the further design for the City Rail Link to provide for the ongoing operation and access to network Utility operations; (b) Undertake communication and consultation with Network Utility Operators as soon as reasonably practicable, and at least once prior to construction timing being confirmed and construction methodology, and duration being known; and (c) Work collaboratively with Network Utility Operators during the preparation and implementation of the CEMP (Condition 24) and DWPs in relation to management of adverse effects on Network Utility Operations. 9.2 A summary of the communication and consultation undertaken between the Requiring Authority and Network Utility Operators prior to construction commencing shall be
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 19
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
provided as part of the Outline Plan. 9.3 The Requiring Authority shall undertake on-going communication and consultation with Network Utility operators throughout the duration of construction, including in relation to changes envisaged by Conditions 22 and 23 affecting Network Utility Operations to ascertain whether or not any changes or updates to the CEMP Network Utilities section are required to address unforeseen effects. CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS Outline Plan Requirements 10.1 The Requiring Authority shall submit an Outline Plan to the Auckland Council for the construction of the City Rail Link in accordance with section 176A of the RMA. The Outline Plan shall include: (a) The Communication and Consultation Plan (Condition 15); (b) The Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP); (c) Delivery Work Plans (DWPs); (d) Site Specific Construction Noise/Vibration Management Plans (SSCNVMPs) and Notable Receiver Management Plans; and (e) Any other information required by the conditions of this designation associated with the construction of the City Rail Link.
1 2 10
4 5 6
10.2 The plans listed in Condition 10.1 above must clearly document the comments and inputs received by the Requiring Authority during its consultation with stakeholders, affected parties and affected in proximity parties, and any recommendations received as part of the Independent Peer Review Panel process (where applicable), along with a clear explanation of where any affected party comments or peer review recommendations have not been incorporated, and the reasons why not. 10.3 The Requiring Authority may choose to give effect to the designation conditions associated with the construction of the City Rail Link: (a) Either at the same time or in parts; (b) By submitting one or more: (i) Communication and Consultation Plans; (ii) CEMP; (iii) DWPs; and (iv) SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs 10.4 These plans should clearly show how the part integrates with adjacent City Rail Link construction works and interrelated activities. This particularly applies where the Urban Design DWP is submitted as a number of plans. 10.5 Early engagement will be undertaken with Auckland Council in relation to preparation and submission of the Outline Plan to establish a programme for the Outline Plan process to ensure achievable timeframes for both parties. 10.6 All works shall be carried out in accordance with the Outline Plan(s) required by this condition.
11
1
Independent Peer Review of CEMP and DWPs
2
11.1 Prior to submitting the CEMP, DWPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs (other than those prepared in accordance with Condition 39) to Auckland Council for the construction of the City Rail Link, the Requiring Authority shall engage suitably qualified independent specialists
4
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 20
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
5 6
Condition
agreed to by Auckland Council to form an Independent Peer Review Panel. The purpose of the Independent Peer Review Panel is to undertake a peer review of the CEMP, DWPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs (other than those prepared in accordance with Condition 39), and provide recommendations on whether changes are required to those plans in order to meet the objective and other requirements of these conditions. 11.2 The CEMP, DWPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs (other than those prepared in accordance with Condition 39) must clearly document the comments and inputs received by the Requiring Authority during its consultation with stakeholders, affected parties and affected in proximity parties, along with a clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated, and the reasons why not. This information must be included in the CEMP, DWPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs (other than those prepared in accordance with Condition 39) provided to both the independent peer reviewer and Auckland Council as part of this condition. 11.3 The CEMP, DWPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs (other than those prepared in accordance with Condition 39) submitted to Auckland Council shall demonstrate how the recommendations from the independent peer reviewers have been incorporated, and, where they have not, the reasons why not. 11.4 In reviewing an Outline Plan submitted in accordance with these designation conditions, Auckland Council shall take into consideration the independent specialist peer review undertaken in accordance with this condition and any additional information provided to Auckland Council by affected parties. Availability of Outline Plan(s)
1 2 12
4 5 6
12.1 For the duration of construction the following plans and any material changes to these plans shall be made available for public viewing on the Project web site: (a) CEMP; (b) DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs); and (c) Communication and Consultation Plan. 12.2 A copy of these Plans will also be held and made available for viewing at each construction site. Monitoring of Construction Conditions
13
1
13.1 The Requiring Authority, its contractor team, and the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s) shall establish and implement a collaborative working process for dealing with day to day construction processes, including monitoring compliance with the designation conditions and with the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs) and any material changes to these plans associated with construction of the City Rail Link.
2
13.2 This collaborative working process shall:
4 5 6
(a) Operate for the duration of the construction works and for 6 months following completion of construction works where monitoring of designation conditions is still required, unless a different timeframe is mutually agreed between the Requiring Authority and the Auckland Council; (b) Have a “key contact” person representing the Requiring Authority and a “key contact” person representing the contractor team to work with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s); (c) The “key contacts” shall be identified in the CEMP and shall meet at least monthly unless a different timeframe is agreed with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s). The purpose of the meeting is to report on compliance with the
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 21
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
designation conditions and with the CEMP, DWPs and material changes to these plans and on any matters of non-compliance and how they have been addressed; (d) Once construction has commenced, the Requiring Authority and / or the contractor shall provide an update to the Community Liaison Groups (Condition 7 of this designation) at least once every 3 months, or if in accordance with Condition 7 these groups meet more regularly, at least once every two months. 13.3 The purpose and function of the collaborative working process is to: (a) Assist as necessary the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s) to confirm that: (i) The works authorised under these designations are being carried out in compliance with the designation conditions, the CEMP, DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs) and any material changes to these plans; (ii) The Requiring Authority and its contractor are undertaking all monitoring and the recording of monitoring results in compliance with the requirements of the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs) and any material changes to these plans; (b) Subsequent to a confirmed Outline Plan, provide a mechanism through which any changes to the design, CEMP or DWPs, which are not material changes requiring approval under Condition 10 triggering the requirement for a new Outline Plan, can be required, reviewed and confirmed; (c) Advise where changes to construction works following a confirmed Outline Plan require a new CEMP or DWP (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs); (d) Review and identify any concerns or complaints received from, or related to, the construction works monthly (unless a different timeframe is mutually agreed with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer) and adequacy of the measures adopted to respond to these. Communication and Consultation
14
1 2 4 5 6
Contact Person 14.1 The Requiring Authority shall make a contact person available 24 hours seven days a week for the duration of construction for public enquiries on the construction works.
Communication and Consultation Plan 15.1 The objective of the Communication and Consultation Plan is to set out a framework to ensure appropriate communication and consultation is undertaken with the community, stakeholders, affected parties and affected in proximity parties during the construction of the City Rail Link.
15
1 2 4 5 6
15.2 The Requiring Authority shall prepare a Communication and Consultation Plan which shall be implemented and complied with for the duration of the construction of the City Rail Link. 15.3 The Communication and Consultation Plan shall set out how the Requiring Authority will: (a) Inform the community of construction progress and future construction activities and constraints that could affect them; (b) Provide early information on key Project milestones; (c) Obtain and specify a reasonable timeframe (being not less than 10 working days), for feedback and inputs from directly affected and affected in proximity parties
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 22
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
regarding the development (as part of the review process provided by Condition 22) and implementation of the CEMP or DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSNMPs and SSCVMPs); and (d) Respond to queries and complaints including but not limited to: (i) Who is responsible for responding; (ii) How responses will be provided; (iii) The timeframes that responses will be provided within. 15.4 The Communication and Consultation Plan shall as a minimum include: (a) A communications framework that details the Requiring Authority’s communication strategies, the accountabilities, frequency of communications and consultation, the range of communication and consultation tools to be used (including any modern and relevant communication methods, newsletters or similar, advertising etc), and any other relevant communication matters; (b) The Communication and Consultation Manager for the Project including their contact details (phone, email and postal address); (c) The methods for identifying, communicating and consulting with persons affected by the project including but not limited to: (i) All property owners and occupiers within the designation footprint (ii) All property owners and occupiers adjacent to construction sites (Britomart and Albert Street (Designation 1), Karangahape Road (Designation 4), Newton Station (Designation 5), Main Construction site and the works at Normanby Road and Porters Ave (Designation 6)) (iii) New Zealand Historic Places Trust (NZHPT) (iv) Department of Corrections (including the entity contracted by Department of Corrections to administer and run the Mt Eden Corrections facility at 1 Lauder Road) (v) Ministry of Justice (including but not limited to) confirming the details of the contact person required under Condition 14 of this designation, and to provide appropriate details (including but not restricted to timing, duration, scale, noise effects, vibration effects, access restrictions, and disruption to utilities) in respect to any works impacting the operation of the Auckland District Court at 65-71 Albert Street, Auckland. Communication and consultation of such details should be provided to the Ministry of Justice Auckland Property Programme Manager at least 9 months prior to the commencement of such works. (vi) Media Works (vii) Community Liaison Group(s) (refer Condition 7); (viii) Bear Park Early Childhood Centre; (ix) Body Corporate 164980 and Tenham Investments Ltd; (x) Network Utility Operators, including the process: •
To be implemented to capture and trigger where communication and consultation is required in relation to any material changes affecting the Network Utilities;
•
For the Requiring Authority to give approval (where appropriate) to Network Utility Operators as required by section 176(1)(b) of the RMA during the construction period;
•
For obtaining any supplementary authorisations (including but not limited to
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 23
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
resource consents (including those required under a National Environmental Standard) and easements); •
For inspection and final approval of works by Network Utility Operators; and
•
For implementing conditions 9, 22, 23, and 24 of this designation in so far as they affect Network Utility Operations.
(xi) The owner of 4 Kingston Street (xii) The owner of 6-12 Kingston Street (xiii) The owner of 83 Albert Street (xiv) The owner(s) of 5 Porters Avenue (ALLOT 236 SEC 10 Suburbs AUCKLAND) (d) How stakeholders and persons affected by the project will be notified of the commencement of construction activities and works, the expected duration of the activities and works, and who to contact for any queries, concerns and complaints; (e) How stakeholders and persons affected by the project will be consulted in the development and review of the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs), including specifying reasonable timeframes for feedback; (f) Methods for communicating in advance temporary traffic management measures and permanent changes to road networks and layouts to directly affected and in proximity parties, bus (public and private) operators, taxi operators, bus users, and the general public; (g) Methods for communicating in advance to surrounding communities (including sensitive noise and vibration receivers) which must be notified at least 24 hours in advance where construction activities are predicted to: (i) Exceed the noise limits (refer Condition 31); or (ii) Exceed a vibration limit (refer Conditions 33 and 34); or (iii) Be within 200m of a blast site (refer Condition 32). Further provisions for Notable Noise and Vibration Receivers are contained in Condition 16. (h) Methods for communicating in advance proposed hours of construction activities outside of normal working hours and on weekends and public holidays, to surrounding communities, and methods to record and deal with concerns raised about such hours; (i) Methods for communicating and consulting with mana whenua for the duration of construction and implementation of mana whenua principles for the project (refer to Conditions 8 and 49); (j) Methods for communicating and consulting with the Auckland Council Parks Department regarding works to be undertaken to any trees on public land (streets, squares, etc.) located within the City Rail Link surface designation footprint, including how trees not being removed, or in close proximity to the surface designation footprint where works are occurring, will be protected; (k) Methods for communicating and consulting in advance of construction works with emergency services (Police, Fire, Ambulance) on the location, timing and duration of construction works, and particularly in relation to temporary road lane reductions and/or closures and the alternative routes or detours to be used, with specific detail around the management of the Fire and Ambulance from their central stations on Pitt Street; (l) A list of Stakeholders, directly affected and affected in proximity parties to the
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 24
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
construction works who will be communicated with; (m) How communication and consultation activity relating to construction activities and monitoring requirements will be recorded; and (n) Methods for communicating and consulting with the Department of Corrections (including the entity contracted by Department of Corrections to administer and run the Mt Eden Corrections facility at 1 Lauder Road), to confirm the details of the contact person required under Condition 14 of this designation, and in respect of any works impacting on access or works in proximity to the Mt Eden Corrections Facility and the Boston Road Community Corrections site; including temporary traffic management measures and permanent changes to road networks and layouts which may impact on access to and from the Facility and the motorway network. 15.5 The Communication and Consultation Plan shall also include (as relevant) linkages and cross-references to the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs). 15.6 The Communication and Consultation Plan shall include a summary of the communication and consultation undertaken between the Requiring Authority and parties as required by the Pre-construction Communication and Consultation Plan. The summary shall include any outstanding issues or disputes raised by parties. The Communication and Consultation Plan shall be reviewed six monthly for the duration of construction and updated if required. Any updated Communication and Consultation Plan shall be provided to the “key contacts” (see Condition 13) and the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer for review and agreement on any further action to be undertaken. Any further action recommended as a result of this review shall be undertaken by the Communication and Consultation Manager for the City Rail Link and confirmation of completion provided back to the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer. 15.7 If, in the course of amendments undertaken as part of the review process, a material change to the Communication and Consultation Plan is made, those parties affected by the change shall be notified within 1 month of the material change occurring. Communications – Notable Noise and Vibration Receivers
1 16
17
4 5
16.1 A SSCNVMP shall be prepared for all Notable Noise and Vibration Receivers (refer Condition 39). As part of the SSCNVMP (and further to Condition 15 of this designation), the Requiring Authority shall undertake communication and consultation, as soon as reasonably practicable (and at least once following confirmation of construction timing and methodology), with any Notable Noise and Vibration Receivers located within 200 metres of blasting, or within 100 metres (either horizontally or vertically) of the designation footprint for other construction activities. Communication and consultation with these parties should focus on a collaborative approach to manage the adverse effects from construction noise and vibration while works are undertaken in the vicinity.
6
16.2 The Requiring Authority shall undertake on-going communication and consultation with notable noise and vibration receivers throughout the duration of construction occurring in the vicinity. This communication shall be reported back to the “key contacts” (see Condition 13) and the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer for their review and confirmation of any further action to be undertaken. The Auckland Council Consent Monitoring Officer shall advise the Requiring Authority of its recommendation within 10 working days of receiving this information from the Requiring Authority.
1
Concerns and Complaints Management
2
17.1 Upon receiving a concern or complaint during construction, the Requiring Authority shall instigate a process to address concerns or complaints received about adverse effects. This shall:
4
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 25
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
5 6
Condition
(a) Identify of the nature of the concern or complaint, and the location, date and time of the alleged event(s); (b) Acknowledge receipt of the concern or complaint within 24 hours of receipt; (c) Respond to the concern or complaint in accordance with the relevant management plan , which may include monitoring of the activity by a suitably qualified expert, implementation of mitigation measures, and, in the case of noise and / or vibration, preparation of a site specific noise and / or vibration management plan (in accordance with Conditions 37 and 38); 17.2 A record of all concerns and / or complaints received shall be kept by the Requiring Authority. This record shall include: (a) The name and address of the person(s) who raised the concern or complaint (unless they elect not to provide this) and details of the concern or complaint; (b) Where practicable, weather conditions at the time of the concern or complaint, including wind direction and cloud cover if the complaint relates to noise or air quality; (c) Known City Rail Link construction activities at the time and in the vicinity of the concern or complaint; (d) Any other activities in the area unrelated to the City Rail Link construction that may have contributed to the concern or complaint such as non-City Rail Link construction, fires, traffic accidents or unusually dusty conditions generally; (e) Remedial actions undertaken (if any) and the outcome of these, including monitoring of the activity. 17.3 This record shall be maintained on site, be available for inspection upon request, and shall be provided every two months (or as otherwise agreed) to the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer, and to the “key contacts” (see Condition 13). 17.4 Where a complaint remains unresolved or a dispute arises, the Auckland Council Compliance Monitoring Officer will be provided with all records of the complaint and how it has been dealt with and addressed and whether the Requiring Authority considers that any other steps to resolve the complaint are required. Upon receiving records of the complaint the Auckland Council Compliance Monitoring Officer must determine whether a review of the CEMP and/or DWPs is required under Condition 22 to address this complaint. The Auckland Council Compliance Monitoring Officer shall advise the Requiring Authority of its recommendation within 10 working days of receiving the records of complaint. “One Network” Consultation
1 18
4 5 6
18.1 The Requiring Authority and its contractor shall work collaboratively with the New Zealand Transport Agency (NZTA) during the preparation of the Traffic, Access and Parking DWP (Conditions 25, 27, 28, 29, and 30) in relation to confirming the management of adverse transport effects on the road network. A record of this consultation and outcomes shall be included in the Traffic, Access and Parking DWP. The Requiring Authority shall consult with the NZTA throughout the duration of construction on any changes or updates to the Traffic, Access and Parking DWP which relate to the management of the road network.
Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) and Delivery Work Plans (DWPs) 19
1 2 4
Preparation, Compliance and Monitoring 19.1 The objective of the CEMP and DWPs is to so far as is reasonably practicable, avoid,
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 26
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
5 6
Condition
remedy or mitigate any adverse effects (including cumulative effects) associated with the City Rail Link construction. 19.2 All works must be carried out in accordance with the CEMP, the DWPs required by these conditions and in accordance with any changes to plans made under Condition 23. 19.3 The CEMP and DWPs shall be prepared, complied with and monitored by the Requiring Authority throughout the duration of construction of the City Rail Link. 19.4 The DWPs shall give effect to the specific requirements and objectives set out in these designation conditions. 19.5 The CEMP shall include measures to give effect to any specific requirements and objectives set out in these designation conditions that are not addressed by the DWPs. 19.6 Where mitigation measures are required to be implemented by the Requiring Authority in relation to the construction of City Rail Link, it shall meet reasonable and direct costs of implementing such mitigation measures. CEMP Requirements 20.1 In order to give effect to the objective in Condition 19.1, the CEMP must provide for the following: (a) In relation to Designation 2, the use of one Tunnel Boring Machine (unless the effects of using more than one Tunnel Boring Machine are not materially different from those associated with the use of one Tunnel Boring Machine); (b) Notice boards that clearly identify the Requiring Authority and the Project name, together with the name, telephone number and email address of the Site or Project Manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager; (c) Training requirements for employees, sub-contractors and visitors on construction procedures, environment management and monitoring; (d) A Travel Management Plan for each construction site outlining onsite car parking management and methods for encouraging travel to the site using forms of transport other than private vehicle to assist in mitigating localised traffic effects; and
20
1 2 4 5 6
(e) Where a complaint is received, the complaint must be recorded and responded to as provided for in Conditions 13, 15 and 17. 20.2 The CEMP shall include details of: (a) The site or Project Manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager (who will implement and monitor the Communication and Consultation Plan), including their contact details (phone, email and physical address); (b) The Document management system for administering the CEMP, including review and Requiring Authority / Constructor / Auckland Council requirements; (c) Environmental incident and emergency management procedures; (d) Environmental complaint's management procedures (see also Condition 17); (e) An outline of the construction programme of the work, including construction hours of operation, indicating linkages to the DWPs which address the management of adverse effects during construction; (f) Specific details on demolition to be undertaken during the construction period; (g) Means of ensuring the safety of the general public; and (h) Methods to assess and monitor potential cumulative adverse effects. 20.3 Subject to any alternative agreement with the landowner(s) of HSBC House and Zurich House, the Requiring Authority shall prepare specific construction methodologies for the
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 27
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
works adjacent to 1 Queen Street and 21 Queen Street detailing how they will be undertaken to avoid compromising the structural integrity of the existing structures on the site including their foundation systems. The specific construction methodologies shall be prepared in consultation with the owner(s) of these properties. A record of this liaison and outcomes shall be included in the CEMP as part of the Outline Plan. This summary must provide a clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated into the CEMP, and the reasons why not. This summary must be provided to both the Independent Peer Review Panel and Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan process. CEMP Construction Works Requirements 21.1 In order to give effect to the objective in Condition 19.1, the CEMP shall include the following details and requirements in relation to all areas within the surface designation footprint where construction works are to occur, and / or where materials and construction machinery are to be used or stored: (a) Where access points are to be located and procedures for managing construction vehicle ingress and egress to construction support and storage areas; (b) Methods for managing the control of silt and sediment within the construction area; (c) Methods for earthworks management (including depth and extent of earthworks and temporary, permanent stabilisation measures and monitoring of ground movement) for earthworks adjacent to buildings and structures; (d) Measures to adopt to keep the construction area in a tidy condition in terms of disposal / storage of rubbish and storage unloading of construction materials (including equipment). All storage of materials and equipment associated with the construction works shall take place within the boundaries of the designation;
21
1 4 5 6
(e) Measures to ensure all temporary boundary / security fences associated with the construction of the City Rail Link are maintained in good order with any graffiti removed as soon as possible; (f) For the duration of construction affecting Lower Queen Street or Queen Elizabeth II Square, construction fences and / or hoardings shall be placed no closer than 3 metres from the north frontage (building frontage onto Queen Elizabeth II Square) of 21 Queen Street in the vicinity of the entrance to the ground level retail space and the main pedestrian entrance to the building. (g) The location and specification of any temporary acoustic fences and visual barriers, and where practicable, opportunities for mana whenua (see Condition 8) and community art or other decorative measures along with viewing screens to be incorporated into these without compromising the purpose for which these are erected; (h) How the construction areas are to be fenced and kept secure from the public and, where practicable and without compromising their purpose how opportunities for public viewing, including provision of viewing screens and display of information about the project and opportunities for mana whenua and community art or other decorative measures can be incorporated to enhance public amenity and connection to the project; (i) The location of any temporary buildings (including workers offices and portaloos) and vehicle parking (which should be located within the construction area and not on adjacent streets); (j) Methods to control the intensity, location and direction of artificial construction lighting to avoid light spill and glare onto sites adjacent construction areas;
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 28
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
(k) Methods to ensure the prevention and mitigation of adverse effects associated with the storage, use, disposal, or transportation of hazardous substances; (l) That onsite stockpiling of spoil or fill at Downtown and Lower Albert Street construction yards be minimised where practicable; (m) That site offices and less noisy construction activities be located at the edge of the construction yards where practicable; and (n) Methods for management of vacant areas once construction is completed in accordance with the Urban Design DWP. 21.2 Unless expressly agreed in writing with the landowner of the Downtown Shopping Centre (at 7 Queen Street): (a) the Downtown construction yard (including QEII Square, Downtown Shopping Centre and Lower Albert Street), shall be progressively released from occupation for construction purposes where the area or any part of the area is no longer required for construction of the section of CRL between Britomart and Wyndham Street; and (b) following completion of the section of the CRL between the Downtown Shopping Centre and Wyndham Street and reinstatement of Albert Street, Lower Albert Street shall not be occupied for construction purposes for any section of CRL south of Wyndham Street. Review Process for CEMP and DWPs 22.1 The CEMP and DWPs shall be reviewed at least annually or as a result of a material change to the City Rail Link project or to address unforeseen adverse effects arising from construction or unresolved complaints. Such a review may be initiated by either Auckland Council or the Requiring Authority. The review shall take into consideration: (a) Compliance with designation conditions, the CEMP, DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs) and material changes to these plans; (b) Any changes to construction methods;
22
1 2 4 5 6
(c) Key changes to roles and responsibilities within the City Rail Link project; (d) Changes in industry best practice standards; (e) Changes in legal or other requirements; (f) Results of monitoring and reporting procedures associated with the management of adverse effects during construction; (g) Any comments or recommendations received from Auckland Council regarding the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs); and (h) Any unresolved complaints and any response to the complaints and remedial action taken to address the complaint as required under Condition 17. 22.2 A summary of the review process shall be kept by the Requiring Authority, provided annually to the Auckland Council, and made available to the Auckland Council upon request. Update of CEMP and DWPs following Review
23
1 2 4 5 6
23.1 Following the CEMP and DWPs review process described in Condition 22, the CEMP may require updating. 23.2 Any material change to the CEMP and DWP must be consistent with the purpose and objective of the relevant condition. 23.3 Affected parties will be notified of the review and any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs).
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 29
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
23.4 The CEMP and DWPs must clearly document the comments and inputs received by the Requiring Authority from affected parties about the material change, along with a clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated, and the reasons why not. 23.5 Any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs shall be subject to an independent peer review as required by Condition 11. 23.6 Following that review any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs relating to an adverse effect shall be submitted for approval to Auckland Council Compliance and Monitoring Officer, at least 10 working days prior to the proposed changes taking effect. If any changes are not agreed, the relevant provisions of the RMA relating to approval of outline plans shall apply. Network Utilities 24.1 To manage the adverse effects on Network Utilities Operations during the construction of the City Rail Link, the following shall be included in the CEMP. 24.2 The purpose of this section of the CEMP shall be to ensure that the enabling works and construction of the City Rail Link adequately take account of, and include measures to address the safety, integrity, protection or, where necessary, relocation of existing network utilities that traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation during the construction of the City Rail Link. 24.3 For the avoidance of doubt and for the purposes of this condition an “existing Network Utility� includes infrastructure operated by a Network Utility Operator which was: (a) In place at the time the notice of requirement for the City Rail Link was served on Auckland Council (23 August 2012); or (b) Undertaken in accordance with condition 6 of this designation or the section 176(1)(b) RMA process. 1 24
4 5 6
24.4 The CEMP shall be prepared in consultation with Network Utility Operators who have existing Network Utilities that traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation and shall be adhered to and implemented during the construction of the City Rail Link. The CEMP shall include as a minimum: (a) Cross references to the Communication and Consultation Plan for the methods that will be used to liaise with all Network Utility Operators who have existing network utilities that traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation; (b) Measures to be used to accurately identify the location of existing Network Utilities, and the measures for the protection, support, relocation and/or reinstatement of existing Network Utilities; (c) Methods to be used to ensure that all construction personnel, including contractors, are aware of the presence and location of the various existing Network Utilities (and their priority designations) which traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation, and the restrictions in place in relation to those existing Network Utilities. This shall include: (i) Measures to provide for the safe operation of plant and equipment, and the safety of workers, in proximity to existing Network Utilities; (ii) Plans identifying the locations of the existing Network Utilities (and their designations) and appropriate physical indicators on the ground showing specific surveyed locations; (d) Measures to be used to ensure the continued operation of Network Utility Operations and the security of supply of the services by Network Utility Operators at
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 30
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
all times; (e) Measures to be used to enable Network Utility Operators to access existing Network Utilities for maintenance at all reasonable times on an ongoing basis during construction, and to access existing Network Utilities for emergency and urgent repair works at all times during the construction of the City Rail Link; (f) Contingency management plans for reasonably foreseeable circumstances in respect of the relocation and rebuild of existing Network Utilities during the construction of the City Rail Link; (g) A risk analysis for the relocation and rebuild of existing Network Utilities during the construction of the City Rail Link; (h) Earthworks management (including depth and extent of earthworks and temporary and permanent stabilisation measures), for earthworks in close proximity to existing Network Utilities; (i) Vibration management and monitoring for works in close proximity to existing Network Utilities; (j) Emergency management procedures in the event of any emergency involving existing Network Utilities; (k) The process for providing as-built drawings showing the relationship of the relocated Network Utilities to the City Rail Link to Network Utility Operators and the timing for providing these drawings; (l) Measures to ensure that network utility services are not interrupted to the Mt Eden Corrections Facility as a result of City Rail Link works. The requiring authority shall advise the Department of Corrections and the entity contracted by Department of Corrections to administer and run the Mt Eden Corrections facility at 1 Lauder Road, of any works on network utilities in the vicinity of the Mt Eden Corrections Facility which may impact on utility service provision to the Mt Eden Corrections Facility at least 14 days prior to those works occurring to allow the Department of Corrections (and the entity contracted to administer and run the facility at 1 Lauder Road) to arrange suitable contingencies. Communication and consultation with the Department of Corrections, and the entity contracted to administer and run the facility at 1 Lauder Road, shall be recorded in accordance with condition 15) of this designation. The Requiring Authority shall be responsible for ensuring that construction works do not interrupt network utility services to the Mt Eden Corrections Facility, unless by prior arrangement with Department of Corrections and the entity contracted by Department of Corrections to administer and run the Mt Eden Corrections facility at 1 Lauder Road. (m) A summary of the consultation (including any methods or measures in dispute and the Requiring Authorities response to them) undertaken between the Requiring Authority and any Network Utility Operators during the preparation of the CEMP. 24.5 If the Requiring Authority and a Network Utility Operator cannot agree on the methods proposed under the CEMP to manage the construction effects on the Operator’s network utility operation, unless otherwise agreed, each party will appoint a suitably qualified and independent expert, who shall jointly appoint a third such expert to advise the parties and make a recommendation. That recommendation will be provided by the Requiring Authority as part of the CEMP along with reasons if the recommendation is not accepted. Transport, Access and Parking 25
1
General Transport, Access and Parking
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 31
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
4 5 6
Condition
25.1 A Transport, Access and Parking DWP shall be prepared to manage the adverse effects of construction of the City Rail Link, or any part of it, on the transport network. 25.2 The objective of the Transport, Access and Parking DWP is to so far as is reasonably practicable, avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects of construction on transport, parking and property access. This is to be achieved by: (a) Managing the road transport network for the duration of construction by adopting the best practicable option to manage congestion; (b) Maintaining pedestrian access to private property at all times; and (c) Providing on-going vehicle access to private property to the greatest extent possible. 25.3 To achieve the above objective, the following shall be included in the Transport, Access and Parking DWP: (a) The road routes which are to be used by construction related vehicles, particularly trucks to transport construction related materials, equipment, spoil, including how the use of these routes by these vehicles will be managed to mitigate congestion, and to the greatest extent possible, avoid adverse effects on residential zoned land and education facilities; (b) Transport route options for the movement of construction vehicles carrying spoil, bulk construction materials or machinery shall be identified and details provided as to why these routes are considered appropriate routes. In determining appropriate routes, construction vehicles carrying spoil, bulk construction materials or machinery shall as far as practicably possible only use roads that: (i) Form part of the regional arterial network; (ii) Are overweight / over dimensioned routes; (iii) Or other routes (specified below) where no other practical option is available. (c) For the purposes of this condition the following routes (that at the time this designation was confirmed were not part of the regional arterial network and / or overweight / over dimensioned) shall be used where practicable for the movement of construction vehicles carrying spoil, bulk construction materials or machinery: (i) Ngahura Road, for trucks heading to/from Eden Terrace construction site; (ii) Dundonald Street and Basque Road, for trucks heading to/from the Newton Station construction sites; (iii) Pitt Street (between Hobson Street and Hopetoun Street), Beresford Square, Mercury Lane, Canada Street and Upper Queen Street (between Canada Street and Karangahape Road), for trucks heading to/from Karangahape Station construction sites; (iv) Wellesley Street (between Nelson Street and east of Albert Street), Cook Street (between Mayoral Drive and Hobson Street) and Mayoral Drive (between Wellesley Street and Cook Street) for trucks heading to/from Aotea Station construction sites; (v) Nelson Street (north of Wellesley Street), Hobson Street (north of Cook Street) and Lower Albert Street, for trucks heading to/from the Albert Street and Downtown construction sites. (d) Where other routes are necessary (other than those routes identified above), the Transport, Access and Parking DWP shall identify any residential zoned land and education facilities and shall provide details on how adverse effects from these vehicle movements are to be mitigated through such measures as: (i) Communication and consultation (in accordance with Condition 15 of this
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 32
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
designation) with these properties in advance of the vehicle movements occurring; (ii) Restricting vehicle movements on Monday to Friday to between 9.30am and 4pm, and on Saturday to between 9am and 2pm. (e) Proposed temporary road lane reductions and / or closures, alternative routes and temporary detours, including how these have been selected and will be managed to mitigate congestion as far as practicably possible and how advance notice will be provided; (f) How disruption to the use of private property will be mitigated through: (i) Ensuring pedestrian and cycle access to private property is retained at all times; (ii) Providing vehicle access to private property as far as practicably possible at all times, except for temporary closures where landowners and occupiers have been communicated and consulted with in reasonable advance of the closure; and (iii) How the loss of any private car parking will be mitigated through alternative car parking arrangements. (g) Where an affected party unexpectedly finds their vehicle blocked in as a result of a temporary closure, the Requiring Authority shall (within reasonable limits) offer alternative transport such as a taxi, rental car, or other alternative. Note: For the purposes of designation Conditions 25, 27, 28, 29 and 30 “temporary closure� is defined as the following: (i) In place for less than six hours, the Requiring Authority shall communicate and consult on the closure at least 24 hours in advance, but is not required to offer or provide alternative parking arrangements, though it may choose to offer this on a case by case basis in consultation with the affected party; and (ii) In place for between six and 72 hours, the Requiring Authority shall communicate and consult on the closure at least 72 hours in advance, and will offer and provide where agreed with the affected party alternative parking arrangements. The alternative parking arrangement should be as close to the site affected as is reasonably practicable. (h) How disruption to use of the road network will be mitigated for emergency services, public transport, bus users, taxi operators, freight and other related vehicles, pedestrians and cyclists through: (i) Prioritising, as far as practicably possible, pedestrian and public transport at intersections where construction works are occurring; (ii) Relocating bus stops and taxi stands to locations which, as far as practicably possible, minimise disruption; and (iii) Identifying alternate heavy haul routes where these are affected by construction works. (i) Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan that detail how emergency services, landowners, occupiers, public transport users, bus and taxi operators, and the general public are to be consulted with in relation to the management of the adverse effects on the transport network. (j) The alternative (to road) transport options that are available (including the option of rail use at the main construction site adjacent the North Auckland Rail Line) and that have been considered and assessed for the transportation of spoil. This will include as applicable:
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 33
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
(i) Benefits that could be provided by alternative options; (ii) Potential adverse effects associated with alternative options; (iii) Where an alternative option is proposed, methods for managing potential adverse effects; and (iv) Reasons for either adopting or not adopting alternative transport options. Monitoring of Transport Network Congestion 26.1 To achieve the objective of Condition 25.2(a), the Requiring Authority will undertake monitoring of the transport network and implement additional mitigation measures as required to manage congestion to achieve the best practicable option. 26.2 The purpose of the monitoring is to monitor congestion on the transport network by measuring average delays for traffic travelling along specified routes. The evaluation times will be: (a) The average travel times over the weekday two hour morning peak period; and (b) The average travel times over the weekday two hour evening peak period; and (c) The average weekday inter-peak travel times between 9am to noon, noon to 2pm and 2 to 4pm. 26.3 The Requiring Authority shall carry out continuous monitoring for the duration that construction of the City Rail Link is occurring. The intention is that this monitoring is to be continuous, although it is acknowledged that there may be occasional malfunctions. 26.4 If a congestion incident occurs (such as an accident), the monitoring during the affected period will be considered unrepresentative. 26.5 Monitoring shall commence six months prior to construction of the City Rail Link to establish a baseline of existing transport congestion. 26
1
26.6 The monitoring will establish whether the City Rail Link construction works have increased traffic delays as follows: (a) Either by more than 10 minutes (from the monitoring previously undertaken in accordance with this condition) (b) Or if the travel times are more than three minutes or 30% greater than the forecast modelled increases along that route (according to the most recent traffic model test of that scenario, undertaken prior to the start of construction. The modelled time is to be based on the Auckland City Centre SATURN traffic model or a different traffic model approved by the Requiring Authority). (c) The 30% above shall only apply for an increase predicted to be over four minutes. 26.7 If the travel times exceed the above criteria on any one of the specified routes, then additional mitigation shall be implemented by the Requiring Authority in its role as the Road Controlling Authority (under its statutory obligation). The additional mitigation could include but is not limited to advertising alternative routes, removing on street car parking or implementing operational measures, such as lane reconfigurations or signal phasing, to increase capacity on the surrounding network where reasonably possible at that time. 26.8 The purpose of additional mitigation measures is to mitigate the increases in traffic delays, reducing these to below the levels identified in Condition 26.6 as far as is reasonably achievable. 26.9 For the purposes of this condition, the following are the specified routes:
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 34
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
(a) Wellesley Street (between Victoria Street and Princes Street) (b) Victoria Street (between Wellesley Street and Princes Street) (c) Customs Street/Fanshawe Street (between Nelson Street and Tangihua Street) (d) Quay Street/Lower Hobson Street (between Fanshawe Street/Hobson Street and Tangihua Street) (e) Nelson Street/Hobson Street (between Pitt Street and Fanshawe Street) (f) Queen Street (between Mayoral Drive and Customs Street) (g) New North Road/Symonds Street (between Dominion Road and Newton Road) (h) Mount Eden Road (between Normanby Road and Symonds Street) (i) Khyber Pass Road between the southern motorway ramps and Symonds Street if this route is to be used by construction related trucks (j) Newton Road between the northwestern motorway ramps and Symonds Street 26.10 The specified routes shall exclude whichever east-west route has its intersection with Albert Street closed at the time of the surveys. Transport, Access and Parking: Specific Requirements (Britomart to Mayoral Drive) 27.1 To achieve the objective in Condition 25, the following measures shall be implemented: (a) A vehicle access lane at least 3m wide shall be provided along the eastern side of Albert Street between Customs Street and Victoria Street to provide access to properties (except that while the Albert Street/Victoria Street intersection is closed, this access lane is only to be provided between Customs Street and Durham Street); (b) A vehicle access lane at least 3m wide shall be provided along the western side of Albert Street between Customs Street and Victoria Street to provide access to properties, except that: (i) While the Albert Street/Customs Street intersection is closed, this access lane is only to be provided between Victoria Street and Wolfe Street; and (ii) While the Albert Street/Victoria Street intersection is closed, this access lane is only to be provided between Kingston Street and Customs Street. If Kingston Street is also to be closed to Albert Street during this construction stage, this access lane shall be provided between Wyndham Street and Customs Street; and 27
1
(iii) For a single period of up to 3 months while the cut and cover trench structure establishment works are carried out along Albert Street between Swanson Street and Customs Street, this access land is only required to be provided between Victoria Street and Swanson Street if northbound traffic is otherwise diverted via Swanson Street West and Federal Street; and (iv) For a single period of up to 10 months while the public realm reinstatement works are carried out along Albert Street between Wyndham Street and Wolfe Street, this access lane is only required to be provided between Victoria Street and Swanson Street if northbound traffic is otherwise diverted via Swanson Street West and Federal Street. (c) The east-west / west-east connection (two fully operational traffic lanes in each direction) is to be maintained in each direction at two of the Customs Street, Victoria Street and Wellesley Street intersections with Albert Street during the period when the third of those intersections is otherwise fully closed; (d) The left turn movement from Customs Street (from the east) into Albert Street, and the left turn from Customs Street (from the west) into Albert Street, shall be retained while the Albert Street / Customs Street intersection is fully closed;
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 35
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
(e) The left turn from Durham Street into Queen Street shall be reopened while the Albert Street/Victoria Street intersection is fully closed; (f) Two way access shall be provided on the single service lane along the western side of Albert Street between 87 Albert Street and Kingston Street while the Albert Street/Victoria Street intersection is fully closed. If Kingston Street is also to be closed to Albert Street during this construction stage, this access shall be provided to Wyndham Street; (g) Vehicular access into and egress from: (i)
Mills Lane to and from either Albert Street or Swanson Street; and
(ii) The Stamford Plaza Auckland main entrance and forecourt area is to be provided at all times and for the avoidance of doubt cannot be temporarily closed during construction. (h) Providing pedestrian and cycle access to private property at all times; (i) Providing footpaths of at least 1.5m in width along either side of Albert Street; (j) At a minimum two safe crossing passageways (which are “fully accessible” with a minimum width of 1.5m wide and well lit ), need to be provided in the vicinity of Swanson Street and Wyndham Street, in addition to pedestrian crossings at the intersections of Victoria Street and Customs Street; (k) Ensuring that construction traffic does not use Swanson Street, Wolf Street or Federal Street north of Swanson Street; (l) During the Kingston Street closure, pedestrian access to and from the Auckland District Court’s fire escape on the north side of Kingston Street shall be maintained at all times; and (m) 18 metres of on street parking within Kingston Street shall be reversed for police at the nearest practicable location. 27.2 The Traffic, Access and Parking DWP shall demonstrate how these measures will be implemented and shall also include the following: (a) How construction works will be undertaken to mitigate congestion on Albert Street, Wellesley Street, Victoria Street, Customs Street, and Quay Street including retaining east-west traffic movements across Albert Street on Customs Street, Victoria Street and Wellesley Street; (b) The timing and sequencing of temporary road lane reductions and / or closures, and the alternative routes and temporary detours to be used, including: (i) How these have been selected and will be managed to, where practicable, mitigate congestion on the surrounding road network; (ii) How the Albert Street/Wyndham Street intersection will be reopened as soon as practically possible; (c) How disruption to the use of private property located immediately adjacent the designation with access onto Galway Street, Tyler Street, Queen Elizabeth Square, Customs Street, Albert Street, Kingston Street, will be mitigated through: (i) Providing vehicle access to private property as practicably possible at all times; (ii) Retaining local vehicle access to properties located along Albert Street (which may include only left in, left out access); (iii) Retaining access for loading and unloading of goods located along the service lane on the eastern side of Albert Street, between Victoria Street and Wellesley Street; and;
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 36
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
(iv) Providing an on street loading bay on Customs Street, Lower Albert Street or Lower Queen Street to provide servicing to 21 Queen Street if access during construction cannot be provided to the existing loading bay area for 21 Queen Street, accessed from Lower Albert Street; and; (v) Providing access for loading and unloading of goods between Wyndham Street and Victoria Street West. (d) How disruption to the use of the local road network will be mitigated for private bus users, pedestrians and cyclists through: (i) Providing, where practicable, for the continued operation of private bus operators from hotels and other pick up / drop off locations in the city centre area (cross references to the Communication and Consultation Plan for consulting with private bus operators shall be included in the CEMP and Traffic, Access and Parking DWP); and (ii) Retaining pedestrian and cycle access through Lower Queen Street and / or Queen Elizabeth Square to provide access to and from the Ferry terminal and Customs Street; and (e) How disruption to pedestrians and cyclists requiring the ability to cross from east to west (and vice versa) across Albert Street between Victoria Street and Customs Street can be mitigated through providing, where practicable, safe pedestrian and cyclist passageways across the construction works on Albert Street. Transport Access and Parking: Specific Requirements (Karangahape Station Area) 28.1 To achieve the objective in Condition 25, the following measure shall be implemented: (a) Retaining one lane of traffic in each direction on Pitt Street (unless otherwise agreed with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer); and (b) Spoil trucks shall not use East Street where practicable and on-street parking at the Southern end of East Street will be retained. 28.2 The Traffic, Access and Parking DWP shall demonstrate how these measures will be implemented and shall also include the following: (a) How construction of the shafts providing access to the Station can be undertaken to mitigate congestion on Pitt Street, Karangahape Road, and Mercury Lane;
28
4
(b) The timing and sequencing of temporary road lane reductions and / or closures on Pitt Street, Mercury Lane, and the western end of Beresford Street, and the alternative routes and temporary detours to be used, including how these have been selected and will be managed to, where practicable, mitigate congestion on the surrounding road network; (c) How disruption to the use of private property located immediately adjacent the surface designation with access onto Beresford Street, Pitt Street, Mercury Lane, and East Street will be mitigated through: (i) Providing pedestrian and cycle access to private property at all times, particularly those businesses located at the eastern end of Beresford Street and the northern end of Mercury Lane; (ii) Providing vehicle access to private property, which may include only a turn in and a turn out in the same direction), as practicably possible at all times, except for temporary closures where landowners and occupiers have been communicated and consulted with in reasonable advance of the closure; (iii) Providing local vehicle access to properties located along Beresford Street and Samoa House Lane (which may include only a turn in and a turn out in the same
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 37
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
direction); (iv) Alternative parking arrangements or other offers for resolving the temporary loss of car parking during construction for the Hopetoun Alpha Building. Transport, Access and Parking: Specific Requirements (Newton Station Area) 29.1 To achieve the objective in Condition 25, the Traffic, Access and Parking DWP shall include the following: (a) How construction of the shafts providing access to the Newton Station, although constructed wholly on private land, can be undertaken to mitigate construction related congestion on Symonds St, the Symonds Street / Mt Eden Road / New North Road intersection, Dundonald Street, and the western end of Basque Road; (b) The timing and sequencing of temporary road lane reductions and / or closures on Symonds St in the vicinity of the intersection of Symonds Street / Mt Eden Road and New North Road , Dundonald Street, and the western end of Basque Road, and the alternative routes and temporary detours to be used, including how these have been selected and will be managed to, where practicable, mitigate congestion on the surrounding road network;
29
5
(c) How disruption to the use of private property located immediately adjacent the surface designation with access onto Symonds Street, Dundonald Street, and the western end of Basque Road will be mitigated through: (i) Providing pedestrian and cycle access to private property at all times, particularly for those businesses and residences located along Symonds Street and Dundonald Street; (ii) Providing vehicle access to private property, which may include only a turn in and a turn out in the same direction), as practicably possible at all times, except for temporary closures where landowners and occupiers have been communicated and consulted with in reasonable advance of the closure. How the loss of public pay and display parking located at the Auckland Transport Symonds Street Public Car Park will be mitigated through alternative parking arrangements. The Requiring Authority may be able to arrange such alternative car parking at the Burleigh Street car park. (d) The effects of the temporary use of the Symonds Street car park as a construction site are to be mitigated by the Requiring Authority by active parking management and enforcement, within 400m of the car park, to maximise short term parking within this area Transport and Property Access: Additional Requirements (NAL Area) 30.1 To achieve the objective in Condition 25, the following measures shall be implemented: (a) The retention of at least two traffic lanes (one in either direction) on Mt Eden Road during the construction of the replacement Mt Eden Road Bridge;
30
6
(b) During the closure of the Normanby Road level crossing to construct the grade separated crossing, the Mt Eden Road and Normanby Road intersection shall be signalised and a second traffic lane shall be provided on the Boston Road approach to its intersection with Mt Eden Road intersection. Additionally, the no parking restrictions on Boston Road shall be extended along the length of Boston Road and considered for any adjacent local roads to facilitate through traffic; (c) A temporary pedestrian crossing (over the rail line) at Normanby Road is to be provided for the period of the temporary closure of the Normanby Road connection; (d) Access will be maintained to Nikau Street at all times by at least one lane (minimum
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 38
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
3m), and two lanes on Nikau St between Flower and Korari Streets. Access to sites within Flower Street and Korari Street is to be retained, from Nikau Street or New North Road, at all times; (e) Construction works will be undertaken to ensure two-way access is maintained at all times for vehicles to all accessways to the MediaWorks site including staff and visitors cars, trucks and service vehicles; (f) Providing for traffic to turn right out of Ruru Street to reduce any congestion (particularly at peak times) resulting from not being able to travel via Nikau Street to the traffic lights at Flower Street and New North Road; (g) Providing accessibility along Mt Eden and Normanby Roads as a priority for, where practicable: public transport (buses), emergency services, access to properties for pedestrians, and cyclists; (h) Construction works will be undertaken to ensure two-way access is maintained at all times for all vehicles accessing the Mt Eden Corrections Facility at Lauder Road (including staff and visitors’ cars, service vehicles, prison vans, emergency vehicles and buses), communication and consultation with the Department of Corrections, and the entity contracted by Department of Corrections to administer and run the Mt Eden Corrections facility at 1 Lauder Road, on this matter shall be recorded in accordance with Condition 15) of this designation. The Requiring Authority shall be responsible for ensuring that the construction works do not restrict 24-hour two-way access for all vehicles accessing the Mt Eden Corrections Facility at Lauder Road; (i) Construction works will be undertaken to ensure two-way access is maintained at all times for vehicles accessing the premises at 51-63 Normanby Road, including staff and visitors cars, trucks and service vehicles. The measures shall: (i) Ensure safe and reasonable access to and from the site, to Austroads standards; (ii) Not result in the loss of any on site parking; (iii) Incorporate a crossing width sufficient not to reduce the range of vehicles required to access the site, relative to the existing situation; (iv) It is noted that the site is used occasionally by large trucks of up to 18m. These vehicles are to be provided for in the design of the access (i.e. the vehicle crossing and the access onto the site); (v) Following completion of the grade separation of Normanby Road safe and reasonable access will be provided to and from the property at 51-63 Normanby Road to meet the relevant Austroads and NZS2890.1 standards or the applicable standard required by the road controlling authority. (j) Construction works will be undertaken to ensure pedestrian and two-way vehicle access is maintained at all times to access the premises at 32 Normanby Road, including staff and visitors cars, trucks and service vehicles. The measures shall: (i) Ensure safe and reasonable access to and from the site, to Austroads standards; (ii) Incorporate a crossing width sufficient not to reduce the range of vehicles required to access the site, relative to the existing situation; (iii) Should the Requiring Authority require part of the site at 32 Normanby Road that is currently used for 40 car parking spaces for the construction of the City Rail Link 34 alternative car parking spaces will be provided at 14-22 Boston Road (in accordance with Plans DRG 0052 Rev 2.0 CRL-EFC-CON-000-DRG-0064 Revision 1 dated 8/7/16 and DRW 0058 Rev 5.0 CRL-EFC-ROA-000-DRG-1027 Revision 4 dated 30/6/16, 1028 Revision 4 dated 30/6/16 and 1127 Revision 2
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 39
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
dated 30/6/16). The Requiring Authority shall provide safe pedestrian access across the North Auckland Line and into the site for customers and staff, visiting or employed at the site in accordance with Condition 30.1(c) until the grade separation works are completed and permanent access is reinstated to the site. (k) At completion of the grade separation of Normanby Road safe and reasonable pedestrian and vehicle access to and from the site and 34 on site car parking spaces will be provided for the property at 32 Normanby Road. In the case of pedestrian and vehicle access and parking arrangements, this will be in accordance with Plans DRG 0058 Rev 5.0 CRL-EFC-ROA-000-DRG-1027 Revision 4 dated 30/6/16, 1028 Revision 4 dated 30/6/16 and 1127 Revision 2 dated 30/6/16, and meet the following requirements: (i) The ramp access will meet relevant Austroads, NZS2890.2 and the Auckland Council District Plan: Isthmus Section design standards; (ii) The 34 car parking spaces will be provided across the site and the adjoining KiwiRail property. The spaces will be compliant with the appropriate Auckland Council District Plan: Isthmus Section parking standards for dimension and manoeuvring; (iii) The design, structures and barriers associated with the ramp and pedestrian access to the site will be subject to the urban design process of Condition 47; and (iv) Provision for landscape planting both on the site and on the KiwiRail land in the area shown on DRG 0058 Rev 5.0 CRL-EFC-ROA-000-DRG-1127 Revision 2 dated 30/6/16 and if appropriate beyond the site (in accordance with Condition 47.2). Indicative widths of landscaping on DRG 0058 Rev 5.0 are 1m for the section shown alongside the railway and 0.5m for the section on the southern side of the ramp. (l) The KiwiRail land required by condition (k) above for car parking spaces, landscaping and the ramp access will be provided by the Requiring Authority until such time as the vehicle access ramp is no longer required by the landowner. If the vehicle access ramp is no longer required to provide access to the property it shall be removed by the Requiring Authority at its cost within 3 months unless otherwise agreed with the landowner. (m) Construction of the grade separation works at Normanby Road on the parcels of land identified on the CRL NOR6 Sheet 2 as parcels 242, 243, 244, 245, 246, 393, 394, 399, 400 and 401 shall not commence until the KiwiRail land is available and written confirmation of this has been provided by the Requiring Authority to Auckland Council. (n) Access to Water Street to and from Mt Eden Road for CRL construction related heavy commercial vehicles shall be limited to left-in and left-out movements only. (o) Access to 14-22 Boston Road from Normanby Road shall be restricted to left-in and left-out movements only; the exception to this will be when Normanby Road is closed; and (p) During the temporary works along Boston Road, a 1.8m wide footpath on the north side of the street, in addition to two 3.0m wide traffic lances shall be provided on Boston Road between Normanby Road and Khyber Pass. A safe temporary pedestrian crossing facility shall be provided at the western extent of Active Construction Zone M1. 30.2 The Traffic, Access and Parking DWP shall demonstrate how these measures will be
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 40
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
implemented and shall also include the following: (a) How construction works can be undertaken to mitigate congestion on New North Road, Ruru Street, Korari Street, Flower Street, Nikau Street, Ngahura Street, Porters Avenue, Mt Eden Road, Normanby Road, Boston Road, Nugent Street, and the road network in general in this area including: (b) Which routes are to be used by construction trucks to remove spoil from the construction yard including how the use of these routes by these vehicles will be managed to mitigate congestion; (c) Which routes are to be used by construction related traffic (especially trucks) to deliver construction materials and other related goods and services to the construction yard including how the use of these routes by these vehicles will be managed to mitigate congestion; The grade separation of Porters Ave so that it is undertaken at a time when vehicles, pedestrians, and cyclists can be managed and accommodated on Dominion Road, Mt Eden Road and Normanby Road to an extent which mitigates where practicable, delays to travel journeys from congestion on these roads resulting from City Rail Link construction works; (d) The grade separation of Normanby Road so that it is undertaken at a time when vehicles, pedestrians, and cyclists can be managed and accommodated on Dominion Road, Mt Eden Road and Porters Avenue, to an extent which mitigates where practicable, delays to travel journeys from congestion on these roads resulting from City Rail Link construction works; (e) Any reduction in the number of fully operational traffic lanes associated with the closure of Porters Avenue and Normanby Road, and the reduction in the number of vehicle lanes on the Mount Eden Road bridge, is to be undertaken on only one of these three two routes at a time; (f) The timing and sequencing of temporary road lane reductions and / or closures at the Symonds Street / New North Road / Mt Eden Road intersection , Ruru Street, Korari Street, Flower Street, Nikau Street, Ngahura Street, Porters Avenue, Mt Eden Road in the vicinity of the bridge over the rail line, Normanby Road, Boston Road, Nugent Street in the vicinity of the rail crossing, and the alternative routes and temporary detours to be used, including how these have been selected and will be managed to, where practicable, mitigate congestion on the surrounding road network; (g) How disruption to the use of property located immediately adjacent to the surface designation with access onto New North Road, Ruru Street, Korari Street, Flower Street, Nikau Street, Ngahura Street, Porters Avenue, Mt Eden Road, Normanby Road, Boston Road, Nugent Street will be mitigated through: (i) Providing pedestrian and cycle access to private property at all times; (ii) Providing local vehicle access and pedestrian access at all times to properties located along Flower Street (between Nikau Street and Shaddock Street) and Shaddock Street (between Flower Street and its dead end to the east), which are not located within the designation footprint, except for temporary closures where landowners and occupiers have been communicated and consulted with in reasonable advance of the closure; (iii) Retaining local vehicle and pedestrian access to properties located outside the designation footprint along Haultain Street, Fenton Street, Porters Avenue, Ngahura Street, Ruru Street, Korari Street, Flower Street, Nikau Street, Mt Eden
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 41
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
Road, Boston Road, Nugent Street, and Normanby Road at all times except for temporary closures where landowners and occupiers have been communicated and consulted with in reasonable advance of the closure; and (iv) Full accessibility to those parts of Porters Avenue not affected by, but in the vicinity of, the construction works; and (h) How disruption to the use of Mt Eden Rail Station will be mitigated through providing, where practicable, access during construction works associated with the replacement of Mt Eden Road Bridge. Noise and Vibration Project Standards - Construction Noise 31.1 Construction noise shall comply with the following Project Standards (unless otherwise provided for in a SSCNMP which is approved under Condition 37, 39 or 40): Monday to Saturday 0700 – 2200
Sundays and Public Holidays
Occupied commercial and industrial buildings (including offices)
75 dB LAeq
75 dB LAeq
75 dB LAeq
Sensitive Noise and Vibration Receivers (excluding offices)
75 dB LAeq 90 dB LAFmax
65 dB LAeq 1 80 dB LAFmax2
60 dB LAeq 75 dB LAFmax
Receiver Type
1 31
4 5 6
Early Childhood Education Centres (whilst occupied during normal opening hours) Bear Park Early Childhood Education Centre at 32 Akiraho Street (whilst occupied during normal opening hours)
0700 – 2200
At all other times 2200 – 0700
35 dB LAeq in sleeping areas
35 dB LAeq in sleeping areas 65 dB LAeq in outdoor playing areas
Notes: 1. 60dB LAeq for Designation 5 and Designation 6; and 2. 75dB LAFmax for Designation 5 and Designation 6. 31.2 Construction noise shall be measured and assessed in accordance with the provisions of NZS 6803:1999 Project Standards - Blasting Overpressure and Vibration 32
6
For the avoidance of doubt this condition only applies to NoR 6 where blasting is required. 32.1 Prior to commencement of production blasts (ie. blasting that is undertaken as part of the
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 42
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
construction process), trial blasts (ie. preliminary blasts that occur prior to production blasts for the purpose of data acquisition), shall be undertaken to demonstrate how adverse effects will be managed and how compliance with Conditions 32.2, 32.3 and 32.4 will be achieved in production blasting. Trial blasts will determine site-specific attenuation characteristics, air overpressure levels and maximum instantaneous charge weight (MIC) thresholds. Outcomes shall be documented in a Trial Blasting Report. This Trial Blasting Report shall be used for subsequent design of production blasting. 32.2Air overpressure from the blast events shall not exceed 120 dB LZpeak at the facade of any occupied building measures and assessed in accordance with the provisions of the Australian Standard AS 2187.2-2006 Explosives – Storage and use – Use of explosives. 32.3Air overpressure from blast events shall not exceed 133dB LZpeak at the facade of any unoccupied building measured and assessed in accordance with the provisions of Australian Standard AS 2187.2-2006 Explosives – Storage and use – Use of explosives. 32.4 Unless a SSCNVMP is approved under Conditions 38, 39 or 40 which includes an alternative blasting vibration standard: (a) Vibration from blast events shall not exceed 10mm/s PPV for 95% of blast events and 15mm/s for 100% blast events when measured at the foundation of any building that will be occupied during the blast event when measured and assessed in accordance with the provisions of DIN 4150-3:1999. (b) Vibration from blast events shall not in any case exceed the limits specified in Condition 33 when measured at the foundation of any building when measured and assessed in accordance with the provisions of Condition 33. 32.5 For the purposes of 32.2 and 32.3, a building is deemed to be occupied if there are persons inside only during the blast event (ie. if the occupants of a dwelling are out (eg. at work) during the blast event then the dwelling is deemed to be unoccupied). 32.6 Blasts must be performed at set times during the daytime only, between 9am and 5pm, Monday to Saturday only. 32.7 Comprehensive vibration and air overpressure level predictions must be performed prior to every blast event. 32.8 Blasting shall not be carried out where overpressure levels are predicted to be above the Project Standards in 32.1 and 32.2 at any building. Blasting shall not be carried out where vibration levels are predicted to be above the project standards in Condition 32.4 at any building. 32.9 These criteria may be varied only by a Site Specific Construction Noise Management Plan (SSCNMP) that has been approved under Condition 37. Project Standards - Construction Vibration 33.1 Construction vibration (including blasting) shall comply with the following Project Standards for building damage (unless otherwise provided for in a SSCVMP which is approved under Condition 38, 39 or 40) Short-term (transient) vibration1
Type of Structure
Long-term (continuous) vibration
1 2 4 33
5 6
PPV at the foundation at a frequency of 1-10Hz (mm/s)
10-50 Hz (mm/s)
50-100 Hz (mm/s)
PPV at horizontal plane of highest floor (mm/s)
PPV at horizontal plane of highest floor (mm/s)
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 43
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
Commercial/ Industrial
20
20 – 40
40 – 50
40
10
Residential/ School
5
5 – 15
15 – 20
15
5
Historic or sensitive structures
3
3–8
8 – 10
8
2.5
Note: 1. Standard DIN 4150-3:1999 defines short-term (transient) vibration as “vibration which does not occur often enough to cause structural fatigue and which does not produce resonance in the structure being evaluated”. Long-term (continuous) vibration is defined as all other vibration types not covered by the short-term vibration definition. 33.2 Construction vibration (including blasting) shall be measured in accordance with German Standard DIN 4150-3:1999. Project Standards - Construction Vibration (Amenity) 34.1 Between the hours of 10pm and 7am vibration generated by construction activities (excluding blasting) shall not exceed: (a) a Peak Particle Velocity (PPV) of 0.3mm/s when measured at any part of the floor of any bedroom; (b) a noise level of 35 dB LAeq(15min) when measured in any bedroom. 1 2 34
4 5 6
6
35
34.2 Between the hours of 7am and 10pm vibration generated by construction activities (excluding blasting) shall not exceed: (a) A Peak Particle Velocity (PPV) of 1mm/s as measured on the floor of the receiving room for residentially occupied habitable rooms, bedrooms in temporary accommodation and medical facilities; and (b) A Peak Particle Velocity (PPV) of 2mm/s as measured on the floor of the receiving room for retail and office spaces (including work areas and meeting rooms); 34.3 The limits in 34.1 and 34.2 shall only be investigated and applied upon the receipt of a complaint from any building occupant. They shall not be applied where there is no concern from the occupant of the building. 34.4 Where the limits in 34.1 and 34.2 are found (through measurement) to be exceeded then a SSCVMP shall be prepared for that receiver (Condition 38). Project Standards – MediaWorks 35.1 The noise and vibration limits set out in Conditions 35.2 and 35.3 shall apply only during Sensitive Times. For the purposes of MediaWorks, Sensitive Times are defined as follows: (a) During scheduled live broadcasting (b) During emergency/breaking news live broadcasting (c) During scheduled recording sessions If the limits are complied with in Studio 1, the noise and vibration levels in all other Studios will be acceptable. For the avoidance of doubt, (a)-(c) above include sound checks as well as actual broadcast/recording time. 35.2 Noise Limits – Studios The noise level (whether air borne or reradiated from ground vibration) from all
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 44
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
construction sources as received inside Studio 1 shall not exceed 30dB LAeq (5 min) and 33 dB LAeq (1 sec). These limits apply to the construction component of the total noise. However for up to two periods of tunnelling, each no more than 15 consecutive days, the noise limits may be up to 5 decibels higher (ie. 35dB LAeq (5 min) and 38 dB LAeq (1 sec)) during Sensitive Times, other than during the Live Broadcasting Periods as follows: (a) Weekdays: 0600-0900 hours 1200-1230 hours 1730-1930 hours 2230-2330 hours (b) Christmas holiday season (Saturday prior to Christmas Day to Sunday following New Years Day inclusive) and weekends: 1730-1900 hours The Requiring Authority must give MediaWorks at least 12 days notice of the commencement of each such period. 35.2A Rockbreaking shall not be used for tunnel excavation within 100m of the MediaWorks site during Sensitive Times unless compliance with the noise limits in Condition 35.2 can be demonstrated in accordance with the methodology set out in the SSCNVMP. 35.3 Vibration Limits – Studios For the protection of studio camera image quality, the construction vibration level (including blasting) as received inside Studio 1 shall not exceed 0.1mm/s PPV. This limit may be elevated by agreement of both the Requiring Authority and MediaWorks where image quality is found to be unaffected. 35.4 Noise level measurements inside Studio 1 shall be undertaken at a position that is representative to the level received within 2m from, and at a similar height to, the microphone of the main presenter(s). 35.5 Noise level measurements inside Studio 1 shall be undertaken with all doors to the studio closed. 35.6 For the protection of amenity, the construction vibration level as received in inside office areas, meeting rooms and technical suits shall not exceed 1mm/s PPV (as received on the floor of the receiving room) when those spaces are in use. 35.7 For the prevention of building damage, the construction vibration level shall not exceed the limits in Condition 33 at all times. 35.8 For the protection of sensitive equipment, the construction vibration (including blasting) level shall not exceed 200mg (2m/s2) between 5-500Hz. Levels are to be measured on the floor supporting the Sensitive Equipment. 35.9 All attended noise and vibration measurements shall be undertaken by a suitably qualified and experienced expert. 35.10 For the avoidance of doubt, the MediaWorks conditions (Conditions 35, 40 and 66) only apply for so long as television, radio and/or interactive media facilities broadcast from the MediaWorks site. 35.11 Blasting shall not occur during MediaWorks Sensitive Times (as defined in Condition 35.1). Blasting shall occur at times to be agreed with MediaWorks and as documented in the SSCNVMP. 36
1
Construction Noise and Vibration DWP
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 45
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
2 4 5 6
Condition
For the avoidance of doubt, this condition is applicable to the management of construction noise and vibration on all receivers, including sensitive and notable receivers. 36.1 A Construction Noise and Vibration DWP shall be prepared and implemented. The objective of the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP is to provide for the development and implementation of identified best practicable option to avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects on receivers of noise and vibration resulting from construction. 36.2 The Construction Noise and Vibration DWP shall: (a) Adopt the noise and vibration standards for construction set out in Conditions 31, 32, 33 and 34 of these designations; (b) Be generally consistent with the draft Construction Noise and Vibration management plan submitted as part of the Notice of Requirement documentation (dated 23 August 2013); and (c) Identify methods to achieve best practicable option for mitigating adverse effects. 36.3 To achieve this objective, the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP shall include: (a) The roles and responsibilities of the noise and vibration personnel in the contractor team with regard to managing and monitoring adverse noise and vibration effects; (b) That piling and road cutting will be restricted to between the hours of 7am to 7pm, Monday to Saturday; (c) Construction machinery and equipment to be used and their operating noise and vibration levels; (d) Identification of construction activities that are likely to create adverse noise and vibration effects, the location of these in the construction site areas, and the distance to comply with the Project Criteria in Conditions 31, 32, 33 and 34; (e) The timing of construction activities that are likely to create an adverse noise and vibration effect; (f) The location of sensitive noise and vibration receivers; (g) A record of communication and consultation with sensitive noise and vibration receivers. The record must include a clear explanation of where any comments from sensitive receivers have not been incorporated in the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP, and the reasons why not. This information must be included in the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP provided to both the Independent Peer Review Panel and Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan process specified in Condition 11; (h) Specific measures to address the concerns raised by those sensitive receivers; (i) Specific training procedures for construction personnel including: (i) The project noise and vibration performance standards for construction (conditions 31, 32, 33 and 34); (ii) Information about noise and vibration sources within the construction area and the locations of sensitive noise and vibration receivers; and (iii) Construction machinery operation instructions relating to mitigating noise and vibration; (j) Methods and measures to mitigate adverse noise and vibration effects including, but not limited to, structural mitigation such as barriers and enclosures, the scheduling of high noise and vibration construction, use of low noise and vibration machinery, temporary relocation of affected receivers or any other measures or offer agreed to
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 46
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
by the Requiring Authority and the affected receiver; (k) The proposed methods for monitoring construction noise and vibration to be undertaken by a suitably qualified person for the duration of construction works including: (i) Updating the predicted noise and vibration contours based on the final design and construction activities; (ii) Confirm which buildings are to be subject to a pre and post building condition survey in accordance with Condition 46. This includes consideration of those buildings in Appendix One and Two to these conditions; (iii) The timing and location for monitoring of buildings during construction is required (Note that the flow charts contained in Appendices B and C of Appendix J of the technical noise and vibration report provided as part of the Notice of Requirement should be used as a guide); (iv) Identifying appropriate monitoring locations for receivers of construction noise and vibration; (v) Procedures for working with the Communication and Consultation Manager to respond to complaints received on construction noise and vibration, including methods to monitor and identify noise and vibration sources; (vi) Procedures for monitoring construction noise and vibration and reporting to the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer; and (vii) Procedures for how works will be undertaken should they be required as a result of the building condition surveys; (l) Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan which detail how landowners and occupiers are to be communicated with around noise and vibration effects. Site Specific Construction Noise Management Plan (SSCNMP) For the avoidance of doubt, this condition does not apply to MediaWorks. 37.1 The objective of a SSCNMP is to detail the best practicable option to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on a receiver resulting from construction noise that does not comply with the Project Noise Standards.
1 2 37
4
37.2 Further to the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP in Condition 36, a SSCNMP shall be prepared for any receiver or activity for which air overpressure is either predicted or measured to exceed the limits in Condition 32, or where construction noise is either predicted or measured to exceed the Project Noise Standards in Condition 31, except where the exceedance of the standards in Condition 31 is less than 5 decibels and does not exceed :
5
(a) 0700-2200: 1 period of up to 2 consecutive weeks in any 2 months
6
(b) 2200-0700: 1 period of up to 2 consecutive nights in any 10 days 37.3 For predicted exceedances of less than 5 decibels (refer 37.2) monitoring shall be undertaken to confirm the actual noise levels. If exceedance is shown to be more than 5 decibels, or the period exceeds those detailed, then a SSCNMP will be prepared. 37.4 In addition to the SSCNMPs prepared in accordance with Condition 37.2, and notwithstanding Condition 37.1, the Requiring Authority shall prepare SSCNMPs specifying the best practicable option for management, methods and measures to mitigate all noise effects for the properties located at: (a) 1 Queen Street (Lot 1 DP 165403);
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 47
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
(b) 21 Queen Street (Lot 1 DP 67723); (c) 29 Customs Street West (Lot 7 DP 77037) (d) 188 Quay Street (Lot 5 DP 63972 and Lot 1 DP 78340); and (e) 23-29 Albert Street (Lot 1 DP 116724). 37.5 SSCNMPs will identify: (a) The extent to which noise may exceed the Project Noise Standards in Condition 31 or the overpressure limits in Condition 32; (b) The timing and duration of any exceedance; (c) Details of the type of activity causing any exceedance; (d) The summary of the communication and consultation undertaken with the receiver. The summary must include a clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated, and the reasons why not. This information must be included in the SSCNMP provided to both the Independent Peer Review Panel and Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan process specified in Condition 11; (e) The methods and measures to mitigate noise effects, including but not limited to, potential to offer temporary relocation of affected receivers, alternative ventilation, faรงade sound insulation improvements, building condition surveys in the case of overpressure generated by blast events, or other offers made by the Requiring Authority and whether these have been agreed to by the affected receiver; (f) The reasons why the management and mitigation measures and methods reflect best practicable option. 37.6 The SSCNMP shall be submitted for the review of Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan. The works shall then be undertaken in accordance with the SSCNMP confirmed by the Requiring Authority as part of the Outline Plan. Site Specific Construction Vibration Management Plan (SSCVMP) For the avoidance of doubt, this condition does not apply to MediaWorks. 38.1 The objective of a SSCVMP is to detail the best practicable option to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on a receiver resulting from vibration that does not comply with the Project Vibration Standards. 38.2 Further to the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP in Condition 36, a SSCVMP shall be prepared: 1 2 38
4
(a) For any unoccupied building, structure or infrastructure for which construction vibration is either predicted or measured to exceed the Project Vibration Standards in Condition 33;
5
(b) Where a complaint or concern is raised and the vibration level exceeds the amenity levels of Condition 34.2(a) and 34.2(b);
6
(c) In response to other concerns or complaints where required (refer Condition 17).; (d) For the properties listed in Condition 37.4. 38.3 Where the amenity limits in Conditions 34.2(a) and 34.2(b) are exceeded: (a) Best practicable management of vibration must be applied; and (b) The vibration activity shall be scheduled to avoid disturbance. If this is not practicable then reasonable respite periods shall be provided to reduce vibration exposure. 38.4 The limits in condition 33 may be relaxed by a SSCVMP but only for a building, structure or infrastructure that has been assessed by a suitably qualified and experienced structural
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 48
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
engineer and where it has been deemed to be capable of withstanding higher vibration levels without sustaining building or structural damage, and where appropriate vibration and building condition monitoring regimes are in place. 38.5 SSCVMPs will identify: (a) The timing and duration of any exceedance; (b) Details of the type of activity giving rise to any exceedance; (c) Site Specific vibration criteria that addresses the issue(s) of concern (i.e. building damage, amenity and sensitive equipment). Site Specific criteria shall be determined by a suitably qualified independent vibration expert; (d) The summary of the communication and consultation undertaken with the receiver. The summary must include a clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated, and the reasons why not. This information must be included in the SSCVMP provided to both the Independent Peer Review Panel and Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan process specified in Condition 11; (e) The methods and measures to mitigate vibration effects, including but not limited to, investigating alternative low-vibration construction methods, undertaking highvibration works outside sensitive times, vibration barriers, building condition surveys, potential to offer temporary relocation of affected receivers, or other offers made by the Requiring Authority and agreed to by the affected receiver; (f) The reasons why the management and mitigation measures and methods reflect best practicable option. 38.6 The SSCVMP shall be submitted for the review of Auckland Council. The works shall then be undertaken in accordance with the SSCVMP confirmed by the Requiring Authority as part of the Outline Plan. Notable Receivers Notable Noise and Vibration Receivers For the avoidance of doubt, Conditions 39.5 and 39.6 do not apply to MediaWorks. 39.1 Further to Condition 36, the Requiring Authority and its contractor, in conjunction with a suitably qualified expert, shall work collaboratively with each notable receiver during the preparation of a SSCNVMP to confirm the extent and management of adverse effects on each Notable Receiver.
1 39
2 4 5 6
39.2 In addition to the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP, a SSCNVMP shall be prepared for each identified Notable Receiver. The objective of the SSCNVMP is to detail the best practicable option to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse noise and vibration effects on each Notable Receiver. 39.3 The Requiring Authority shall consult with the notable receiver throughout the duration of construction and update the SSCNVMP as required to achieve the objective in 39.2. 39.4 The SSCNVMP shall include: (a) The level at which noise and vibration effects on the notable receiver will unreasonably interfere with its operation. This will enable development of the site specific criteria. In the case of MediaWorks this is set out in Condition 40; (b) Construction activities and equipment which are likely to create adverse noise and vibration effects and the location and timing of these in relation to the notable receiver; (c) The methods and measures associated with the worksite including, but not limited to, structural mitigation such as barriers and enclosures, use of low noise and
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 49
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
vibration machinery and the scheduling of high noise and vibration construction; (d) The methods and measures associated with the notable receiver building or operation including, but not limited to, potential for isolation of sensitive areas and equipment, dampening of reradiating surfaces and temporary relocation of affected receivers that are proposed to minimise adverse noise and vibration effects on the notable receiver; (e) Details about the methods to be adopted by the Requiring Authority to minimise construction noise and vibration effects on the notable receiver and the anticipated effectiveness of those methods; (f) A summary of the communication and consultation undertaken with the notable receiver. The summary must include a clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated, and the reasons why not; (g) Offers made by the Requiring Authority to the notable receiver to mitigate effects and the response by the operators, such as relocation, and whether those offers were accepted or not by the notable receiver; 39.5 If the parties cannot agree on any of the matters above they shall each appoint a suitably qualified and independent expert, who shall jointly appoint an independent and suitably qualified third expert who shall certify the following matters to be included in the SSCNVMP: (a) The level at which noise and vibration effects on the notable receiver unreasonably interfere with its operation (the certified noise and vibration limit); (b) The mitigation methods and measures within the worksite (at source) including, but not limited to, structural mitigation such as barriers and enclosures, use of low noise and vibration machinery and the scheduling of high noise and vibration construction; (c) The mitigation methods and measures at the notable receiver including but not limited to: isolation of sensitive areas and equipment; dampening of reradiating surfaces; any response to such offers; and temporary relocation of affected receivers; (d) Whether or not the mitigation methods and measures reflect best practicable management; and (e) Whether or not the residual effects are likely to cause significant disruption to the activities of the notable receiver. 39.6 Following the above process the SSCNVMP shall be submitted for the review of Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan. For the avoidance of doubt, the Requiring Authority shall not be entitled to make any changes to the SSCNVMP through the Outline Plan process following any agreement reached with the notable receiver and/or through the above certification process without the consent of the notable receiver. The works shall then be undertaken in accordance with the SSCNVMP confirmed by the Requiring Authority as part of the Outline Plan process.
40
6
Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan – Mediaworks Further to Condition 36, a SSCNVMP shall be prepared for MediaWorks implementing the project standards in Condition 35. 40.1 The MediaWorks SSCNVMP shall identify high noise or vibration plant and machinery, and list the relevant items that require testing in accordance with Condition 40.4 and 40.8. 40.2 Prior to any demolition or construction commencing, the Requiring Authority shall undertake a noise survey to determine the Transmission Loss (TL) performance of the
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 50
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
MediaWorks building envelope. This testing shall only be undertaken outside of Sensitive Times. 40.3 Prior to any demolition or construction commencing, the Requiring Authority shall undertake a vibration survey to determine the transfer function of the MediaWorks building structure from ground vibration outside the building to reradiated noise in Studio 1. This testing shall only be undertaken outside of Sensitive Times. 40.4 All high noise plant and machinery to be used at a location where it is predicted to generate noise levels in excess of 3 dB below the limits specified in Condition 35.2 shall be tested prior to use, to determine its Sound Power Level (Lw) at a sufficient distance from the MediaWorks building to ensure compliance. These measured Lws shall be used to predict the noise level at the MediaWorks building faรงade(s) from proposed construction scenarios. The faรงade TL (refer Condition 40.2) shall then be applied to predict the noise levels in the relevant rooms. 40.5 All high noise plant and machinery may not be used until Condition 40.4 is satisfied, taking into account the cumulative noise levels from active sources on the site. 40.6 The Requiring Authority and its contractor, in conjunction with a suitably qualified expert, shall work collaboratively with MediaWorks during the preparation of a SSCNVMP to confirm the extent and management of adverse effects on MediaWorks. 40.7 The SSCNVMP shall set out the requirements for monitoring, the number of monitors, the instrument location, any adjustments necessary if a proxy position is required and any other procedures or requirements that are necessary. The data shall be available in real time to the Requiring Authority, Auckland Council and MediaWorks. 40.8 Prior to the use of any high vibration equipment to be used at a location where it is predicted to generate vibration levels greater than 75% of the PPV vibration limits in Condition 35.3, 35.6, 35.7 and 35.8, or reradiated noise within 3 decibels of the limits in Condition 35.2, the Requiring Authority shall undertake vibration measurements at a sufficient distance from the MediaWorks building to ensure compliance, applying the transfer function required by Condition 40.3 to assess reradiated noise. These measurements shall be used to determine minimum set-back distances from the building to avoid potential exceedances of the vibration limits in Conditions 35.2, 35.3, 35.6, 35.7 and 35.8. The results of the testing and the outcomes affecting construction operations shall be set out in the SSCNVMP. 40.9 The noise and vibration levels from construction shall be monitored to determine compliance with conditions 35.2, 35.3, 35.6, 35.7 and 35.8 continuously by automated noise and vibration monitors located at positions that will represent the noise and vibration level in the relevant spaces and for the relevant noise and vibration limits. The SSCNVMP shall set out the requirements for monitoring, the instrument location, any adjustments necessary if a proxy position is required and any other procedures or requirements that are necessary including methods to exclude extraneous sources. The data shall be available in real time to the Requiring Authority, Auckland Council and MediaWorks. 40.10 Monitoring to determine compliance or otherwise with Condition 35.67 relating to office amenity shall only be undertaken in response to complaints from MediaWorks. The measurements must be attended by a suitably qualified person. 40.11 The SSCNVMP shall set out corrective action measures that must be adopted in situations where any of the noise and vibration limits in Conditions 35.2, 35.3, 35.6, 35.7, and 35.8 are exceeded and where the noise and/or vibration levels are unacceptable to MediaWorks. The corrective action measures must include the following: (a) Immediate cessation of the work(s) that is giving rise to the exceedance;
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 51
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
(b) A procedure to require the implementation of whatever measures are necessary to reduce the noise or vibration levels; (c) A monitoring procedure to determine compliance (once the remediation works are complete); (d) A requirement to ensure that the work(s) responsible for the exceedance are not recommenced during Sensitive Times; (e) A complaints procedure that is capable of effecting the immediate cessation of works including making a point of contact directly available 24 hours, seven days a week. 40.12
40.13
If there is a disagreement between the Requiring Authority and MediaWorks as to the content of the SSCNVMP, they shall each appoint a suitably qualified and independent expert, who shall jointly appoint an independent and suitably qualified third expert who shall certify the matters set out in Condition 40.11 and any other matters in dispute in the SSCNVMP. Following the above process the SSCNVMP shall be submitted for the review of Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan. For the avoidance of doubt, the Requiring Authority shall not be entitled to make any changes to the SSCNVMP through the Outline Plan process following any agreement reached with MediaWorks and/or through the above certification process without the consent of MediaWorks. The works shall then be undertaken in accordance with the SSCNVMP confirmed by the Requiring Authority as part of the Outline Plan process.
Built Heritage/Archaeology Historic Character – Built Heritage 41.1 The Historic Character DWP shall be prepared to manage the adverse effects on built heritage and archaeology that may result from associated works prior to, during, and after the construction of the City Rail Link or any part of it. 41.2 The objective of the Built Heritage section is to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on built heritage as far as reasonably practicable. To achieve the above objective, the following shall, as a minimum, be included in the built heritage section of the Historic Character DWP:
1 2 41
4 5 6
(a) Preparation of a Building Record and Salvage Strategy that outlines a suitable set of procedures for the removal, storage and for later refitting and reuse of elements of heritage buildings and/or structures identified for demolition including the Griffiths Building, Beresford Toilets, Bluestone Toilets, and the rear annex to the building at 223-227 Symonds Street. (b) The proposed methods for monitoring building damage that is to be undertaken by a suitably qualified person for the duration of construction works. This includes confirming which Built Heritage buildings and structures are to be subject to a pre and post building condition survey through: (i) Using the updated predicted vibration contours undertaken in Condition 36; (ii) Reviewing those buildings in Appendix 2 to these conditions in accordance with Condition 46.1; (iii) Reviewing buildings within the designation footprint (including above sub-strata designation) or located in close proximity to identify buildings which have been recognised as having heritage value as a result of scheduling under the Historic Places Act 1993 or in the Auckland Unitary Plan. (c) Identification and methodology for recording of Built Heritage directly affected by the construction, or associated pre- and post-construction works (i.e. within the
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 52
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
surface designation footprint), which cannot be retained and / or adaptively re-used / partially retained. For the avoidance of doubt, the following buildings and structures may be demolished: (i) Bluestone Toilets (SCDP Category B); (ii) Beresford Toilets; (iii) Rear annex to building at 229-231 Symonds Street; and (iv) Griffiths Building. (d) Identification and methodology for recording Built Heritage directly affected by the construction, or associated pre- and post-construction, which are to be: (i) Adaptively reused; (ii) Partially retained in design and construction; or (iii) Built heritage elements have been integrated into other elements of the City Rail. (iv) In particular, the Requiring Authority shall explore the adaptive re-use of the buildings at 51-53 Victoria Street West (known as Martha’s Corner building) with complete demolition only considered as a last resort. As guidance, an appropriate level of adaptive re-use could include retention of the façade on all street frontages or the utilisation and incorporation of elements of the building into the design: (e) How Built Heritage Buildings and Structures will be protected during construction through the use of screening or other protective measures to mitigate adverse construction effects; (f) How mitigation or rectification of damage to Built Heritage Buildings and Structures will be addressed; and (g) Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan which detail how the Auckland Council Heritage Department, the New Zealand Historic Places Trust, and mana whenua (see condition 15) are consulted, and the communication with the general public on the management of the adverse effects relating to Built Heritage. Historic Character - Archaeology 42.1 A Historic Character DWP shall be prepared to manage the adverse effects on built heritage and archaeology that may result during construction of the City Rail Link or any part of it.
1 42
4 5 6
42.2 The objective of the Archaeology section of the Historic Character DWP is to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on archaeological remains during construction, as far as reasonably practicable. 42.3 To achieve the above objective the following matters shall be included in the Archaeology section of the Historic Character DWP: (a) Constructor roles and responsibilities, stand-down periods and reporting requirements are to be clearly identified; (b) How procedures for archaeological investigations and monitoring of preliminary earthworks are to be implemented in areas where there is potential for archaeological remains to be discovered; (c) Procedures for the discovery of, including accidental discovery of archaeological remains including: (i) The ceasing of all physical construction works in the immediate vicinity of the
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 53
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
discovery; (ii) Practices for dealing with the uncovering of cultural or archaeological remains and the parties to be notified (including, but not limited to, appropriate iwi authorities, the Auckland Council Consents Monitoring officer, the New Zealand Historic Places Trust, and the New Zealand Police (if koiwi (human skeletal remains) are discovered); (iii) Procedures to be undertaken before physical works in the area of discovery can start again, including any iwi protocols, recording of sites and material, recovery of any artefacts, and consultation to be undertaken with iwi, Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer and Heritage Unit, and with the New Zealand Historic Places Trust; and (iv) Procedures for recording any archaeological remains or evidence before it is modified or destroyed, including opportunities for the conservation and preservation of artefacts and ecofacts (biological material) that are discovered. Consideration shall be given to the incorporation of in-situ material or artefacts into the design of stations and / or public places associated with the City Rail Link project. Consideration shall also be given to the provision for ‘post-excavation’ assessment analysis and publication of material within 24 months of completion of construction. (v) Provision for ‘post-excavation’ archiving, assessment and analysis of the archaeological records and materials; publication of results of that work within 24 months of completion of construction assessment analysis and publication of material within 24 months of completion of construction. (d) Training procedures for all contractors are to be undertaken in advance of construction, regarding the possible presence of cultural or archaeological sites or material, what these sites or material may look like, and the relevant provisions of the Historic Places Act 1993 if any sites or material are discovered; (e) Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan which details how the Auckland Council Heritage Department, the New Zealand Historic Places Trust, mana whenua (see condition 8) are consulted, and the communication with the general public on the management of the adverse effects relating to archaeology. Heritage Advisory Group and Composition
43
1
43.1 The Requiring Authority must engage, at its expense, a panel of suitably qualified and experienced heritage experts to discharge the functions required by conditions 44 and 45. The Heritage Advisory Group will consist of three independent experts, whose members will not be directors or employees of the Requiring Authority, the New Zealand Historic Places Trust or the consent authority. The Heritage Advisory Group will comprise one nominee from the Requiring Authority, one nominee from the consent authority, and a third nominee appointed jointly by the Requiring Authority's and consent authority's nominees. 43.2 Before establishing the Heritage Advisory Group the Requiring Authority shall seek the opinion of NZHPT on the appointment of the Heritage Advisory Group. 43.3 The Heritage Advisory Group may determine its own processes and procedures for conducting its meetings and performing its functions as it sees fit, including methods for ensuring any disagreements between panel members are resolved, and must meet as necessary to fulfil its functions. All costs associated with the role and function of the Heritage Advisory Group and appropriate administrative support must be paid by the
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 54
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
Requiring Authority. If any member of the Heritage Advisory Group is unable to continue in the role for whatever reason, then a replacement member must be appointed using the process set out in this condition. Heritage Advisory Group Function 44.1 The functions of the Heritage Advisory Group are to review the assessment of the alternatives and option selected by the Requiring Authority to manage the adverse effects on the heritage values of the Bluestone wall and the Martha’s Corner building. 44.2 In relation to Bluestone Wall, the Heritage Advisory Group will: (a) Certify that the method selected by the Requiring Authority under Condition 45 will have the least impact on the heritage value of the Bluestone wall compared to other reasonably practicable methods; or 44
(b) Prepare a report as to why the method selected by the Requiring Authority under Condition 45 will not have the least impact on the heritage value of the Bluestone wall and set out details as to an alternative recommended reasonably practicable method.
1
44.3 In relation to Martha’s Corner, the Heritage Advisory Group will: (a) Certify that the heritage outcomes for Martha’s Corner adhere to the intent of Condition 41; or (b) Prepare a report as to why the method selected by the Requiring Authority will not adhere to the intent of Condition 41 and set out details as to the recommended reasonably practicable method. 44.4 The Requiring Authority must provide Auckland Council with the Heritage Advisory Group’s certification or report, and if applicable the reasons the Requiring Authority has not selected the method recommended by the Heritage Advisory Group. Bluestone Wall Management Plan 45.1 A Bluestone Wall Management Plan shall be prepared to manage the adverse effects on the heritage values of the Bluestone wall during the construction of the City Rail Link. 45.2 The objective of this Plan is to minimise adverse effects on the heritage values of the Bluestone wall during the construction of the City Rail Link by adopting the best practicable option. 45
1
45.3 To achieve the above objective, the following shall be included in the Bluestone Wall Management Plan: (a) Identification of the key heritage values of the wall; (b) Assessment of the alternative construction methods to ensure that construction of the City Rail Link has the least impact on the heritage value of the Bluestone wall, within the practical constraints of constructing the project; and (c) The option selected by the Requiring Authority. 45.4 The Bluestone Management Plan shall be prepared in consultation with the NZHPT and the Heritage Advisory Group (set out in Condition 43).
Building Condition Surveys
46
1
Process for Building Condition Surveys
2
46.1 Prior to construction, as a minimum those buildings listed in Appendix One and Appendix Two or identified pursuant to Condition 41.2(b) will be considered for a building condition
4
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 55
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
5 6
Condition
survey. A building condition survey will be undertaken where it is assessed that there is potential for damage to buildings or structures arising from construction as determined by an independent suitably qualified person appointed by the Requiring Authority based on the criteria below unless the relevant industry criteria applied at the time or heightened building sensitivity or other inherent building vulnerability requires it. Building damage criteria will initially be assessed in accordance with Burland, J.B. (1997) “Assessment of Risk of Damage to Buildings due to Tunnelling and Excavation�. Additional factors which may be considered in determining whether a building condition survey will be undertaken include: (a) Age of the building; (b) Construction types; (c) Foundation types; (d) General building condition; (e) Proximity to any excavation; (f) Whether the building is earthquake prone; and (g) Whether any basements are present in the building. 46.2 Where prior to construction it is determined that a Building Condition Survey is required in accordance with Condition 46.1, or if measurements exceed the criteria in Condition 33: (a) The Requiring Authority shall employ a suitably qualified person to undertake the building condition surveys and that person shall be identified in the CEMP; (b) The Requiring Authority shall provide the building condition survey report to the relevant property owner within 15 working days of the survey being undertaken, and additionally it shall notify and provide the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer a copy of the completed survey report; (c) The Requiring Authority shall contact owners of those buildings and structures where a Building Condition Survey is to be undertaken to confirm the timing and methodology for undertaking a pre-construction condition assessment; (d) The Requiring Authority shall record all contact, correspondence and communication with owners and this shall be available on request for the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring Officer; (e) Should agreement from owners to enter property and undertake a condition assessment not be obtained within 3 months from first contact, then the Requiring Authority shall not be required under these designation conditions to undertake these assessments; (f) The Requiring Authority shall undertake a visual inspection during "active construction" if requested by the building owner where a pre-construction condition assessment has been undertaken. (g) The Requiring Authority shall develop a system of monitoring the condition of existing buildings which is commensurate with the type of the existing building and the proximity of the CRL works. The purpose of monitoring is to assess whether or not active construction is compromising the structural integrity of the building. (h) The Requiring Authority shall, during the Building Condition Survey, determine whether the building is classified as Commercial / Industrial / School or a Historic or sensitive structure in terms of Condition 33. 46.3 During construction: (a) The Requiring Authority shall implement procedures that will appropriately respond
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 56
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
to the information received from the monitoring system. Where necessary this may include the temporary cessation of works in close proximity to the relevant building until such time as measures are implemented to avoid further damage or compromise of the structural integrity of the building. (b) Any damage to buildings or structures shall be recorded and repaired by the Requiring Authority and costs associated with the repair will met by the Requiring Authority. 46.4 Following construction: (a) The Requiring Authority shall, within 12 months of the commencement of operation of the City Rail Link, contact owners of those buildings and structures where a Building Condition Survey was undertaken to confirm the need for undertaking a post-construction condition assessment; (b) Where a post-construction building condition survey confirms that the building has deteriorated as the result of construction or operation works relating to the City Rail Link, the Requiring Authority shall, at its own cost, rectify the damage; and 46.5 Where the Requiring Authority is required to undertake building repairs in accordance with Conditions 46.3(b) or 46.4(b), such repairs shall be undertaken as soon as reasonably practicable and in consultation with the owner of the building. Urban Design Urban Design Principles 47.1 The objective of the Urban Design DWP is to enable the integration of the CRL’s permanent works into the surrounding landscape and urban design context. 47.2 An Urban Design DWP shall be developed to ensure that the areas within the designation footprint used during the construction of the City Rail Link are to be restored and the permanent works associated with the CRL are developed in accordance with urban design principles. The following Principles from the Urban Design Framework submitted as part of the Notice of Requirement documents will be used to inform the Urban Design and Landscape Plan: (a) Mana Whenua Principles – see Condition 49; 1 47
4 5 6
(b) Movement and Connections – (i) Existing Networks - Structures of the CRL should not interrupt or adversely change the function of existing public open space, street networks and infrastructure. (ii) Entrance Location - Station entrances should be clearly identifiable and conveniently located in relation to existing and anticipated main pedestrian routes and destinations. (iii) Intuitive Orientation - The location and nature of structures resulting from the CRL (station entrances in particular) should facilitate intuitive orientation and support a legible street network. (iv) Way Finding - Coherent signage should be utilised to aid intuitive orientation and way finding. (v) Mode Integration - Spatial integration with bus stops as well as kiss and ride should be facilitated where possible without imposing on the quality of public realm. (vi) Bicycle Parking – Appropriate numbers of safe bicycle storage or parking should
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 57
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
be provided in each station environment. (vii) Street Crossings - Safe pedestrian street crossings shall be provided in the immediate vicinity of station entrances to the extent practicable. The provision of level street crossings is preferable over any grade separated solutions. (viii) Footpaths – Footpaths surrounding stations need to be adequate to provide for pedestrians entering and exiting the stations. (ix) Grade separated rail crossings – Structures associated with grade separated rail crossings need to be carefully and sensitively designed and in accordance with crime prevention through environmental design principles to ensure appropriate amenity and safety are retained or achieved. Measures to achieve this may include: a.
Utilising permeable balustrades on overbridges;
b.
Maximising the width of the footpath at grade in street reserves;
c.
Orientating any steps parallel to overbridges;
d.
Providing appropriate levels of lighting (in accordance with the Auckland Transport Street Lighting Policy (Appendix 1) for “Pathways in high risk, high brightness areas”); and
e.
Treatment of the sides of ramps and footpaths to enhance visual amenity.
(x) Grade separated rail crossings – Permeable balustrades on overbridges should be required not only for crime prevention purposes but to enable views into the neighbouring sites. For clarity all balustrades comprised within Normanby Road grade separation works (as defined in condition 30.1(l) shall be permeable including without limitation the ramp to be constructed into the site at 32 Normanby Road. (xi) The Porters Avenue Bridge (lift and bridge structure above finished ground level) shall be located no closer than 3.5m from the property boundary of 5 Porters Avenue (ALLOT 236 SEC 10 Suburbs AUCKLAND). Foundation support (i.e. below finished ground level) for the bridge may extend closer but shall not cross the property boundary. (xii) The design of the Porters Avenue and Fenton Street pedestrian/cycle bridges shall: a.
Minimise loss of privacy on adjacent residential sites, including by locating the pedestrian/cycle bridge in the western half of the Avenue;
b.
Ensure the lifts are through lifts to carry bicycles; and
c.
Incorporate bicycle push ramps into the side of the pedestrian stairways.
(xiii) The extensions to Ruru Street and Nikau Street shall generally be undertaken in accordance with the indicative road layout shown on drawing CRL-SYW-RME000-DRG-0110 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16. (c) Public Realm and Landscape – (i) Existing Streetscape – Structures of the CRL should be designed to respect and contribute positively to the form and function of existing public open space. (ii) Universal Access – Station environments should promote universal access (e.g. footpath ramps and smooth ground surfaces).
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 58
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
(iii) Safe Environments – Structures resulting from the CRL should promote safe environments. The station entrances should release patrons into safe public spaces that are well lit at night, overlooked by other users (e.g. residents or workers) and have sufficiently wide and unobstructed footpaths. (iv) Reinstated Surfaces - The design and construction of reinstated streetscapes should be coherent with the wider area and/or recent public realm upgrades in the area. (v) Station Plazas - The design and construction of station plazas should be coherent with the wider area and/or recent public realm upgrades in the area. (vi) Public Art - Integration of art and design should foster local identity and character and reflect and/or interpret local characteristics including natural heritage and Mana Whenua cultural narratives, history, art and particular traits of the local community. (vii) Landscape Planting – Plant species used in station environments and/or as part of landscape plantings should consider the opportunity to acknowledge the area’s pre-human ecology as and where appropriate. This may include species which connect strongly with Mana Whenua cultural narratives. (viii) Entrances within the Road Reserve - Designs for station entrances within the road reserve should be designed to consider the impacts upon other modes of traffic, including the expected pedestrian patronage. (ix) Utility Structures - Above ground utility structures (e.g. vents, access services) should be designed to minimise any negative effect on public realm. Where possible these structures should be integrated with other buildings. (x) Where landscape planting is affected by construction works on private properties, replanting and/or mitigation of any such landscaping shall be undertaken in consultation with those landowners, and in recognition of wider mitigation works required for those properties (e.g. vehicle parking and access requirements). 47.3 The Urban Design DWP shall show how these principles have been used to guide and influence the design of permanent works associated with the CRL, and how the design has responded or otherwise to these principles and initiatives. 47.4 The work to restore those areas within the designation footprint used during construction of the City Rail Link will occur as part of construction or within six months of the City Rail Link being operational. Auckland Council Urban Design Panel 47.5 The Requiring Authority shall request the Auckland Council to refer the Urban Design DWP to the Auckland Urban Design Panel (or other equivalent entity (if any) at that time) and invite the Auckland Urban Design Panel to comment on: (a) The degree to which the Urban Design DWP has appropriately responded to the principles listed in 47.2 and 49.1; (b) The degree to which station plans have appropriately responded to the principles listed in Condition 54.1. 47.6 As part of the Urban Design DWP submitted, the Requiring Authority shall: (a) Provide a record of feedback received from the Auckland Urban Design Panel (or equivalent entity at that time); (b) Provide detail of how the Urban Design DWP has responded to any feedback
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 59
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
received from the Auckland Urban Design Panel (or equivalent entity at that time) and, where they have not, the reasons why; (c) Provide detail regarding the degree to which the community stakeholder, affected party and affected in proximity party feedback has been considered and where applicable incorporated into design. Where feedback has not been incorporated, the Requiring Authority shall provide comment as to reasons why the feedback has not been incorporated; (d) The information set out in (a), (b) and (c) above must be included in the Urban Design DWP submitted to both the independent peer reviewer and Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan. Mitigation Planting Requirements
1 48
4 5 6
48.1 The Urban Design DWP shall include any replacement planting proposed to mitigate the adverse effects of tree and vegetation removal from within the designation footprint. It is acknowledged that the mitigation of effects of tree and vegetation removal will be considered in response to the urban design principles of Condition 47. 48.2 Any landscaping included under the Urban Design DWP shall be implemented in accordance with this plan within the first planting season following the City Rail Link being operational. If the weather in that planting season is unsuitable for planting, as determined by the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer (in consultation with the Auckland Council Parks Department), the landscaping shall instead be implemented at the first practicable opportunity thereafter. The next practicable opportunity shall be agreed by the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer. 48.3 The landscaping will be maintained by the Requiring Authority for a period of 5 years for specimen trees and 3 years for all other landscape planting. Engagement with Mana Whenua and the Mana Whenua Principles 49.1 The Urban Design DWP shall include: (a) How mana whenua (see Condition 8) have been engaged with during its development in relation to the implementation and interpretation of the Principles set out under Condition 47, and particularly in relation to the mana whenua principles set out below:
1 49
4 5 6
(i) Mana / Rangatiratanga – As the original local authorities of Tamaki Makaurau, Iwi require high level Treaty based relationships with all key stakeholders including the Requiring Authority and Auckland Council which recognise their Tangata Whenua status in order to fulfil their roles as kaitiaki. Such partnership relationships can then inform engagement with AT / Council at all levels including direct involvement with design consortia. Relationships are required at governance and senior management levels. Such relationships are a precursor to actualising the other 6 principles. (ii) Whakapapa – Names and genealogical connections– reviving names revives mana through Iwi connections to specific ancestors and events / narratives associated with them. An Iwi inventory of names associated with a given site can be developed so that the most appropriate names are identified to develop design, interpretation and artistic responses. (iii) Tohu – Acknowledging the wider significant Iwi cultural land marks associated with the CRL route and their ability to inform the design of the station precincts, entrances and exits. In particular exploring opportunities to maximise view shafts to such tohu / landmarks as a way of both enhancing cultural landscape
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 60
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
connections and as way finding / location devices. (iv) Taiao – Exploring opportunities to bring natural landscape elements back into urban /modified areas e.g. specific native trees, water / puna wai (springs) – promoting bird, insect and aquatic life to create meaningful urban eco systems which connect with former habitats, mahinga kai (food gathering areas) and living sites. (v) Mauri tu – Ensuring emphasis on maintaining or enhancing environmental health / life essence of the wider site – in particular focusing on the quality of wai / water (puna / springs), whenua / soil and air. In particular any puna or underground waterways encountered should be carefully treated with Mana Whenua assistance to ensure their mauri is respected and enhanced where possible. It is also important to minimise the disturbance to Papatuanuku through carefully planned ground works. (vi) Mahi toi – Harnessing the Creative dimension through drawing on names and local tohu to develop strategies to creatively re-inscribe iwi narratives into architecture, interior design, landscape, urban design and public art. (vii) Ahi kaa – need to explore opportunities to facilitate living presences for iwi / hapu to resume ahi-kaa and kaitiaki roles in and around the CRL route and new station precincts; and (b) A summary of the engagement with mana whenua (see Condition 15) and identification of where design has incorporated the mana whenua principles and other mana whenua aspirations. The summary must include a clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated and the reasons why not. The summary must be included in the Urban Design DWP submitted to both the Independent Peer Review Panel and Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan. Specific Area Requirements: Britomart to Aotea Station 50.1 For this designation the Urban Design DWP shall include how the following are to be restored following completion of the City Rail Link construction works: (a) Queen Elizabeth Square and lower Queen Street between Quay Street and Customs Street; (b) Albert Street between Quay Street and Victoria Street; and 50
1
(c) Albert Street between Victoria Street and Mayoral Drive including those part of Victoria and Wellesley Streets, the Council owned land on the southeast corner of Albert and Wellesley Streets which is to be used as a construction area, affected by surface construction works; and (d) Kingston Street. 50.2 The restoration plan for this designation shall demonstrate how street upgrades and public realm improvements have been considered when Albert Street and Mayoral Drive are reinstated. This should include as a minimum how the design and construction utilises material palettes, planting schedules and street furniture that are coherent with the surrounding streetscape character. Specific Area Requirements: Karangahape Station area
51
4
51.1 For this designation the Urban Design DWP shall include restoration plans (showing how the following are to be restored following completion of the City Rail Link construction works): (a) Beresford Square and Street including where surface works have occurred within Pitt
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 61
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
Street; and (b) Mercury Lane. 51.2 The restoration plan for this designation shall demonstrate how street upgrades and public realm improvements have been considered when Beresford Street, Pitt Street and Mercury Lane are reinstated. This should include as a minimum: (a) How the design and construction utilises material palettes, planting schedules and street furniture that are coherent with the surrounding streetscape character. (b) Methods for street upgrades and public realm improvements. Specific Area Requirements: Newton Station area 52
5
52.1 For this designation the Urban Design DWP shall include restoration plans (showing how the following are to be restored following completion of the City Rail Link construction works) for those areas used for surface construction works within the designation footprint, including the construction yard located on the northeast corner of Mt Eden Road and Symonds Street. Specific Area Requirements: North Auckland Line area 53.1 For this designation the Urban Design DWP shall include the following: (a) Restoration Plans showing how the worksite area will be maintained during the construction period. (b) Restoration Plans showing how the following are to be restored after construction completion: (i) The replacement of Mt Eden Road Bridge;
53
6
(ii) The area used for the grade separation of Porters Avenue; (iii) The area used for the grade separation of Normanby Road; and (iv) The replacement of the pedestrian connection, to be provided over the railway, between Ngahura Street and Fenton Street, including a connection to the Mount Eden Station. (c) How the bulk, scale and massing of structures resulting from the City Rail Link at Mt Eden Station are integrated with the components of the Mt Eden Station located in the adjacent North Auckland Line designation. Station Plan Requirements 54.1 The Urban Design DWP shall include a Station Plan/s (report and design plan/s as required) and include the following: (a) The design details showing both the above ground and below ground elements of the station/s;
1 54
4 5
(b) How the above ground and below ground design of the stations has taken into account the following principles: (i) Overarching - stations should achieve a successful and memorable transport experience. (ii) Function - stations will provide safe, functional and clear transport solutions. (iii) Performance - stations will provide a credible, sustainable design outcome that responds to climate, site and social economics. (iv) Personality - stations will provide an expression that contributes to their context and local identity and will respond to an appropriate network wide identity. (v) Existing and New Building Structures.
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 62
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
(vi) Built Heritage: •
•
Where built heritage is required for City Rail Link station requirements, adaptive reuse strategies should be considered to preserve the building’s role in establishing the streetscape and urban character. The development of new buildings and structures should minimise impact on, and disturbance of, Built heritage listed by the New Zealand Historic Places Trust or the Auckland Council District Plan that play a significant role in establishing the streetscape and urban character of the local area.
(vii) Bulk, Scale and Massing: •
• •
•
Bulk, scale and massing of structures resulting from the City Rail Link (station buildings in particular) should be sympathetic with the surrounding built urban form. Aotea Station building frontages should correspond with the road reserve boundary unless a specific station plaza area is intended. Karangahape Road station building(s) should be sensitively designed so as to contribute positively and to complement the good public realm and urban form qualities that currently exist in this area of Karangahape Road, Pitt Street and the upper end of Beresford Street. The redevelopment of land acquired for the Newton Mt Eden Station provides the opportunity for a continuous active building frontage to correspond with the road reserve boundary, providing: ▪ This does not conflict with the operation requirements of the station; or ▪ Unless a specific station plaza area is intended.
(viii) Active Frontage – Structures resulting from the City Rail Link should present an active frontage towards public spaces like streets, squares, pedestrian walkways or station plaza areas provided that this doesn’t conflict with the operation requirements of the station. Where no active frontage is proposed, an explanation of the reasons shall be outlined in the Urban Design DWP. (ix) Weather Protection – Where practicable, station entrances should provide some weather protection along their frontage (e.g. verandahs, awnings, canopies etc.) and these should be considered as part of the design. (x) Adaptability – The design of structures resulting from the City Rail Link should be able to adapt to change over time (e.g. change of uses, innovations in technology etc.) where reasonably practicable and anticipate opportunities (e.g. additional entrances) that may become possible in the future. The station design should not inhibit wider development opportunities (e.g. above or around station entrances). (xi) Identity – The design of the station entrances should provide an expression that reflects their respective context and local cultural identity. They could reflect, respond and/or interpret local characteristics like natural or Mana Whenua heritage, history, art, particular traits of the local community and unique architectural and urban forms of the area. (xii) Construction Quality – The design and construction of structures resulting from the City Rail Link (station buildings in particular) should be of a quality that lasts over time. Materials should be selected that are highly durable, elegant and
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 63
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
vandal resistant where they come into contact with patrons. (xiii) Mana Whenua Principles – see Condition 49. (c) How these principles have been used to guide and influence the design, and how the design has responded, or otherwise, to these principles and initiatives; and (d) A summary of the engagement with mana whenua (see Condition 15) and identification of where design has incorporated the mana whenua principles and other mana whenua aspirations into station design. The summary must include a clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated and the reasons why not. The summary must be included in the Urban Design DWP submitted to both the Independent Peer Review Panel and Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan. Trees and Vegetation Trees and Vegetation DWP 55.1 A Trees and Vegetation DWP shall be prepared to manage the adverse effects from the removal of trees and vegetation during the construction of the City Rail Link or any part of it. 55.2 The objective of the Trees and Vegetation DWP is to avoid the removal of scheduled trees as far as practicable. Where trees are identified for removal in surface works the Requiring Authority will remedy or mitigate the adverse effects of construction on trees and vegetation. 55.3 To achieve the above objective the following shall be included in the Trees and Vegetation DWP and implemented as required:
1 55
4 5 6
(a) Confirmation of the trees to be removed due to surface construction works and whether it is appropriate and feasible to relocate or store these trees for replanting. The removal of schedule trees which form a significant group should only be undertaken as a last resort; (b) A list of trees, which due to being located in proximity to construction works, have root systems and / or foliage within and / or overhanging the surface designation footprint, and the methods to be used, where practicable, to protect these trees from construction works; (c) Cross references to the Urban Design DWP and the proposed mitigation of any tree / vegetation removal through replanting trees at a 1:1 ratio, re-instatement of the area, and other methods. In preparing the Trees and Vegetation DWP, the Requiring Authority shall seek input from the Auckland Council Parks Department with regard to tree species / vegetation selection, tree pit construction where deemed necessary, and the positioning of replacement trees and from directly affected land owners with regards to preferences for any replacement planting for vegetation / trees removed from private property or for any replacement planting on private property; (d) Other methods to be used to monitor and report on the management of the adverse effects from tree / vegetation removal; and (e) Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan which detail how the Auckland Council Parks Department, mana whenua (see condition 8) are consulted, and communication with the general public on the management of the adverse effects relating to the removal of trees and vegetation.
Public Art 56
1
Public Art DWP
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 64
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
56.1 A Public Art DWP shall be prepared to manage the adverse effects on public art located within or in close proximity to the designation footprint. 56.2 The objective of the Public Art DWP is to enable: (a) The appropriate removal and / or relocation of one piece of public art directly affected by the construction of the City Rail Link; (b) The protection of two pieces of public art that are located on public land in close proximity to the City Rail Link construction works. 56.3 To achieve the above objective the following shall be included in the Public Art DWP and implemented as required: (a) The process that will be undertaken to remove the public art work known as "Enduring Fires" (at the time of the Notice of Requirement process located within Queen Elizabeth Square), including the consultation undertaken with the Auckland Council and Ngati Whatua ki Tamaki or Ngati Whatua o Orakei as to its removal, storage, re-establishment or relocation and / or replacement (as part of the restoration works associated with the City Rail Link construction); (b) The process that will be undertaken to protect or remove the public art work known as "Maori Warrior" (at the time of the Notice of Requirement process located on the pavement of Quay Street adjacent to 1 Queen Street), including the consultation undertaken with the Auckland Council as to its protection during construction or whether it should be removed, stored, relocated and / or replaced (as part of the restoration works associated with the City Rail Link construction); (c) The process to protect the public art known as "Matahorua Anchor and Tainui Anchor" (at the time of the Notice of Requirement process located at the northern end of the Bledisloe Building on Wellesley Street) from construction works to the west, including the consultation undertaken with the Auckland Council as to its protection. 56.4 If one does not already exist, an asset management plan shall be prepared by the Requiring Authority in collaboration with Auckland Council for any of the above listed public art works as part of any protection or removal process. 56.5 Should the above public art works be removed from these sites prior and separate to the City Rail Link project, this condition will not need to be complied with. Contaminated Land Contamination DWP 57.1 A Contamination DWP shall be prepared to manage the adverse effects relating to contaminated land during the construction of the City Rail Link or any part of it.
1 57
4 5 6
57.2 The objective of the Contamination DWP is to avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects of construction on human health which may result from the disturbance of contaminated materials during construction. 57.3 To achieve the above objective the following shall be included in the Contamination DWP and implemented as required: (a) A health and safety plan that addresses: (i) Worker safety in relation to hazardous substances; and (ii) Worker training with regard to handling hazardous substances, identifying potentially contaminated soil / material, and notification procedures for discovery of contamination; (b) Procedures for how erosion and sediment control, storm water, dust, and odour
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 65
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
control measures will manage the removal of contaminated soil / material; (c) Procedures for contaminated soil classification, management and disposal of contaminated soil / material; (d) Where any trenches/excavations during civil works are to be sealed as a result of contamination and how this is to be recorded; (e) How and which work areas are to be restricted to authorised personnel only and procedures to limit the presence of ignition sources in these areas (e.g. no smoking within or adjacent to construction area, no welding or open flames near areas with high concentrations of hydrocarbon contamination); (f) Procedures for the monitoring and management of the removal of contaminated soil / material by a suitably qualified environmental specialist; (g) How the placement of re-used contaminated soil / material will be recorded and tracked; (h) Where areas for stockpiling and storing contaminated soil / material will be established on the construction site and the procedures for managing the containment of the contaminated soil / material in these areas; (i) Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan which detail how the general public are to be communicated with on the management of the adverse effects relating to the removal of contaminated soil / material. Contamination Validation Report at Completion of Construction 1 58
4 5 6
58.1 At the completion of construction works a validation report will be prepared in accordance with any Ministry for the Environment guidelines and submitted to the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer documenting the management of soil and evidence of appropriate disposal. The validation report shall include a record of all analytical results, volumes, tip dockets, and any incidents or complaints and how these were addressed. The validation report shall also identify any areas which need on-going monitoring and management by the Requiring Authority.
Air Quality Air Quality DWP 59.1 An Air Quality DWP shall be prepared to avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects on air quality during the construction of the City Rail Link or any part of it. 59.2 The objective of the Air Quality DWP is to detail the best practicable option to avoid dust and odour nuisance being caused by construction works and to remedy any such effects should they occur. 1 59
4 5 6
59.3 To achieve the above objective the following shall be included in the Air Quality DWP and implemented as required: (a) The procedures to be implemented for the continuous monitoring of Total Suspended Particulate (TSP) concentrations and meteorology including, but not limited to, the establishment of two monitoring sites (to the north and south of the site); (b) Identification of the sensitive locations, and the specific methods for monitoring, including trigger limits to determine whether further action (such as implementation of the mitigation measures discussed below or other mitigation measures) is required; (c) Procedures for responding to malfunctions with construction machinery or works
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 66
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
causing accidental dust discharges including, but not limited to, the requirement to remedy any malfunction within 24 hours; (d) Procedures for monitoring weather conditions and the requirement that water spray is used on soil stockpiles, any non-paved construction areas, and the wheels of trucks where dust may disperse beyond the site; (e) Procedures for establishing when the covering of trucks will be required; (f) Procedures for determining when hard surfaced areas in construction yards and active construction areas should be cleaned including, but not limited to, the requirement that such areas be cleaned whenever dust generation occurs due to traffic on these surfaces; (g) Procedures for responding to discharges of odour (including in the event of excavation of contaminated sites) including, but not limited to, the requirement to address discharge of objectionable odour by immediately ceasing the activity causing the discharge; (h) Procedures for equipment inspection (including timeframes for regular inspections), maintenance, monitoring and recording, including baghouses, pressure relief valves and high level alarms to mitigate dust emissions; (i) Procedures for, where practicable, limiting dust and odour nuisance and the methods for monitoring these procedures including Identification of contingency measures to address identified and verified adverse effects on sensitive receptors. Contingency measures may include options such as: (i) Cleaning of air filtration intakes; or (ii) Cleaning of other buildings and infrastructure; and (j) Procedures for responding to any complaints received and the timeframes for response to complaints and reporting; (k) Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan which detail how the communities in the vicinity of construction works are to be communicated with on the management of the adverse effects relating to air quality. Social Impact and Business Disruptions Property Management Strategy 60.1 The Requiring Authority will prepare a Property Management Strategy and shall submit the Strategy to Auckland Council within 3 months of the Designation being confirmed for confirmation that the Strategy has been prepared in accordance with this condition.
1 60
4 5 6
60.2 The purpose of the Strategy is to set out how the Requiring Authority will ensure the properties acquired for the City Rail Link are appropriately managed so they do not deteriorate and adversely affect adjoining properties and the surrounding area. The Strategy shall identify measures and methods to ensure the properties are managed in a manner that: (a) Does not significantly change the character, intensity and scale of the effects of the existing use of the land; (b) Maintains the condition of the property at that which existed at the time of purchase by the Requiring Authority; (c) Contributes to the functioning of the area within which the property is located; (d) Maintains occupancy as far as reasonably practicable; and (e) Provides confidence to occupants, adjoining property owners, and the community
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 67
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
that the properties are managed responsibly pending construction. Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP 61.1 The Requiring Authority shall prepare a Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP. The objective of the Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP is to avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects arising from disruption to businesses, residents and community services/facilities so far as reasonably practicable. 61.2 To achieve this objective the Requiring Authority shall engage a suitably qualified specialist(s) to prepare a Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP to address the following specific issues: (a) How disruption to access (including pedestrian, cycle, passenger transport and service/private vehicles) for residents, community services and businesses as a result of construction activities will, so far as is reasonably practicable, be avoided, remedied or mitigated; (b) How the disruption effects that result or are likely to result in the loss of customers to businesses as a result of construction activities will, so far as is reasonably practicable, be avoided, remedied or mitigated; (c) How the loss and/or relocation of community facilities and the loss or change to catchments associated with these facilities as a result of the property acquisition process particularly to the Chinese Community Centre and Life Centre Church and the temporary loss of car parking at Hopetoun Alpha will be mitigated; and 1 61
4 5 6
(d) How loss of amenity for residents, community services and businesses as a result of construction activities will be or has been mitigated through the CEMP and other DWPs. 61.3 The Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP shall be prepared in consultation with the community, community facility operators, business owners, affected parties and affected in proximity parties to: (a) Understand client and visitor behaviour and requirements and operational requirements of community facilities and businesses; (b) Identify the scale of disruption and adverse effects likely to result to businesses, residents and community services/facilities as a result of construction of the City Rail Link; (c) Assess access and servicing requirements and in particular any special needs of residents, community facilities and businesses; and (d) To develop methods to address matters outlined in (b) and (c) above, including: (i) The measures to maximise opportunities for pedestrian and service access to businesses, residents and social services/facilities that will be maintained during construction, within the practical requirements of the Transport, Access and Parking conditions (Conditions 25 to 30) and the Transport, Access and Parking DWP; (ii) The measures to mitigate potential severance and loss of business visibility issues by way-finding and supporting signage for pedestrian detours required during construction; (iii) The measures to promote a safe environment, taking a crime prevention through environmental design approach; (iv) Other measures to assist businesses and social services/facilities to maintain client/customer accessibility, including but not limited to client/customer
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 68
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
information on temporary parking or parking options for access; (v) Other measures to assist residents, businesses and social services/facilities to provide for service delivery requirements; (vi) The process (if any) for re-establishment and promotion of normal business operation following construction; (vii) If appropriate and reasonable, requirements for temporary relocation during construction and/or assistance for relocation (including information to communities using these services and facilities to advise of relocations); and (viii) The measures to remedy and mitigate the disruption impacts to the community as a result of any closure and/or relocation of community services and facilities required by the Project. 61.4 The Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP shall include: (a) A summary of the findings and recommendations of the Social Impact Assessment report (2013); (b) A record of the consultation undertaken with the community including specific access and operational requirements of individual businesses and residents including, if relevant, consultation on the necessity for, and the feasibility of, options and requirements for temporary relocation during construction and/or assistance for relocation); (c) An implementation plan of the methods to mitigate the disruption effects (as developed in 61.3 above); (d) Reference to any site/business specific mitigation plans that exist (though these may not be included in the DWP); (e) Cross reference to detail on how the CEMP and DWPs have responded to the issues of resident, business and social service/facility accessibility and amenity; (f) Details of on-going consultation with the local community through the Community Liaison Groups to provide updates and information relating to the timing for project works and acquisition; (g) Details of best endeavours steps undertaken with regard to acquisition and/or relocation of the Chinese Community Centre and Life Centre Church under the Public Works Act 1981; and (h) The process for resolution of any disputes or complaints in relation to the management / mitigation of social impacts (including business disruption impacts). 61.5 In relation to the site at 32 Normanby Road, the Requiring Authority shall consult with sub-lessees in the presence of the landowner and head lessee when developing site/business specific mitigation plans, unless the sub-lessee(s) request otherwise. 61.6 The Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP shall be implemented and complied with for the duration of the construction of the City Rail Link and for up to 12 months following the completion of the Project if required. 61.7 Suitably qualified independent specialists for the social impact and business disruption mitigation (whose appointment shall be agreed by the Council) shall peer review the Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP pursuant to Condition 11. 61.8 The Requiring Authority shall prepare an annual report on the identification, monitoring, evaluation and management of the effects outlined in the Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP together with a summary of matters raised by the community, and how these have been responded to. The report shall be presented to the Community Liaison Groups.
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 69
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
Specific Design Requirements 62
2
62.1 The operational tunnel will avoid running under the building footprint of the property at 152 Vincent Street.
OPERATIONAL CONDITIONS Operational Rail Vibration 63.1 The Requiring Authority shall confirm that operational rail vibration and reradiated noise levels comply with the following Project Criteria at any noise or vibration sensitive receiver existing at the time of lodgement of the CRL NoR: Building Type
Vibration Criteria
Reradiated Noise Criteria (dB LASmax re: 20 Pa)
PPV (mm/s)
63
1
Commercial uses with primarily daytime use1
0.2
40
Residences and buildings where people normally sleep
0.15
35
Auditoria/Theatres1
0.1
30
TV/Recording Studios
0.06
25
Note: 1. 2.
Such as offices, businesses, churches, schools, universities and libraries. This includes Albert Street District Court.
63.2 For any noise or vibration sensitive building types that are not provided for in the table above, the upper limit for vibration and reradiated noise shall not exceed 0.3 mm/s PPV and 50 dB LASmax respectively. 63.3 For the avoidance of doubt this does not apply to the North Auckland Line and Britomart Designations. 63.4 When assessing operational rail vibration and reradiated noise, compliance with Conditions 63.1 and 63.2 shall be achieved for at least 95% of any 20 consecutive train pass-by ‘events’. Operational Rail Vibration 63A.1 The Requiring Authority shall confirm that operational rail vibration and reradiated noise levels comply with the following Project Criteria at any noise or vibration sensitive receiver existing at the time of lodgement of the CRL NoR: Building Type 63A
2
6
Reradiated Noise Criteria (dB LASmax re: 20 Pa)
Velocityᵌ (mm/s)
4 5
Vibration Criteria
Commercial uses with primarily daytime use1
0.14
40
Residences and buildings where people normally sleep
0.1
35
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 70
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
Auditoria/Theatres1 TV/Recording Studios
0.1
30
0.045
25
Note: 1. Such as offices, businesses, churches, schools, universities and libraries. 2. This includes Albert Street District Court. 3. Maximum one-second root-mean-square (RMS) value with an upper frequency limit of 80 Hz. 63A.2 For any noise or vibration sensitive building types that are not provided for in the table above, the upper limit for vibration and reradiated noise shall not exceed a RMS level (1s, maximum) of 0.21 mm/s and 50 dB LASmax respectively. 63A.3 For the avoidance of doubt the Project Criteria in Conditions 63A.1 and 63A.2 do not apply to the North Auckland Line and Britomart Designations. 63A.4 When assessing operational rail vibration and reradiated noise, compliance with Conditions 63A.1 and 63A.2 shall be achieved for at least 95% of any 20 consecutive train pass-by ‘events’. The events shall be representative of the rolling stock fleet operating on the line and shall include maintenance activities, unless such maintenance activities are undertaken after 11.30pm or before 6.00am. 63A.5 Subject to Condition 66.4 in the case of MediaWorks, when assessing operational rail vibration measurement shall be made in accordance with Section 5.2.3 of BS6472-1:2008 Guide to evaluation of human exposure to vibration in buildings. Operational Noise – Mechanical Ventilation Plant 64.1 Operational noise from mechanical ventilation plant servicing the underground rail sections of the City Rail Link shall be measured and assessed in accordance with the following Project Criteria: Location
Period
Auckland Central Area
7.00am to 11:00pm
65
11:00pm to 7:00am
60
7.00am to 10:00pm
60
10:00pm to 7:00am
55
1
dB LAeq
dB LAFmax 75
2 64
4 5 6
Auckland Isthmus Area
75
64.2 Measurements shall be undertaken in accordance with New Zealand Standard NZS 6801:2008 “Acoustics – Measurement of environmental sound” and assessed in accordance with New Zealand Standard NZS 6802:2008 “Acoustics - Environmental Noise”. 64.3 For the avoidance of doubt this does not apply to the North Auckland Line and Britomart Designations.
65
1
Operational Noise and Vibration Management Plan (ONVMP)
2
65.1 To manage the adverse effects from the maintenance and operation of the City Rail Link, the Requiring Authority shall, prior to the operation of the CRL, prepare an Operational Noise and Vibration Management Plan, (ONVMP) to the satisfaction of Auckland Council’s
4
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 71
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
5 6
Condition
Compliance Monitoring Manager. The objective of the ONVMP shall be to ensure that the tracks, rolling stock and associated infrastructure (including ventilation and other mechanical plant) are maintained and operated in accordance with maintenance standards as outlined in the Requiring Authority’s maintenance programme for the City Rail Link, so that operational noise and vibration levels received at noise sensitive receiver locations, and vibration levels comply with Conditions 63 and 64. . 65.2 The ONVMP shall set out procedures for: (a) The maintenance of rolling stock to minimise noise and vibration emissions including, but not limited to, the management of wheel roughness and flats, braking systems, cooling systems, suspension systems and any other significant source associated with the operation of locomotives; (b) The maintenance of tracks to minimise noise and vibration emissions, including, but not limited to, the management of curve squeal, rail roughness, joint constructions and any other significant source associated with the use of the tracks; (c) The implementation of mitigation measures associated with the operation and maintenance of the City Rail Link, for the operational life of the City Rail Link; (d) The management of noise from the operation of the line, including, but not limited to, the use of audible warning devices and acceleration / deceleration controls (where relevant); and (e) The management of noise and maintenance of noise-generating equipment from stations and associated ventilation and mechanical plant infrastructure including, but not limited to, PA systems, fans and ventilation noise and audible warning devices. 65.3 The ONVMP shall be adhered to at all times. It may be updated or amended at any time with the approval of Auckland Council’s Compliance Monitoring Manager. 65.4 For the avoidance of doubt this does not apply to the North Auckland Line and Britomart Designations.
66
6
Operational Noise and Vibration Management – MediaWorks 66.1 At least six months prior to the opening of the CRL, the Requiring Authority shall provide a report from a suitably qualified noise and vibration expert to Auckland Council’s Compliance Monitoring Manager and to MediaWorks. The report shall confirm the trackform mitigation applied to the project has been designed to ensure that operational noise and vibration will not exceed the levels as set out in Conditions 63A.1, 63A.2 and 66.5. 66.2 The Requiring Authority shall implement continuous vibration monitoring on the tunnel structure on the East Link Down Main line within 20m of the closest point of the CRL tunnel to Studio 1 to determine compliance with Conditions 63A.1 and 63A.2 during the operation of the CRL (but only for so long as MediaWorks remains located at the MediaWorks site). The monitoring regime shall: (a) Be based on measurements with an upper frequency limit of 500 Hz; Note: The upper monitored frequency band of 500Hz reflects the supplier’s permissible criteria specified for equipment operated by MediaWorks. (b) Ensure that measurement equipment and signal chain complies with the manufacturers guidelines for accuracy and calibration; (c) Capture every train pass-by on the line which may be triggered by vibration level radio frequency tag, interrupted beam or any other practicable triggering method; (d) Ensure the retention of the RMS data for every train pass-by on the line; (e) Ensure the transmission of RMS data for every train pass-by to the Requiring
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 72
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
Authority at an interval not exceeding 48 hours between data uploads to enable records to be viewed and interrogated as required without requiring access to the monitoring location; (f) Ensure that the Requiring Authority, Auckland Council’s Compliance Monitoring Manager and MediaWorks are alerted to RMS values exceeding a value at the tunnel monitoring location that corresponds to 90% of the limits specified in Condition 63A.1 for TV/Recording Studios to enable the Requiring Authority to instigate preventative maintenance of tracks and rolling stock with the aim of avoiding exceedences of the noise and vibration limits at the MediaWorks building. The ONVMP required by Condition 65 shall set out the method for determining the transfer function between the tunnel monitoring location and the floor of Studio 1, and what the vibration trigger level is (based on measurements on the tunnel structure) for investigation and corrective action measures relative to Condition 66.2(f) above. The transfer function shall be accurately determined prior to the railway becoming operational using the tunnel monitoring location and the floor of Studio 1. 66.3 Conditions 63A.1, 63A.2 and 66.5 shall be complied with at the MediaWorks building for so long as MediaWorks remains located at the MediaWorks site. 66.4 Noise shall be measured in accordance with the requirements of NZS6801:2008 Acoustics - Measurement of Environmental Sound. Vibration shall be measured in accordance with the requirements of section 5.2.3 of BS6472-1:2008 Guide to evaluation of human exposure to vibration in buildings, except that all references to people, persons and body in that clause shall apply to equipment as well. 66.5In addition to compliance with the criteria set out in Condition 63A.1 relating to TV/Recording Studios, and for the purpose of monitoring the effects of vibration on camera shake, the vibration arising from train pass-bys shall at all times comply with a vibration limit of 1m/s2 between 5Hz and 500Hz when measured on the floor of the MediaWorks filming studios. 66.6 In the event of any exceedance of any noise or vibration in Conditions 63A.1 and 63A.2 during a Sensitive Times (as defined in Condition 35.1) measures to reduce the noise or vibration below the relevant limit in Condition 63A shall be implemented as soon as reasonably practicable. ADVICE NOTES
1 AN1
4 5 6
1 2 AN2
4 5 6
AN3
1
The Requiring Authority will require an Authority under the Historic Places Act 1993 to destroy, damage or modify any archaeological site. This Authority is required in advance of earthworks commencing in the area where the archaeological site is located. It is expected that there will be staged Section 12 Authority applied for to cover the earthworks programme. In the event of unanticipated archaeological sites or koiwi being uncovered the Requiring Authority shall cease activity in the vicinity until it has the relevant approvals, and consulted with the Historic Places Trust and relevant iwi interests. The Requiring Authority will need to acquire the relevant property interests in land subject to the designation before it undertakes any works on that land pursuant to the designation. That may include a formal Public Works Act 1981 land acquisition process. It is acknowledged that property rights issues are separate from resource management effects issues and that the resolution of property issues may be subject to confidentiality agreements between the Requiring Authority and the relevant landowners. Prior to construction if Network Utility Operators are carrying out works that do not require prior written consent of the Requiring Authority in accordance with condition 6 of this
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 73
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
2 4 5 6 1 2 AN4
4
Condition
designation, they must carry out those works in accordance with the Corridor Access Request (CAR) Process (as set out in Part 4 of the National Code of Practice for Utility Operators’ Access to Transport Corridors 2011) where that process applies to the works being carried out. Under section 176 of the RMA no person may do anything in relation to the land subject to the designation that would prevent or hinder the Rail Link without the written approval of the Requiring Authority.
5 6 1 AN5
2 4
Some of the land is subject to existing designations. Nothing in these designation conditions negates the need for the Requiring Authority to adhere to the provisions of section 177 of the RMA.
5 Some of the land is subject to existing designations. Nothing in these designation conditions negates the need for the Requiring Authority to adhere to the provisions of section 177 of the RMA.
AN6
6
AN7
1
Modifications to Britomart Transport Centre to connect the City Rail Link tracks into the rail network are separate to this designation and are covered under the Britomart Transport designation.
AN8
6
Works required to connect the City Rail Link to the North Auckland Rail Line occurring within the North Auckland Rail Line designation are separate to this designation and are covered under the North Auckland Line Rail designation.
For the avoidance of doubt, the Requiring Authority shall obtain the written consent of the Minister of Corrections in accordance with section 177 of the RMA for any work authorised by the City Rail Link designation on the Mt Eden Corrections Facility site at 1 Lauder Road.
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 74
Appendix One to Designation Conditions (NoR for Designations 1, 2, 4, 5 and 6) Condition 36 of this designation requires as part of the CEMP process the confirmation of where and when building condition surveys will be undertaken in relation to vibration and settlement. Note that those buildings classed in the “heritage� category are covered under the Appendix Two below. In accordance with condition 46, at a minimum building condition surveys shall be considered for the following buildings:. No
Address
Property Known As
1
8-12 Albert Street
Quay West Hotel
2
17 Albert Street
Cohesive Technology House
3
22-26 Albert Street
The Stamford
4
74 Albert Street
Chifley Suites
5
76-84 Albert Street
City Gardens Apartments
6
103,105,107 Albert Street
Manhattan Apartments
7
109-125 Albert Street
Sky City - Grand Hotel & Convention Centre
8
106-108 Albert Street
Elliot Tower (Proposed)
9
128 Albert Street
Crown Plaza
10
103 Vincent Street
YWCA Accommodation
11
109 Vincent Street
The Rodney Apartments
12
113 Vincent Street
Winsun Heights Apartments
13
135 Vincent Street
Dynasty Gardens Hotel
14
150 Vincent Street
The City Lodge
15
156 Vincent Street
Eclipse Apartments
16
71-87 Mayoral Drive
Rendezvous Grand Hotel
17
29,39,41 Pitt Street
Hopetoun Delta Apartments
18
22-28 Beresford Square
The Beresford
19
259-281 Karangahape Road
Retail and Residential building
20
14 East Street
Residential Building
21
9 A-C Mercury Lane
Residential Building
22
18 East Street
Residential Building
23
153 Newton Road
Beatnik
24
10 Flower Street
Eden Terrace Apartments
25
1 Akiraho Street
Eden Oaks
26
21 Queen Street
Zurich House (Anzo Tower)
27
7 Albert Street
Retail and Office building
28
9-11 Albert Street
Food Alley
29
23-29 Albert Street
ANZ Centre
30
12-26 Swanson Street
Affco House Carpark
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 75
No
Address
Property Known As
31
58 Albert Street
APN NZ Complex
32
63 Albert Street
AMI House
33
65-69 Albert Street
Auckland District Court
34
38 Wyndham Street
Wyndham Towers
35
92-96 Albert Street
Former Telecom Tower
36
85 Albert Street
Retail and Office building
37
87-89 Albert Street
Albert Plaza
38
99 Albert Street
AA Building
39
135 Albert Street
ASB Building
40
120 Albert Street
BDO Tower
41
44-52 Wellesley Street West
Wellesley Centre
42
67-101 Vincent Street
Auckland Police Station
43
22 Dundonald Street
Soundcraft Ltd
44
3 Flower Street
TV3 Building
45
32 Normanby Road
Commercial Building
46
3 Enfield Street
Horse and Trap
47
101 Mount Eden Road
Hometune
48
1 Ngahura Street
Auckland Boxing Association
49
1 Queen Street
HSBC House
50
125 Queen Street
New World Supermarket tenancy
51
148 Quay Street
Tenham Investments and Body Corporate 184960
52
29 Customs Street West
AMP Centre
53
15-19 East Street
54
32 Akiraho Street
55
83 Albert Street
56
4 Kingston Street
57
6-12 Kingston Street
Bear Park Early Childhood Centre
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 76
Appendix Two to Designation Conditions (NoR for Designations 1, 2, 4, 5 and 6) Condition 41 of this designation requires as part of the CEMP process the confirmation of where and when building condition surveys will be undertaken in relation to Built Heritage (including those affected as a result of excavation). In accordance with condition 46, at a minimum building condition surveys shall be considered for the following buildings: No
Address
Property Known As
1
12 – 32 Customs Street
Customs House
2
2 Queen Street
Endeans Building
3
12 Queen Street
4
3 Albert Street
West Plaza
5
13 Albert Street Auckland Central
Yates Building
6
15 Albert Street
Link House
7
35 Albert Street Auckland Central
Price Buchanan Building
8
37 – 39 Albert Street Auckland Central
9
41 Albert Street
10
46 Albert Street
11
49 Albert Street Auckland Central
12
53 Albert Street Auckland Central
13
55 Albert Street
14
57 Albert Street
15
61 Albert Street Auckland Central
Shakespeare Hotel and Brewery
16
76 to 78 Albert Street Auckland Central
Bluestone Wall + toilets under wall
17
83 to 85 Albert Street Auckland Central
18
102 Albert Street
19
26, 34 – 36 Wyndham Street
Former Gas Co Building
20
9 – 11 Durham Street
Bluestone Store
21
37-43 Victoria Street West
22
51-53 Victoria Street West
23
61-65 Victoria Street West
24
66 Victoria Street West
London Dairy
25
68 Victoria Street West
J H Hannan
26
24 Wellesley Street West
Bledisloe House
27
15-31 Wellesley Street West
Former CPO - Britomart Transport Centre
New Zealand Herald
Martha’s Corner
Archibald and Sons Warehouse/ T & G Building
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 77
No
Address
Property Known As
28
42 Wellesley Street
Griffiths Holdings Building
29
33 Wyndham Street
30
Aotea Square Aotea Centre (rear section)
31
11 Mayoral Drive
Former Public Trust
32
105 Vincent Street
Auckland Chinese Presbyterian Church
33
133 Vincent Street
Juliette’s
34
53 Pitt Street
Former Central Ambulance Station
35
59 Pitt
36
65 Pitt Street
37
70 – 74 Pitt Street
The Chatham
38
78 Pitt Street Pitt Street
Wesleyan Church
39
78 Pitt Street
Wesleyan Bicentennial Hall
40
1 Beresford Square Auckland Central
Former Pitt Street Fire Station
41
16 – 18 Beresford Square
42
211-235 Karangahape Road
43
238 Karangahape Road
George Court Building
44
1 Cross Street
George Court Factory Building
45
243 Karangahape Road
Naval and Family Hotel
46
246-254 Karangahape Road
Hallenstein Brothers Building
47
251 – 253 Karangahape Road
48
256 Karangahape Road
49
257 Karangahape Road
50
258-266 Karangahape Road
51
268 Karangahape Road
52
259-261 Karangahape Road
53
270 Karangahape Road
54
283 Karangahape Road
Samoa House
55
9 Mercury Lane
Mercury Theatre former Kings Theatre
56
151 Newton Rd
Retail/Recording Studio
57
206-208 Symonds Street
58
210 Symonds Street Retail
Pitt Street Buildings (O’Malley’s Corner)
Mercury Theatre entrance - Norman Ng Building
Cheapskates/Penny Farthing Bike Shop French Café
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 78
No
Address
Property Known As
59
215 Symonds Street
Edinburgh Castle Building
60
221 Symonds Street
61
224 Symonds Street
62
227 Symonds Street
63
231 Symonds Street Retail
64
233 Symonds Street
65
235 Symonds Street
66
237 Symonds Street
67
239-241 Symonds Street
68
243 Symonds Street
69
245 Symonds Street
70
249 Symonds Street
71
253 Symonds Street
72
1-13 Mt Eden Road
73
15-17 Mt Eden Road
74
21 New North Road
75
14 New North Road
Villa Dalmacija
76
St Patrick’s Square 43 Wyndham Street
St Patrick’s Cathedral
77
59 Alex Evans Street
St Benedict’s Church
78
1 – 9 St Benedicts Street
St Benedict's Presbytery
79
6 St Benedicts Street
Residential
80
43 Wyndham Street & Hobson Street
St Patrick’s Presbytery
81
Beresford Square
Forrester’s Hall
Former Post Office
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 79
Proposed Draft Notice of Requirement Requiring Authority Designation Conditions – NoR for Designation 3 Condition Number
NoR Design ation Applies to
Condition
1.1 The City Rail Link Project (City Rail Designation 3) shall be undertaken in general accordance with the following: (a) The information provided by the Requiring Authority in the Notice of Requirement dated 23 August 2012 and supporting documents being: (i) Assessment of Environmental Effects report (contained in Volume 2 of the Notice of Requirement suite of documents, dated 15 August 2012 Rev B); (ii) Supporting environmental assessment reports (contained in Volume 3 of the Notice of Requirement suite of documents, dated August 2012); (iii) The Concept Design Report (contained in Volume 2 of the Notice of Requirement suite of documents, dated 13 August 2012 Rev 3); (iv) Plan sets: (i) Land requirement plans (contained in Volume 1 of the Notice of Requirement suite of documents, dated 15 August 2012); 1
3
(ii) Plans contained in the Concept Design Report Appendices (contained in Volume 3 of the Notice of Requirement suite of documents, dated 13 August 2012 Rev 3). (b) Except as modified by the following alterations: (i) Assessment of Environmental Effects (Reference CRL-SYW-RME-000-RPT0065, Design and Construction Memorandum (Reference CRL-SYW-RME-000MEM-0002) and Drawings CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-0120 to 0124 and 0128 to 0132 ‘Strata / Sub-Strata Alteration (CRL Designation 2 and 3). (ii) Assessment of Environmental Effects (Reference CRL-MTE-RME- 000-RPT0060 Revision 7 dated 9/11/16), Design and Construction Memorandum (Reference CRL-MTE-RME-000-MEM-0001 dated 9/11/16) and Drawing CRLSYW-RME-000-DRG-0133 Revision 1 dated 26/7/17) (‘Mt Eden Station Alteration’ - CRL Designation 3 and 6). 1.2 Where there is inconsistency between the documents listed above and these conditions, these conditions shall prevail.
2
3
2.1 In accordance with section 184(1) of the Resource Management Act 1991 (the RMA), this designation shall lapse if not given effect to within 10 years from the date on which it is confirmed. 3.1 The Requiring Authority shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, but no later than at completion of detailed design:
3
3
(a) Review the area and volume of land of NoR Designation 3 required to protect the structural integrity of the two tunnels (including the relevant considerations at Condition 5.5); (b) Identify any areas of designated land that are no longer necessary to protect the structural integrity, safety or operation of the two tunnels; and (c) Then give notice in accordance with Section 182 of the RMA for the removal of those parts of the designation identified in (b) above.
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 80
Condition Number
NoR Design ation Applies to
Condition
4.1 Under s 176(1)(b) of the Resource Management Act 1991 (RMA) no person may do anything in relation to the designated land that would prevent or hinder the City Rail Link, without the prior written consent of the Requiring Authority. 4.2 In the periods pre, during and post construction of the City Rail Link, the following activities undertaken by Network Utility Operators will not prevent or hinder the City Rail Link, and can be undertaken without seeking the Requiring Authority’s written approval under section 176(1)(b) of the RMA: (a) Maintenance and urgent repair works of existing Network Utilities; 4
3
(b) Minor renewal works to existing Network Utilities necessary for the on-going provision or security of supply of Network Utility Operations; (c) Minor works such as new property service connections; (d) Upgrades to existing Network Utilities within the same or similar location with the same or similar effects on the City Rail Link designation. 4.3 For the avoidance of doubt, in this condition an “existing Network Utility� includes infrastructure operated by a Network Utility Operator which was: (a) In place at the time the notice of requirement for the City Rail Link was served on Auckland Council (23 August 2012); or (b) Undertaken in accordance with this condition or section 176(1)(b) RMA process. 5.1 This designation does not authorise any CRL works but restricts development from proceeding without the approval of the Requiring Authority where that development would result in an adverse effect on the CRL in terms of safety, operation or construction. 5.2 The Requiring Authority will work with developers in a collaborative manner and may require alterations or changes to development proposals for the purpose in 5.1. 5.3 The Requiring Authority may require alterations or changes to any proposal for development including but not limited to construction of basements and foundations where such works disturb the ground in a way that is likely to result in loading changes and result in deformations or produce other risks to the integrity of the CRL structures.
5
3
5.4 Reasons shall be given by the Requiring Authority for these changes to demonstrate they are reasonably necessary to provide for safety, construction or operation of the CRL, 5.5 Any proposal for physical works or activities within the designation shall be provided to the Requiring Authority and will be assessed on the following: (a) Building height, size, mass and proximity to the CRL structures; (b) Foundation and basement designs; (c) Geotechnical conditions; (d) Separation between the CRL structures and the proposed development; (e) Nature of the activities including methods and staging of construction; (f) The predicted loading change on the CRL structures resulting from the development; and (g) Any other relevant information necessary to determine the likelihood and extent of any adverse effect that may occur as a result of the proposed development.
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 81
Condition Number
NoR Design ation Applies to
Condition
These factors will also be relevant considerations in the drawback of the designation as provided for in Condition 3.1. 5.6 That assessment shall be peer reviewed by an independent certified engineer, paid for by the Requiring Authority, and the findings supplied to the landowner/ developer and the Auckland Council for information. Advice Notes relating to the Designation
AN 1
AN 2
3
This is a designation for protection purposes only. It protects the City Rail Link infrastructure to be constructed, operated and maintained in a separate designation located beneath this designation. The use of the land within this designation is subject to the agreement of the Requiring Authority to protect the subterranean works below. Any person proposing to undertake physical works within this designation is required to contact the Requiring Authority and obtain its approval in accordance with provisions set out in section 176(1)(b) of the Resource Management Act 1991.
3
If Network Utility Operators are carrying out works that do not require prior written consent of the Requiring Authority in accordance with condition 6 of this designation, they must carry out those works in accordance with the Corridor Access Request (CAR) Process (as set out in Part 4 of the National Code of Practice for Utility Operators’ Access to Transport Corridors 2011) where that process applies to the works being carried out.
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 82
Diagram 1
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 83
Construction Environmental Management Plan
Appendix D: Resource Consent Conditions
Page 107
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
CONDITIONS Definitions ACZ – Active Construction Zone AEE - Assessment of Environmental Effects prepared by Aurecon New Zealand Limited/ Golder Associates (NZ) Limited, dated 13 May 2016 AQMP - Air Quality Management Plan CCP - Communication and Consultation Plan CEMP - Construction Environmental Management Plan CLG - Community and Business Liaison Group Commencement of construction or construction works – in all conditions which refer to ‘commencement of construction’, construction has the same meaning as the Construction Contracts Act 2002 and includes work such as site clearance, earthmoving and earthworks, excavation, tunnelling, and boring; and the construction, erection, installation, carrying out, alteration, repair, restoration, renewal, maintenance, extension, demolition, removal, or dismantling of any building or structure; and all other matters referred to in section 6 of that Act. CRL – City Rail Link CSA – Construction Support Areas CSMP - Contaminated Soils Management Plan EMP - Industrial and Trade Activities Environmental Management Plan ESC – Erosion and Sediment Control ESCP - Erosion and Sediment Control Plan FTMP – Flocculent Treatment Management Plan GSMCP - Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan IBA - Independent Building Assessor – The person engaged under Condition 91 to make recommendations to Council on building serviceability and damage matters and otherwise carry out the functions ascribed to the IBA under these conditions. Key contacts - are identified in the CEMP and are a “key contact” person representing the Consent Holder and a “key contact” person representing the contractor team to work with the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring). Refer Condition 30 Management Plan/s means one or all of the following:
Air Quality Management Plan (AQMP)
Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP)
Contaminated Soils Management Plan (CSMP)
Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (ESCP)
In Consent: REG/2016/1892
1
Address: Wyndham Street, Auckland Central to NAL, Mt Eden Station
Flocculent Treatment Management Plan (FTMP)
Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan (GSMCP)
Industrial and Trade Activity Environmental Management Plan (EMP) and Mana Whenua - Ngati Maru, Ngati Paoa, Ngai Tai Ki Tamaki, Ngati Te Ata Waiohua, Te Kawerau a Maki, Ngati Whatua o Orakei, Te Akitai, and Ngati Tamaoho
NAL – North Auckland Line PCCP - Pre-Construction Communication and Consultation Plan Plan – any Management Plan or other plan prepared under these conditions including any plan applicable to a stage of the works Project – the CRL Aotea Station to North Auckland Line Section, or any stage of the Project. Referee – the independent and appropriately qualified senior person to whom a dispute is referred under Condition 8. Senior Qualified Person - means a person with a post-graduate degree in environmental science, chemistry, biology, geology (including a Chartered Professional Engineer (CPEng)) or similar field; or having sufficient technical experience that is at least equivalent; and having at least five years’ professional experience. Services – includes including gas, water, sewerage, telecoms, stormwater, fibre optics and power. SVR - Site Validation Report TP90 - Auckland Council Technical Publication No. 90, Erosion & Sediment Control: Guidelines for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region, and any amendments to TP90 See also definitions specific to resource consents, namely, Water Permit R/REG/2016/1890 Take and Diversion of Groundwater. General Conditions These conditions apply to all resource consents. Activity in accordance with application 1.
The scope and extent of works envisaged by this project shall be carried out in general accordance with the plans and all information submitted with the application, detailed in Appendix 5, and all referenced by the Council as consent numbers R/LUC/2016/1890, R/REG/2016/1892, R/REG/2016/1895, R/REG/2016/1896, REG/2016/1897, R/REG/2016/1898, R/REG/2016/1899, R/REG/2016/1900 and R/REG/2016/2038. Advice note: Relevant plans may be updated as part of the Management Plan process referred to in these conditions.
2
2.
If there is any conflict between the application documents and the conditions of these resource consents, the conditions of the resource consents will prevail.
3.
The requirements of these conditions, including requirements for Management Plans and reports, shall relate to the Project or any stage of the Project (as applicable).
4.
Under section 125 of the RMA, this consent lapses 10 years after the date it is granted unless:
5.
a.
The consent is given effect to; or
b.
The Council extends the period after which the consent lapses.
The Consent Holder shall pay the Council an initial consent compliance monitoring charge of $8000 (inclusive of GST), plus any further monitoring charge or charges to recover the actual and reasonable costs incurred to ensure compliance with the conditions of these consents. Advice note: The initial monitoring deposit is to cover the cost of inspecting the site, carrying out tests, reviewing conditions, updating files, etc., all being work to ensure compliance with the resource consents. In order to recover actual and reasonable costs of monitoring conditions in excess of those covered by the deposit, costs shall be charged at the relevant hourly rate applicable at the time. The Consent Holder will be advised of further monitoring charges. Only after all conditions of the resource consents have been met, will the Council issue a letter confirming compliance at the request of the Consent Holder.
Copies of Resource Consents 6.
All personnel working on the Project shall be made aware of, and have access to, at least one copy of these resource consents, associated reference documents and plans, and the certified Management Plans.
Site Access 7.
Subject to compliance with the Consent Holder's health and safety requirements and provision of reasonable notice, servants or agents of the Council shall be permitted to have access to relevant parts of the surface construction sites controlled by the Consent Holder at all reasonable times for the purpose of carrying out inspections, surveys, investigations, tests, measurements and/or to take samples.
Dispute Resolution 8.
In the event of any dispute, disagreement or inaction arising from the implementation of these resource consents, including a.
any Council certification required by these conditions, or
b.
implementation of, or monitoring required by, these conditions, the disputed matter shall be referred in the first instance to the Consent Holder and Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring), to determine a resolution process.
3
If a resolution process cannot be agreed, then the matter shall be referred to an independent and appropriate Senior Qualified Person (‘the referee’), agreeable to both parties (such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld by either party). The referral shall set out in writing the details of the matter to be referred for determination and the reasons why the parties have not agreed. The referee shall be appointed within 10 working days of the Consent Holder or the Council giving notice to the other of its intention to seek an expert determination. Following the appointment, the referee shall issue a written decision on the matter, including the reasons for his or her decision. In making the decision, the referee shall be entitled to seek further information and to hear from the parties as he or she sees fit in his or her sole discretion. The reasonable fees of the referee shall be paid equally by both disputing parties. Advice Note: The dispute resolution process provided for by this condition does not prejudice any parties’ right to take enforcement action in relation to implementation of these conditions. However, the dispute resolution process will be applied before any formal enforcement action is taken by the Council, except in urgent situations. The Auckland Transport contact for this resolution process is the Manager Planning and Integration, Property and Planning Team, Capital Development Division Pre-Construction Communication and Consultation Plan (PCCP) 9.
Immediately following the grant of these consents, the Consent Holder shall prepare a PCCP, the purpose of which is to set out a framework to ensure appropriate communication and consultation is undertaken with the community, stakeholders, affected parties and affected in-proximity parties.
10.
The PCCP shall be submitted to Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring), within 40 working days of the grant of these consents, with a request for certification that the PCCP has been prepared in accordance with these conditions of consent.
11.
The PCCP shall set out recommendations and requirements (as applicable) that shall be adopted by and/or inform the development of the Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) and other Plans.
12.
The PCCP shall also set out how the Consent Holder will: a.
Inform the community of Project progress and the likely commencement of construction, and the programme;
b.
Engage with the community in order to foster good relationships and to provide opportunities for learning about the Project;
c.
Obtain (and specify reasonable timeframes for) feedback and input from stakeholders, directly affected and affected in-proximity parties regarding the development of the CEMP and other Plans;
4
d.
Respond to queries and complaints by providing as a minimum the following information: i) Who is responsible for responding to the query / complaint; ii) How responses will be provided; iii) The timeframes within which responses will be provided.
e.
13.
14.
Where feedback (in accordance with this condition) is provided, the PCCP shall articulate how that feedback has informed the development of the CEMP and other Plans and where it has not, the reasons why it has not.
The PCCP shall be prepared in consultation with stakeholders, directly affected parties and affected in-proximity parties including, but not limited to: a.
All property owners and occupiers of the sites that are identified in Appendix 4, and adjacent to the Project’s construction sites;
b.
Mana Whenua unless any of those named advise the Consent Holder of a different liaison process;
c.
Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga (Heritage NZ);
d.
NZ Transport Agency / Auckland Motorway Alliance (AMA);
e.
KiwiRail;
f.
Department of Corrections;
g.
Ministry of Justice;
h.
Network Utility Operators; and
i.
The Community and Business Liaison Group (refer Conditions 16-24).
In addition to the requirements of Conditions 11 and 12 above, the PCCP shall, as a minimum, include: a.
A communications framework that details the Consent Holder’s communication strategies, accountabilities, frequency of communications and consultation, the range of communication and consultation tools to be used (including relevant communication methods, newsletters or similar, advertising etc.), and any other relevant communication matters;
b.
Details of the Consent Holder’s Communication and Consultation Manager for the pre- construction period including 24 hour contact details (phone, email and postal address);
c.
The 0800 CRL TALK phone number;
d.
The methods for identifying, communicating and consulting with stakeholders, directly affected parties and affected in-proximity parties and other interested parties. Such methods shall include but not be limited to: i)
Newsletters; 5
ii)
Newspaper advertising;
iii)
Notification and targeted consultation with stakeholders, affected parties and affected in-proximity parties; and
iv)
The use of the Project website for public information.
e.
The methods for communicating and consulting with the Community and Business Liaison Group (refer Conditions 16-24);
f.
How communication and consultation activity will be recorded; and
g.
Methods for recording reasonably foreseeable future planned network utility works so that those works can be considered and incorporated, where appropriate, into the Project design. The PCCP shall be advertised on the Project website as being publicly available once finalised for the duration of the Project’s pre- construction period. Advice Note: At the time these resource consents were granted, the Communication and Consultation Manager for the Project was Carol Greensmith, phone 0800 CRL TALK.
15.
The certified PCCP shall be implemented and complied with within 60 working days from the resource consent decision until the commencement of construction.
Community and Business Liaison Group (CLG) 16.
Within 60 working days of the resource consent decision, the Consent Holder shall, in consultation with Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring), establish a Community and Business Liaison Group in the construction area (Aotea Station to North Auckland Line Section). Advice Note: It is not the intention to set up a new CLG, but to invite those identified in Condition 17 to join one of the already established CLGs set up under the terms of the CRL Designation (refer to Condition 7 of the CRL Designation conditions). These existing CLGs include (and are known as): Aotea Station; Karangahape Station; and Mt Eden Station.
17.
The Consent Holder shall ensure that membership of the CLG shall include representative(s) of the Consent Holder and be open to all directly affected and affected in-proximity parties to the Project including, but not limited to the following: a.
Representative(s) for and/or directly affected and affected in-proximity property owners and occupiers identified in Appendix 4, and are adjacent to the Project’s construction sites;
b.
Karangahape Road Business Association Inc;
c.
Regional Facilities Auckland;
d.
CBD Residents Advisory Group;
e.
Heart of the City;
6
18.
f.
If not already included under (a), Mr C P Browne, 22 Stable Lane, Eden Terrace; and
g.
Mana Whenua unless any of those named advise the Consent Holder of a different liaison process.
In addition to involvement in the PCCP (refer Conditions 9-15), the Consent Holder shall ensure that the CLG shall: a.
Receive regular updates on Project progress;
b.
Enable the effects of constructing the Project on the community and businesses to be monitored by providing a regular forum through which information about the Project can be provided to the community;
c.
Enable opportunities for concerns and issues to be reported to and responded by the Consent Holder; and
d.
Be provided with feedback on the development of, and any material changes to the CEMP and other Management Plans.
e.
Respond to any issues raised in regard to business disruption.
f.
Provide to any landowner or tenant at his/her request, any information specific to that landowner’s or tenant’s property.
19.
The Consent Holder shall consult with the CLG in respect of the development and review of the CEMP and other Management Plans.
20.
Prior to preparation of the PCCP under Condition 9, the Consent Holder shall appoint one or more persons appropriately qualified in community consultation as the Community Consultation Advisor(s) to: a.
Provide administrative assistance to the CLG;
b.
Ensure the CLG is working effectively (including the development of a Code of Conduct and appropriate procedures for the CLG); and
c.
Act as a community consultation advisor to the CLG.
21.
The Consent Holder must use its best endeavours to ensure that the CLG meets at least annually until the commencement of construction and then at least once every three months or as otherwise required once construction commences.
22.
Once construction has commenced, the Consent Holder shall provide an update at least every three months (or as otherwise agreed) to the CLG on compliance with resource consent conditions, including the CEMP and other Management Plans, and any material changes to these Plans.
23.
The Consent Holder shall provide reasonable administrative support for the CLG including organising meetings at a local venue, inviting all members of the CLG, and taking responsibility for keeping and disseminating meeting minutes.
7
24.
The CLG shall continue for the duration of the Project and for six months following completion of the Project and an additional six months if a majority of the members of the CLG agree.
Communication and Consultation Plan (CCP) 25.
At least 3 months prior to the commencement of construction, the Consent Holder shall prepare a CCP the purpose of which is to set out a framework to ensure appropriate communication and consultation with the community, stakeholders, affected parties and affected in-proximity parties during the construction of the Project.
26.
[blank]
27.
The CCP shall be based on and, where appropriate, incorporate the provisions of the PCCP, and shall set out how the Consent Holder will:
28.
a.
Inform the community and business of construction progress and future construction activities and constraints that could affect them;
b.
Provide early information on key Project milestones;
c.
Obtain and specify a reasonable timeframe (being not less than 10 working days), for feedback and inputs from directly affected and affected in-proximity parties regarding the implementation and review of the CEMP or other Management Plans;
d.
Respond to queries and complaints including but not limited to: i)
Who is responsible for responding;
ii)
How responses will be provided; and
iii)
The timeframes within which responses will be provided.
The CCP shall (as a minimum) include: a.
A communications framework that details the Consent Holder’s communication strategies, accountabilities, frequency of communications and consultation, the range of communication and consultation tools to be used (including relevant communication methods, newsletters or similar, advertising etc.), and any other relevant communication matters;
b.
The Communication and Consultation Manager for the Project including 24 hour contact details (phone, email and postal address);
c.
The 0800 CRL TALK phone number;
d.
The methods for identifying, communicating and consulting with persons affected by the project including but not limited to: i)
All property owners and occupiers of the sites that are identified at Appendix 4, and adjacent to the Project’s construction sites;
8
ii)
Mana Whenua unless any of those named advise the Consent Holder of a different liaison process;
iii)
Heritage NZ;
iv)
NZ Transport Agency/ Auckland Motorway Alliance (AMA);
v)
Kiwirail;
vi)
Department of Corrections;
vii)
Ministry of Justice;
viii)
Network Utility Operators; and
ix)
The Community and Business Liaison Group (refer Conditions 16-24)
e.
How stakeholders and persons affected by the Project will be notified of the commencement of construction, the expected duration of the activities and works, and who to contact for any queries, concerns and complaints;
f.
How stakeholders and persons affected by the Project will be consulted in the development and review of the CEMP and other Management Plans, including specifying reasonable timeframes for feedback;
g.
A list of stakeholders, directly affected and affected in-proximity parties to the construction works with whom the Consent Holder will communicate;
h.
A requirement that the Consent Holder shall make any information that is relevant to 22 Stable Lane available to the owner of that property (Christopher Patrick Browne) on request, and advise that owner in the event that any alert or alarm trigger levels are exceeded that are relevant to 22 Stable Lane. In addition, the CCP shall state the method by which Christopher Patrick Browne can make such a request and the anticipated timeframe within which it will be provided;
i.
A summary of communication and consultation undertaken between the Consent Holder and parties as required by the PCCP. The summary shall include any outstanding issues or disputes raised by parties;
j.
How communication and consultation relating to construction activities and monitoring requirements will be recorded; and
k.
How opportunities to interpret and display archaeological finds within the Project area will be identified and implemented, including how Heritage NZ will be involved in this process.
Advice Note: At the time this resource consent was granted, the Communication and Consultation Manager for the Project was Carol Greensmith, phone 0800 CRL TALK. 29.
The CCP shall also include (as relevant) linkages and cross-references to the CEMP and other Management Plans.
9
30.
The CCP shall be reviewed six monthly for the duration of construction and updated if required. Any updates to the CCP shall be provided to the parties referred to in Condition 28(d) and the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for review and agreement on any further action to be undertaken.
31.
Any further action recommended as a result of the review under Condition 30 shall be undertaken by the Consent Holder’s Communication and Consultation Manager for the Project and confirmation of completion shall be provided to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring).
32.
If, in the course of amendments undertaken as part of the review process under Condition 30, a material change to the CCP is made, the Consent Holder shall notify those parties affected by the change within 20 working days of the material change occurring.
33.
The CCP shall be implemented and complied with for the duration of the construction of the Project.
Pre-Construction Meetings and Notification 34.
Prior to commencement of any stage of construction, the Consent Holder shall arrange a pre-construction meeting with Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring in conjunction with relevant technical specialists, as required) as well as the site contractor and shall invite Mana Whenua to attend. a.
The meeting shall be located on the Project site unless otherwise agreed;
b.
The meeting shall be scheduled no less than five working days before the anticipated commencement of construction;
c.
The meeting shall include representation from the contractor who will undertake the works;
d.
The following information shall be made available by the Consent Holder at the pre- construction meeting: i)
Conditions of consent;
ii)
Approved (signed/stamped) construction plans for that stage;
iii)
Timeframes for key stages of the works authorised under these consents;
iv)
Contact details of the site contractor, site stormwater engineer and other key contractors;
v)
All certified Management Plans; and Advice Note: by this stage, all of the Management Plan s should have been certified, given the plans are required to be lodged 20 working days prior to commencement of construction.
vi)
A copy of the Corridor Access Request from Auckland Transport.
10
e.
Appropriate provision to the extent sought by Manu Whenua, or their nominated representative(s), shall be made for a cultural induction of the contractor's staff. Advice Note: To arrange the pre-construction meeting required by Condition 34 please contact Steve Pearce, Team Leader Central Monitoring at steve.pearce@aucklandcouncil.govt.nz, or 09 301 01 01. The conditions of consent should be discussed at this meeting. All information required by the Council should be provided no later than two days prior to the meeting.
Construction Management 35.
Prior to the commencement of construction of the Project, the Consent Holder shall prepare a Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) including all certified Management Plans which form part of these conditions to ensure compliance with the resource consents.
36.
The CEMP shall include details of: a.
Final project details and staging of works to illustrate that the works remain within the limits and standards approved under these resource consents and that the construction activities avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on the environment.
b.
The site or project manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager, including their contact details (phone, email and physical address);
c.
The parties listed in Condition 28(d);
d.
Communication and consultation procedures for ensuring that residents, road users and businesses in the immediate vicinity of construction areas are given prior notice of the commencement of construction and are informed about the expected duration and effects of the work. In particular, the procedures shall provide for the following in relation to residents, road users and businesses potentially affected by the construction works: i)
consultation prior to the commencement of construction;
ii)
notice periods for changes to pedestrian and vehicle access;
iii)
regular updates on construction progress;
iv)
key dates for major milestones such as road closure and re-opening; and
v)
communication on any other matters potentially affecting residents or business operations in the vicinity of the works.
e.
Notice boards that clearly identify the Consent Holder and the Project name, together with the name, telephone number and email address of the Site or Project Manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager;
f.
General site layout and management;
11
g.
An outline of the Project’s construction programme, including construction hours of operation;
h.
Means of ensuring the safety of the general public;
i.
Certified Management Plans referred to in these conditions;
j.
Water Discharge Quality Monitoring Programme; and
k.
Identification of the suitably independent, qualified Chartered Professional Engineer, or member of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors, who will be undertaking the condition surveys required by the conditions of consent.
37.
The CEMP shall be provided to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification at least 20 working days prior to the commencement of construction.
38.
The Consent Holder shall request the Council’s (Team Leader Central Monitoring) determination, in writing, as to whether the CEMP can be certified as per the requirements of these consent conditions within 10 working days of receipt of the CEMP. Construction shall not commence until written certification is obtained from Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring).
39.
The CEMP required by Condition 35 shall be implemented and maintained throughout the entire construction period for the Project, or relevant Project stage, to manage potential adverse effects arising from the construction and shall be updated as necessary (or as required by the review process in Condition 42).
40.
Any change to the CEMP shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification and no activity reliant upon a change to the CEMP can be undertaken until the change has been certified. The Consent Holder shall request the Council’s (Team Leader Central Monitoring) determination as to whether the proposed change can be certified, in writing, within 10 working days of submission of the change.
Construction Traffic 41.
The Consent Holder shall, so far as is it is reasonably practicable, avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects of construction on transport, parking and property access. This is to be achieved through the following objectives: a.
managing the road transport network for the duration of the construction by adopting the best practicable option to manage congestion;
b.
maintaining pedestrian access to private property at all times; and
c.
providing on-going vehicle access to private property to the greatest extent possible.
12
Advice Note: Condition 41 refers to objectives to be achieved. The requirement to provide mechanisms to achieve these objectives is included in the relevant CRL designation conditions. Review Process for CEMP and other Management Plans 42.
43.
44.
The Consent Holder shall review the CEMP and other Management Plans at least annually or a.
as a result of a material change to the Project;
b.
to address unforeseen or materially greater adverse effects arising from construction or
c.
to address unresolved complaints.
A review pursuant to Condition 42 may be initiated by either the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) or the Consent Holder and shall take into consideration: a.
Compliance with resource consent conditions, the CEMP, other Management Plans and any material changes to these Plans;
b.
Any changes to construction methods;
c.
Key changes to roles and responsibilities relating to the Project;
d.
Relevant changes in industry best practice standards;
e.
Relevant changes in legal or other requirements;
f.
Results of monitoring and reporting procedures associated with the management of adverse effects during construction;
g.
Any comments or recommendations received from Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) or as a result of the CCP process regarding the CEMP and other Management Plans; and
h.
Any complaints and any response to complaints and remedial action taken to address the complaint as required under Conditions 45-49.
A summary of the review process shall be kept by the Consent Holder, provided annually to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring), and advised to and made available to the CLG.
Concerns and Complaints Management 45.
Upon receiving a concern or complaint during construction of the Project, the Consent Holder shall instigate a process to address the concern or complaint. This shall: a.
Identify of the nature of the concern or complaint, and the location, date and time of the alleged event(s);
b.
Acknowledge receipt of the concern or complaint within 24 hours of receipt;
13
46.
c.
Respond to the concern or complaint in accordance with the relevant Management Plan, which may include (for example) monitoring of the activity by a suitably qualified expert, and implementation of mitigation measures; and
d.
Provide the person raising the concern or complaint with details of the response.
A record of all concerns and / or complaints received shall be kept by the Consent Holder. This record shall include: a.
The name and address of the person(s) who raised the concern or complaint (unless they elect not to provide this or do not want the information recorded) and details of the concern or complaint;
b.
Where practicable and relevant, weather conditions at the time of the concern or complaint, including wind direction and cloud cover if the complaint relates to air quality;
c.
The relevant known construction activities being undertaken at the time and in the vicinity of the concern or complaint;
d.
Any other activities in the area unrelated to the Project that may have contributed to the concern or complaint such as non-related construction, fires, traffic accidents or unusually dusty conditions generally;
e.
Remedial actions undertaken (if any) and the outcome of these, including monitoring of the activity and any proposed changes to any Management Plan; and
f.
the response of the person who raised the concern or complaint to the remedial actions undertaken.
47.
This record shall be maintained on site, be available for inspection upon request, and shall be provided every two months (or as otherwise agreed) to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring).
48.
Where a complaint remains unresolved or a dispute arises, the Consent Holder will provide to Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) a copy of all records of the complaint and advice as to
49.
a.
how it has been dealt with and addressed; and
b.
whether the Consent Holder considers that any other steps to resolve the complaint are required.
In addition to Condition 48, the Consent Holder shall also request the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) to determine whether a review of the CEMP and/or Management Plan(s) is required under Condition 42 to address the unresolved complaint or dispute. The Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) will be asked to advise the Consent Holder of its recommendation within 10 working days of receiving the records of complaint.
14
Specific conditions – land use consent R/LUC/2016/1890 Earthworks Duration 50.
Consent R/LUC/2016/1890 shall expire 15 years from the date it is granted unless it has been surrendered or been cancelled at an earlier date pursuant to the RMA.
Completion or abandonment of works 51.
Upon completion or abandonment of earthworks on the subject site all areas of bare earth shall be permanently stabilised against erosion to the satisfaction of the Team Leader Central Monitoring.
52.
The Consent Holder shall manage the on-going monitoring of the measures taken under Condition 51 and for that purpose, should discuss any potential measures with Council’s (Team Leader Central Monitoring), with reference to TP90.
Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (ESCP) 53.
At least 20 working days prior to the commencement of construction within a CSA or ACZ, the Consent Holder shall submit to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification an ESCP which provides for the management of all bulk earthworks to minimise any discharge of debris, soil, sediment or sediment-laden water beyond the site to either land and/ or stormwater drainage systems.
54.
The Consent Holder shall request the Council's (Team Leader Central Monitoring) determination as to whether the ESCP can be certified, in writing, within 10 working days of receipt of the ESCP. No construction activity shall commence until certification from Council is provided.
55.
An ESCP shall include, but is not be limited to, the following matters:
identification of construction zones and construction support areas;
specific erosion and sediment control works for each Active Construction Zone (location, dimensions, capacity supporting calculations and design drawings), which should be in line with Industry Best Practice that will meet or exceed the performance of measures detailed in TP90;
catchment boundaries;
the timing and duration of construction and operation of control works (in relation to the staging and sequencing of earthworks);
details relating to the management of exposed areas;
reference to the Flocculent Treatment Management Plan and confirmation of erosion and sediment control measures necessary to give effect to that plan;
15
reference to the Contaminated Soils Management Plan and confirmation of erosion and sediment control measures necessary to give effect to that plan; and
monitoring and maintenance requirements, including information on complaint investigation and response procedures, training, and roles and responsibilities.
56.
Any change to an ESCP shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification.
57.
The Consent Holder shall request the Council's (Team Leader Central Monitoring) written determination as to whether the proposed change can be certified, to be provided within 10 working days of submission of the change. No activity reliant upon a change to the ESCP can be undertaken until the change has been certified.
58.
The Consent Holder shall comply with the ESCP for the duration of the earthworks associated with the Project.
Flocculent Treatment Management Plan (FTMP) 59.
At least 20 working days prior to the commencement of construction, the Consent Holder shall submit to Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification an FTMP which confirms the measures that will be taken to ensure that the construction of the Project or Project Stage will be generally consistent with the Water Quality Assessment and the Industrial and Trade Activities Assessment prepared by Golder Associates (NZ) Limited, both dated December 2014.
60.
The Consent Holder shall request the Council's (Team Leader Central Monitoring) written determination as to whether the FTMP can be certified, within 10 working days of receipt of the FTMP. No construction activity shall commence until certification from Council is provided.
61.
The FTMP shall include, but not be limited to, the following matters:
Specific design details of the flocculent treatment system based on a batch dosing methodology for the site's settlement tanks, including the potential for use of non - flocculants (e.g. chitin based flocculants);
Monitoring, maintenance (including post-storm) and contingency programme (including a record sheet);
Details of optimum dosage (including assumptions);
Results of initial flocculent treatment trial;
A spill contingency plan; and
Details of the person or bodies who will hold responsibility for the long-term operation and maintenance of the flocculent treatment system and the organisational structure which will support this system.
16
62.
Any change to the FTMP shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification.
63.
The Consent Holder shall request the Council's (Team Leader Central Monitoring) written determination as to whether the proposed change requested under Condition 62 can be certified, to be provided within 10 working days of submission of the change. No activity reliant upon a change to the FTMP can be undertaken until the change has been certified.
64.
The Consent Holder shall comply with the FTMP for the duration of construction of the Project.
As Built certification 65.
Prior to the commencement of bulk earthworks, a certificate signed by a Senior Qualified Person shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) to certify that the erosion and sediment controls (including diversion bunds, silt fences and sumps) have been constructed in accordance with the certified ESCP(s) as required by Condition 53 of this consent.
66.
The certification from the Senior Qualified Person for these measures shall be supplied to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) immediately upon completion of construction of those measures. Information supplied, if applicable, shall include:
The contributing catchment area;
The shape of structure (dimensions of structure);
The position of inlets/outlets; and
The stabilisation of the structure.
General Performance Standards 67.
The Consent Holder shall ensure that there shall be no deposition of earth, mud, dirt or other debris on any road or footpath resulting from bulk earthworks on the subject site. In the event that such deposition does occur, it shall immediately be removed. In no instance, shall roads or footpaths be washed down with water without appropriate erosion and sediment control measures in place to prevent contamination of the stormwater drainage system, watercourses or receiving waters.
68.
The operational effectiveness and efficiency of all erosion and sediment control measures specifically required as a condition of resource consent, including the certified ESCP referred to in Condition 53, shall be maintained throughout the duration of earthworks, or until the Project site is permanently stabilised against erosion.
69.
The site shall be progressively stabilised against erosion at all stages of earthworks activity, and shall be sequenced to minimise the discharge of contaminants to groundwater or surface water.
17
70.
The Consent Holder shall ensure that the erosion and sediment control measures are constructed and maintained in accordance with TP90, except where a higher standard is detailed in an ESCP/FTMP, in which case the higher standard shall apply.
71.
Sediment control measures shall be inspected on a weekly basis and after a significant storm event to ensure effective operation.
72.
The Consent Holder shall ensure that all material removed from or delivered to the Project site shall be covered during transportation.
Review Condition for regional land use (earthworks) consent R/LUC/2016/1890 73.
Pursuant to section 128 of the RMA the conditions of this consent may be reviewed by the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) at the Consent Holder's cost, by giving notice pursuant to section 129 of the Act within six months after commencement of bulk earthworks and subsequently at intervals of not less than one year thereafter in order to achieve the following: a.
To deal with any adverse effects on the environment which may arise or potentially arise from the exercise of this consent and which it is appropriate to deal with at a later stage;
b.
To alter erosion and sediment control requirements as a result of previous monitoring outcomes, and/or in response to changes to the environment and/or hydro-geological knowledge, and/or changes to industry best practice;
c.
If, at any time, it is found that the information made available to the Council in the application contained inaccuracies which materially influenced the decision and the effects of the exercise of the consent are such that it is necessary to apply more appropriate conditions; and
d.
If, at any time, CRL-related works being undertaken under a designation providing for aspects of the Project, or a separate resource consent, leads to an inconsistent approach to the management of effects.
Stormwater quality (redevelopment of Albert Street - high use road) 74.
Management of stormwater from the redevelopment of Albert Street that is necessitated by the Project shall achieve the following performance standard, and measures to achieve that standard shall be implemented prior to completion of the Project: Works Via a treatment device(s) that meets the design guideline requirements
Device catchment 17,300 area m2
Design guideline Best Practicable Option, designed in accordance with the principles of TP10/75% TSS removal
18
75.
At least 30 days prior to the commencement of construction of the stormwater devices on the site, the Consent Holder shall submit a final detailed design of the stormwater management system required to comply with Condition 74 to the Team Leader Central Monitoring for certification. The information shall include, but not be limited to: a.
A site drainage plan;
b.
Catchment area details (and associated water quality volume calculations) for stormwater treatment device(s);
c.
Plans and engineering drawings for the stormwater treatment(s); and
d.
Design calculations for the stormwater treatment device(s) demonstrating the treatment efficiency.
As builts 76.
The Consent Holder shall provide As-Built certification and plans of the stormwater management works, which are certified (signed) by a suitably qualified registered surveyor as a true record of the stormwater management system constructed in accordance with the design approved under Condition 75, to the Team Leader Central Monitoring.
77.
The As-Built plans shall display the entirety of the stormwater management system, and shall include
78.
a.
location, dimensions and levels of any overland flow paths including cross sections and long sections;
b.
plans and cross sections of all stormwater management devices, including confirmation of the Water Quality Volume, storage volumes and levels of any outflow control structure;
c.
documentation of any discrepancies between the design plans and the As-Built plans approved by the Modifications Approval condition.
A post-construction meeting shall be held by the Consent Holder, within 20 working days of completion of the stormwater management works, that: a.
is located on the subject area;
b.
includes representation from the Team Leader Central Monitoring; and
c.
includes representation from the site stormwater engineer or contractors who have undertaken the works and any other relevant parties.
Operation and Maintenance Plan 79.
The Consent Holder shall provide an Operation and Maintenance Plan for the stormwater management system to the Team Leader Central Monitoring 5 days prior to the post-construction meeting required by Condition 78.
19
80.
81.
The Operation and Maintenance Plan shall set out how the stormwater management system is to be operated and maintained to ensure that adverse environmental effects are minimised. The plan shall include: a.
details of who will hold responsibility for long-term maintenance of the stormwater management system and the organisational structure which will support this process;
b.
a programme for regular maintenance and inspection of the stormwater management system;
c.
a programme for the collection and disposal of debris and sediment collected by the stormwater management devices or practices;
d.
a programme for post storm inspection and maintenance;
e.
a programme for inspection and maintenance of the outfall;
f.
general inspection checklists for all aspects of the stormwater management system, including visual checks and
g.
a programme for inspection and maintenance of vegetation associated with the stormwater management devices.
The stormwater management system shall be managed in accordance with the Operation and Maintenance Plan (see Condition 79).
Specific conditions – water permit (groundwater diversion/discharge) R/REG/2016/1892 DEFINITIONS: Commencement of Dewatering:
Means Commencement of Bulk Excavation and/or the commencement of the taking or diversion of groundwater, other than for initial state monitoring purposes.
Completion of Excavation
Means the stage when all Bulk Excavation has been completed.
Completion of Dewatering:
Means when the tunnel and associated shafts and access-ways within a construction zone have been constructed and no further groundwater is being extracted for the construction of the railway and utility infrastructure.
Completion of Construction
Means when the Consent Holder advises the Council in writing that construction is complete in relation to the consent.
Serviceability Limit/s
As detailed in Table 1 Building Damage Classification, it is the limit beyond which Serviceability Damage may occur. It represents the magnitude of structural deflections (caused by ground settlement) or lateral displacement) beyond which structural, as opposed to nonstructural (aesthetic) damage may occur, including:
20
i. any reduction of operational functionality ii. any reduction in weathertightness or service life or iii. any reduced durability. In determining Serviceability Limits for a given building, structure or service, the predicted and actual response to deflection must be considered in relation to the existing conditions of the building, structure or services (and parts thereof). Damage
Includes aesthetic and structural (serviceability) damage.
Alert Level
= 80% design prediction.
Alarm Level
= 100% design prediction
Manager:
Means the Team Leader Water Allocation, NRSI, AC, or nominated Auckland Council staff acting on the Team Leader’s behalf.
RL:
Means Reduced Level.
Consent duration 82.
The Dewatering and Diversion consent and water permit 46500 shall expire 35 years after the consent commences unless it has been surrendered or been cancelled at an earlier date pursuant to the RMA.
Performance standards 83.
Within the 5mm settlement contours on the drawings in Appendix 1, all excavations, dewatering systems, retaining structures and associated works (including backfilling) for the CRL construction must be designed, constructed and maintained so as to avoid any damage that exceeds the Serviceability Limits of buildings, structures and services.
84.
Beyond the 5mm settlement contours on the drawings in Appendix 1, the Consent Holder must ensure that the damage to masonry buildings due to the Project works, including excavations, dewatering systems, retaining structures and associated works (including backfilling), does not exceed the “negligible damage� category extent detailed in Table 1 below and has only negligible effects on piled buildings, structures and services.
21
Category of Damage
Normal Degree of Severity
Description of Typical Damage
0
Negligible
Hairline cracks.
1
Very Slight
Fine cracks easily treated during normal redecoration. Perhaps isolated slight fracture in building. Cracks in exterior visible upon close inspection. Typical crack widths up to 1mm.
2
Slight
Cracks easily filled. Redecoration probably required. Several slight fractures inside building. Exterior cracks visible, some repainting may be required for weather-tightness. Doors and windows may stick slightly. Typically crack widths up to 5mm.
3
Moderate
Cracks may require cutting out and patching. Recurrent cracks can be masked by suitable linings. Brick pointing and possible replacement of a small amount of exterior brickwork may be required. Doors and windows sticking. Utility services may be interrupted. Weather tightness often impaired. Typical crack widths are 5mm to 15mm or several greater than 3mm.
4
Severe
Extensive repair involving removal and replacement of walls especially over door and windows required. Window and door frames distorted. Floor slopes noticeably. Walls lean or bulge noticeably. Some loss of bearing in beams. Utility services disrupted. Typical crack widths are 15mm to 25mm but also depend on the number of cracks.
5
Very Severe
Major repair required involving partial or complete reconstruction. Beams lose bearing, walls lean badly and require shoring. Windows broken by distortion. Danger of instability.
(Building Damage Classification after Burland (1995), and Mair et al (1996))
General Category
CRL Consent
(after Burland – 1995) Aesthetic Damage
Negligible effects for <5mm predicted ground settlement Aesthetic Damage Effects – to be mitigated
Serviceability Damage
Serviceability Limit (interface between Damage Category 2 “Slight” and Damage Category 3 “Moderate”)
Serviceability Damage Effects – to be avoided
Stability Damage
Stability Damage Effects – to be avoided
Planner’s report to the Independent Hearing Commissioners R/LUC/2016/1890, R/REG/2016/1892, R/REG/2016/1895, R/REG/2016/1896, R/REG/2016/1897, R/REG/2016/1898, R/REG/2016/1899, R/REG/2016/1900 and R/REG/2016/2038 Page 22
Typical crack widths are greater than 25mm but depend on the number of cracks.
Table 1: Building Damage Classification Note: ‘Description of Typical Damage’ applies to Masonry buildings only. The ‘General Category’ applies to all buildings.
23
85.
The maximum bulk excavation depths, including shafts shall not exceed the specified depth in Schedule A below in the respective construction zones by more than 2 metres without approval from the Manager: Schedule A: Construction Zone
Design Component
Design Depth
ACZ A
Aotea Station
6.5 mRL
ACZ A
Wellesley Street Entrance
5.5 mRL
ACZ A
Victoria Street Entrance
6.5 mRL
ACZ-K
Karangahape Station
30 mRL
ACZ-K
Pitt Street Shaft
ACZ-K
Mercury Lane Shaft
30 mRL
ACZ-M
Newton Grade Separation Structure
54 mRL
26.5 mRL
86.
The design tunnel alignment shall not be raised by more than 4m without approval from the Manager.
87.
The Consent Holder shall ensure that the following underground structures are sealed from groundwater ingress following construction:
88.
i.
ACZ A – Aotea Station.
ii.
ACZ N – North Tunnels.
iii.
ACZ K – Pitt Street and Mercury Lane shafts between the ground surface and the top of the unweathered rock.
iv.
ACZ S – South Tunnels excluding Newton Y-Junctions.
v.
ACZ M – Mt Eden Station trench, cut and cover tunnels and Newton Grade Separation Structure.
The Consent Holder shall ensure that: a.
the North and South Tunnels (excluding the Vincent Street, Upper Queen Street and Symonds Street tunnel cross passages and Newton Y-Junctions) are sealed within one month of excavation, and
b.
the three tunnel cross passages are sealed within three years of excavation, unless it is demonstrated by monitoring results submitted to and agreed by Council that potentially adverse effects of settlement will not occur, in which case the tunnel cross passages shall be sealed prior to Completion of Construction.
24
89.
After Completion of Construction, with the exception of permanent groundwater drawdown in the vicinity of Aotea Station (perched groundwater), Karangahape Station and the Newton Y-junctions, groundwater levels shall not be reduced by the CRL project below pre-existing seasonal low levels or rise above seasonal high levels measured during pre-construction monitoring in accordance with Condition 105.
90.
The Consent Holder shall ensure that there is no long-term mounding due to damming of groundwater by the proposed rail infrastructure.
Appointment of Independent Building Assessor (IBA) 91.
Prior to the Consent Holder submitting the GSMCP under Condition 97, the Consent Holder shall request that Council engage, at the cost of the Consent Holder, a suitably qualified independent specialist, agreed to by the Consent Holder, to fill the role of Independent Building Assessor (IBA). The Consent Holder shall acknowledge that the IBA can, at the expense of the Consent Holder, engage other independent specialists, but only in consultation with the Consent Holder.
92.
The IBA required by Condition 91 shall report to the Manager on building damage matters and how these matters may be addressed by the Consent Holder. The IBA’s report shall have regard to the following: a.
that site-specific assessments are undertaken to an appropriate level of detail;
b.
monitoring data is collected, interpreted and assessed in regard to limiting effects to avoid Serviceability Damage (refer Table 1);
c.
Alert and Alarm limits; and
d.
any matters referred to in Conditions 109, 115, 124 and 125.
Pre-Dewatering services survey 93.
Prior to the Commencement of Dewatering, and following the identification of potentially affected Services, the Consent Holder shall, in consultation with the relevant service provider, undertake a condition survey of all such Services. This condition does not apply to any Service where written evidence is provided to the Manager that the owner of that Service has confirmed they do not require a condition survey.
94.
The monitoring of any settlement effects on those potentially affected Services shall be in accordance with Conditions 120 and 121.
95.
In the event that the Services’ trigger levels listed in Appendix 2 are breached, the Consent Holder must carry out remedial actions in accordance with Conditions 125 and 128.
25
Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan (GSMCP) 96.
During construction, the Consent Holder shall implement procedures that will appropriately respond to the information received from the monitoring system, including assessment at each excavation stage of the actual retention and building response against the predictions determined from the detailed design.
97.
The procedures referred to in Condition 96 shall be set out in a GSMCP, prepared and submitted by the Consent Holder at least 20 working days prior to the Commencement of Dewatering, together with a statement from the IBA confirming its adequacy, to the Manager for certification.
98.
The Consent Holder shall request the Manger’s written determination as to whether the GSMCP can be certified, to be provided in writing within 10 working days of receipt of the GSMCP.
99.
No dewatering on the subject site shall commence until certification from the Manager is provided.
100.
The GSMCP required by Condition 97 shall include the requirements of this resource consent including, but not limited to, the following: a.
An “as built” survey plan of all monitoring locations based on approximate positions located on the plans entitled:
A02502731, Figure 39, Rev B dated May 2016 and ET Table 7.1 (Appendix 3); and
The plans referred to in Appendix 1 and any further building-specific monitoring requirements determined from the detailed pre-construction building condition assessment.
b.
Full details (frequency and scope) of groundwater (including construction logs), ground surface, building, retaining wall, building façade, inclinometer monitoring programme and conditions surveys, and frequency and scope of visual inspections required by this consent;
c.
A bar chart, such as a Gantt chart, showing the timing and frequency of the condition surveys and monitoring required by this consent relative to the Commencement of Dewatering and the Completion of Dewatering;
d.
Groundwater alert triggers, defined as 90% of predicted drawdown below seasonal low groundwater levels;
e.
Details of all alert and alarm triggers (including any necessary horizontal and vertical displacements), the frequency of monitoring and the criteria to cease monitoring for each ground, building and retaining wall deformation marks and inclinometers, extensometers. The alert and alarm triggers shall be an update of the provisional triggers provided on drawings CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG2640 Rev 4. dated 14 October 2016 and CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2642 Rev 3. dated 11 October 2016;
26
101.
f.
Details of the contingency measures to be implemented if alert or alarm triggers are exceeded, including a Response Plan;
g.
Identification of any adjacent Services susceptible to damage and details of any pre and post construction monitoring or inspection;
h.
Details of monitoring proposed to ensure the effects of any ground settlement adjacent to shafts proposed for the installation of new utilities near Mt Eden Station are adequately monitored;
i.
Details of the monitoring proposed to be undertaken to protect the issued groundwater diversion consents listed below against cumulative settlement effects: i.
Consent No. 45735, 46 Upper Queen Street
ii.
Consent No. 44531, 224 Hobson Street
iii.
Consent 44857, 106 Vincent Street
iv.
Consent No. 45635, 210 Federal Street
v.
Consent No. 44571, 58 Albert Street
vi.
Consent No. 43162, 26 Poynton Terrace
j.
Identification of existing basements which could be subject to potential flooding from post-construction groundwater mounding; details of monitoring of longterm groundwater mounding effects; and details of groundwater drain construction to prevent groundwater mounding; and
k.
The review of the proposed alarm and alert trigger levels in Appendix 2, approved by the IBA, following the pre-construction building condition surveys (required by Condition 109) that confirms they are set to ensure Serviceability Limits will be not be exceeded and whether the monitoring frequency is adequate, possibly requiring further site investigation work where sensitive structures are identified as part of Condition 112.
The GSMCP may be varied, including frequency of monitoring, subject to the certification of the Manager, which is contingent on approval of the IBA. Advice Note: The Manager will endeavour to determine whether the change can be certified, in writing, within 10 working days of submission of the change.
102.
Once certified, the GSMCP shall be implemented for the periods specified in conditions of this consent.
103.
The Consent Holder shall advise the Manager, in writing, of the date of the proposed Commencement of Dewatering.
27
Monitoring - Groundwater 104.
The Consent Holder shall install, maintain and replace if necessary, groundwater monitoring boreholes listed in Appendix 3 of this consent and shown on drawing A02502731, Figure 39, Rev B dated May 2016 (Appendix 3) and ET Table 7.1 (Appendix 3) of this consent, for the period required by the conditions of this consent.
105.
The Consent Holder shall measure and record groundwater levels at the monitoring boreholes specified in drawings and ET Table 7.1 attached to these conditions (Appendix 3) at the frequency specified in Schedule B.
Schedule B: Bore Name
Location
As per list in As per Appendix 3 Plans in Appendix 3
Groundwater level monitoring frequency and duration (to an accuracy of 10mm, calibrated by the instrument supplier)1 From bore construction for at least three months prior to Commencement of Dewatering
Commencement of Dewatering until either six months after the Completion of Dewatering, or until such time following the completion of dewatering that monitoring of settlement and building monitoring marks has ceased under Condition 120.
Weekly
At least three times Weekly1
Note 1: The monitoring frequency and duration may be changed if approved by the Manager. Any change shall be specified in the GSMCP. 106.
These records, reported in reduced level, shall be compiled and submitted to the Manager at monthly intervals.
107.
The groundwater alert trigger level criteria is listed in Schedule C below for the monitoring boreholes.
Schedule C: Provisional Alert Trigger Level Criteria Alert Trigger Low Level
108.
90% of predicted drawdown response in all units
Where groundwater alert trigger levels are exceeded, as identified from monitoring data obtained pursuant to Condition 105, the Consent Holder shall undertake the actions set out in the certified GSMCP; a.
notify the Manager within 2 working days, advising the trigger exceedance, the risk of settlement causing damage to buildings, and details of the actions taken; and
28
b.
send a copy of the material notified to Council to the relevant building owner.
Building Inspection 109.
Prior to the submission of the GSMCP, the Consent Holder shall employ an independent Senior Qualified Person to undertake, subject to the approval of the property owner, a detailed pre-construction condition survey of all buildings specified in Appendix 2 in order to confirm their existing condition. The survey and assessment shall include, but not be limited to, the following: a.
any information about the type of foundations;
b.
existing levels of damage considered to be of an aesthetic or superficial nature;
c.
existing levels of damage considered to affect the serviceability of the building where visually apparent and without recourse to intrusive or destructive investigation;
d.
a professional opinion as to whether observed damage may or may not be associated with actual structural damage;
e.
susceptibility of the building or structure to further movement;
f.
specific assessment of building damage with reference to the trigger levels identified in Appendix 2;
g.
review of proposed alarm and alert trigger levels to confirm they are appropriately set; and
h.
photographic evidence of (b) and (c).
110.
Where the Consent Holder is required to access property (including buildings or structures) owned by a third party to undertake monitoring, surveys or inspections and that access is declined or subject to what the Consent Holder considers to be unreasonable terms, the Consent Holder shall notify the Manager of that circumstance, and provide an alternative monitoring plan which includes the matters stated in Condition 100.
111.
Any condition survey undertaken in accordance with Condition109, or any other condition surveys undertaken by the Consent Holder, shall be undertaken as follows: a.
The Senior Qualified Person shall be identified in the CEMP to undertake the condition surveys (see Condition 36);
b.
The Consent Holder shall contact owners of those buildings and structures where a condition survey is to be undertaken to confirm the timing and methodology for undertaking a pre-construction condition survey;
c.
The Consent Holder shall record all contact, correspondence and communication with owners and this shall be available on request for the Manager;
29
d.
The Consent Holder shall provide the building condition survey or structure condition survey report to the relevant property owner and the Manager within 15 working days of the survey being undertaken;
e.
The Consent Holder shall undertake a visual inspection during construction if requested by the building or structure owner where a pre-construction condition survey has been undertaken and monitoring data and observations note any changes from the pre-construction condition survey report.
f.
The Consent Holder shall develop a system of monitoring the condition of existing buildings or structures which is commensurate with the type of the existing building or structure and the proximity of the Project works in order to assess whether or not construction activities are compromising the structural integrity of the building or structure.
112.
Should the pre-construction building condition survey and assessment highlight greater sensitivity of buildings than envisaged by the application, and should this increased sensitivity mean that the Serviceability Limit for the building may be exceeded, then the Consent Holder shall, at its cost, implement additional measures (that may include modifications to the design of the retention systems or further geotechnical investigation, as discussed with the building owner.
113.
The Consent Holder shall carry out a visual inspection of the surrounding ground and external building facades of the listed buildings in Appendix 2 adjacent to the tunnel/trench and station alignment to monitor for any deterioration or movement of any pre-existing cracks at a frequency to be specified in the GSMCP.
114.
The Consent Holder shall keep a record of the time, date and any observations for each inspection. This record is to be maintained and submitted to the Manager in accordance with Condition 128.
115.
No earlier than six months after Completion of Dewatering and within six months of Completion of Construction, a detailed condition survey all previously surveyed buildings, structures and water, stormwater and wastewater services, shall be prepared by a suitably qualified engineering professional. This condition survey report shall address all matters reviewed in the pre-dewatering condition survey. It shall also identify any new damage (if any) that has occurred since the pre-dewatering condition survey was undertaken and include a determination of the cause of any such damage and steps to repair it as provided for in Condition 125. The requirements of this condition need not be fulfilled for any particular building where the Consent Holder can provide written evidence to the Manager that the current owner of that building has advised they do not require such a condition survey.
30
116.
At the reasonable request of the Manager, the Consent Holder shall, without delay, undertake an additional condition survey of any building within the area defined by the groundwater monitoring, deformation monitoring and modelling undertaken pursuant to the conditions of this consent potentially affected by excavation, for the purpose of checking for damage and follow up with a report of damage to that building.
117.
Subject to Condition 125, the requirement for any such condition survey will cease six months after the Completion of Construction, unless the requirements of Condition 115 have not been met and subject to a consistent pattern of deformation records having been obtained in this period in which no evidence of adverse effects is apparent.
118.
[condition moved to Condition 96]
Ground Surface and Building Monitoring 119.
120.
The Consent Holder shall establish and maintain a settlement monitoring network of ground settlement monitoring marks and building movement monitoring marks to detect any deformation (vertical and/or horizontal movement) for the period required by the conditions of this consent, as follows: a.
The minimum scope of settlement monitoring is shown on the drawings in Appendix 1;
b.
Subject to the owners’ approval, at least two sets (minimum of three pins) of building movement monitoring marks shall be located on each building listed in Appendix 2; and
c.
The final location and number of building movement monitoring marks shall take into account the building type and size, accessibility to survey the marks and risk of damage from ground settlement, as determined by requirements of conditions of this consent, and the effects of differential settlement from the predicted settlement contours on the drawings I Appendix 1 as modified by the detailed design and reflected in the GSMCP.
The Consent Holder shall survey and record each ground and building movement mark in accordance with the following Schedule D; and records of the baseline monitoring shall be compiled and submitted to the Manager prior to the Commencement of Dewatering.
31
Schedule D: Ground settlement and building movement monitoring mark measurement Frequency 1 and Duration Monitoring Station name and type
Frequency All settlement marks, PreCommenceme nt of Dewatering (baseline monitoring)
All settlement marks, Commenceme nt of Dewatering to Completion of Dewatering
All ground and building settlement monitoring marks within 50 metres of the excavations during excavation and dewatering
Post-Completion of Dewatering
Postcompletion of constructio n
All settlement and building monitoring 1 mark
Three times to a horizontal and vertical accuracy of +/2mm (achieved by precise levelling)
Monthly
Daily for two weeks and weekly thereafter
Monthly for six months after the completion of dewatering, or until such time following the completion of dewatering that measurements have stabilized.
See Condition 121
Note 1: The monitoring frequency and duration may be changed if approved by the Manager and subsequently specified in the GSMCP.
121.
Where groundwater drainage is proposed at (a)
Karangahape Station;
(b)
Newton Y Junctions; and
(c)
The perched groundwater system at Aotea Station
and consolidation settlement risks are identified at Completion of Construction that could cause building damage, the Consent Holder shall prepare a post construction monitoring plan to be approved by the IBA and certified by the Manager. The post construction monitoring plan shall specifically address (a)
the potential for delayed consolidation settlement effects resulting from long term groundwater drainage; and
(b)
Monitoring durations and the process for establishing cessation of monitoring.
32
Retaining Wall Monitoring 122.
For the measurement of vertical and lateral wall movement, the Consent Holder shall install retaining wall deflection pins as near to the top of the wall as practicable, with inclinometers installed either in a retaining pile or immediately behind one and extending to the base of the retaining pile for the monitoring of wall deflection.
123.
Monitoring of the retaining wall pins and inclinometers shall be undertaken and recorded in accordance with Schedule E below unless otherwise specified and agreed in the GSMCP:
Schedule E: Frequency Baseline
Active Excavation
Post Excavation
Pre-Commencement of Dewatering
Commencement of Dewatering to one month after Completion of Excavation
One month after Completion of Excavation to Completion of Dewatering
Retaining wall pins
Retaining wall pins
Inclinometer
Retaining wall pins
Inclinometer
Twice to a horizontal and vertical accuracy of +/2mm
Once for every 2 metres depth (on average) of excavation, and, in any case, at a minimum of once weekly.
Once for every 6 metres depth (on average) of excavation, and, in any case, at a minimum of once weekly.
Minimum of three sets of readings at fortnightly intervals
Minimum of three sets of readings at monthly intervals
Contingency
124.
In the event that monitoring of ground or building settlement, differential settlement, or horizontal movement associated with the construction works identifies movement which exceeds the vertical and horizontal movement triggers detailed in Appendix 2 or any revised trigger levels subject of this consent, then the Consent Holder shall instigate the Response Plan detailed in the GSMCP and undertake the following procedures: a.
Notify the Manager and the IBA within 24 hours;
b.
If measurements exceed any of the alert values, then a Senior Qualified Person engaged by the Consent Holder or the Consent Holder’s contractor shall reassess the works constructed up to that time to confirm –
that works’ progress against the design predictions are within expectations;
33

whether additional measures (if any) are required to restrain further increases in movement; and

that possible ensuing effects will exceed Serviceability Limits. Measures (if any) to be implemented, identified in the Response Plan in the GSMCP or as agreed with the IBA, may include an increase in the frequency of monitoring, or additional support measures.
c.
The Senior Qualified Person shall prepare and submit a written report to the Manager, within one week of alert level exceedance, which provides analyses of all monitoring data relating to the exceedance of any of the trigger levels and any actions taken;
d.
If measurements exceed any of the alarm values the Consent Holder shall:
e.
125.
i)
Follow the process identified in Condition 124(b);
ii)
Commission and submit a written report, prepared by the Senior Qualified Person engaged in accordance with Condition 124(b) to the Manager, within one week of alarm level exceedance, which provides analyses of all monitoring data, relating to the exceedance of any of the trigger levels and any recommendations for remedial actions, if required, in order to avoid damage that will affect building Serviceability and which may also allow Completion of Construction; and
iii)
Implement the recommendations of the report. In the instance that the recommendation is to stop work, pursuant to Conditions 124(b) and (d)(ii), the remedial action(s) that have been recommended shall be undertaken before the works recommence.
In relation to alarm level exceedance, the recommendations of the IBA (refer Condition 92), which may include remedial actions up to and including stopping the works, if that is (in the opinion of the IBA) in the best interests of preventing building serviceability damage, shall be implemented by the Consent Holder (unless the building owner(s) request in writing that the construction works are to be completed in accordance with the report prepared under Condition124 (d)(ii).
If any damage to buildings, structures or services is caused wholly or in part by the exercising of this consent, the Consent Holder shall: a.
notify the Manager and the asset owner as soon as practical;
b.
engage a Senior Qualified Person to prepare a report as soon as practical, describing the damage and identifying methods to avoid and mitigate the potential for Serviceability damage and to remedy any damage caused wholly or in part by the exercising of this consent; and provide a copy of the report to the Manager and the asset owner; and
34
c.
thereafter promptly undertake (at the entire cost of the Consent Holder) all necessary repairs to fully remedy the damage caused by the exercise of this consent, with timing to be agreed with the asset owners. “Entire cost” includes all design and consenting costs as well as all construction costs.
This obligation as a condition of the resource consent shall apply to all Damage that is identified during the latest of the periods listed below: i)
Two years after Completion of Dewatering; or
ii)
One year after groundwater levels have stabilised; and
iii)
The completion of post construction monitoring required to be carried out under Condition 121; and
iv)
Six months after any completion of any other works associated with the project which have the potential to cause settlement.
Reporting 126.
The Consent Holder shall advise the Manager, in writing within ten working days of Completion of Dewatering.
127.
The Consent Holder shall advise the Manager, in writing within ten working days of Completion of Construction.
128.
All data collected as required by conditions of this consent from Commencement of Dewatering to completion of monitoring are to be compiled, compared with the relevant trigger levels and submitted to the Manager at two monthly intervals, unless otherwise specified in this consent, setting out the previous results, providing an explanation for any trends and providing a construction progress timeline.
Review Condition – Water Permit R/ REG/2016/1892 129.
The conditions of this consent may be reviewed by the Manager pursuant to Section 128 of the Resource Management Act 1991, by the giving of notice pursuant to Section 129 of the Act, within six months after Commencement of Dewatering and subsequently at intervals of not less than one year thereafter in order to vary the monitoring and reporting requirements, and performance standards in order to take account of information, including the results of previous monitoring and changed environmental knowledge, on: a.
Ground conditions
b.
Aquifer parameters
c.
Groundwater levels and
d.
Ground surface deformation.
Advice Note: Under section 128 of the RMA the conditions of this consent may be reviewed by the Manager at the Consent Holder’s cost in the following circumstances:
35
At any time, if it is found that the information made available to the Council in the application contained inaccuracies which materially influenced the decision and the effects of the exercise of the consent are such that it is necessary to apply more appropriate conditions. Specific conditions – discharge permit (contaminated land) R/REG/2016/1895 and land use consent R/LUC/2016/1890 (Contaminated Land and Resource Management (National Environmental Standard for Assessing and Managing Contaminants in Soil to Protect Human Health) Regulations 2011) Duration 130.
Consent R/REG/2016/1895 shall expire 15 years from the grant date, unless it has been surrendered or been cancelled at an earlier date pursuant to the Resource Management Act 1991. Advice Note: this condition does not apply to R/LUC/2016/1890
Contaminated Soils Management Plan (CSMP) 131.
At least 20 days prior to the commencement of construction (earthworks), the Consent Holder shall provide a Contaminated Soils Management Plan (CSMP) to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification. The CSMP shall be prepared by a Contaminated Land Professional in accordance with the Contaminated Land Management Guidelines, No.1 - Reporting on Contaminated Sites in New Zealand, Ministry for the Environment (revised 2011).
132.
The Consent Holder shall request that Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) provide a determination to the Consent Holder, in writing, within 10 working days of receipt of the CSMP, whether the CSMP can be certified as per the requirements of the Condition 134.
133.
No earthworks shall commence until a. certification is provided from the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) that the CSMP satisfactorily meets the requirements of Schedule 13 (A4) of the ACRP:ALW, and b. all measures identified in that plan as being required to be established prior to the commencement of earthworks have been established.
134.
The CSMP shall address the following matters: a.
The areas within the project site designated for the excavation works, including depths and extent of the proposed works, and an updated map/s showing the land disturbance activity areas
b.
Excavation, management, and disposal procedures for soil, sediment, dust, surface run-off water, perched groundwater, and groundwater, if encountered
c.
Temporary containment, treatment, and testing procedures for any water getting in contact with the contaminated material if the disposal option is to the stormwater system or the marine environment is considered
36
d.
Contingency measures for unexpected discovery of contamination
e.
Proposed sampling and analysis, if applicable; and
f.
Any proposed works summary reporting.
Advice Note: The Council acknowledges that the CSMP is intended to provide flexibility of for the management of the works and contaminant discharge. Accordingly, the Plan may need to be further updated. Any updates must be limited to the scope of this consent and consistent with the conditions of this consent. If you would like to confirm that any proposed updates are within scope, or have any other queries, please contact the Council (Team Leader Earth and Stream Works, Trees, and Contaminated Land, Natural Resources and Specialist Input) on (09) 301 0101. 135.
The Consent Holder shall notify the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) at least two working days prior to any earthworks activity on the site and provide the following details: a.
Name and telephone number of the project manager and the site owner
b.
Site address to which the consents relate
c.
Activity to which the consents relate and
d.
Expected duration of the works.
136.
All disturbance of contaminated and potentially contaminated soil shall be carried out in accordance with the certified CSMP required by Condition 131 and any changes to the plan shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification prior to the change being implemented.
137.
The Consent Holder shall ensure that all disturbance of contaminated soil shall be supervised by a suitably qualified and experienced Contaminated Land Professional, whose responsibilities shall include making sure that the soil management and disposal procedures, the contingency measures outlined in the certified CSMP required by Condition 131, and all relevant consent conditions are adhered to.
138.
The Consent Holder shall ensure that regular inspections of the works area shall be carried out by a suitably qualified and experienced Contaminated Land Professional. These inspections shall be documented and the relevant records retained and provided to Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) in the Site Validation Report (SVR) required by Condition 149.
139.
The Consent Holder shall manage all soil disturbance works to minimise any discharge of debris, soil, silt, sediment or sediment-laden water from the subject site to either land, stormwater systems or the receiving marine environment. The implementation of erosion and sediment controls shall be in accordance with the ESCP required by Condition 53. Advice Note: Measures such as covering the excavations overnight and during heavy rainfall, diverting overland flow around the works area, and appropriate treatment of any water collected in an excavation prior to the disposal may be required to comply with this condition. 37
140. The Consent Holder shall manage all soil disturbance works to avoid the potential for cross-contamination of materials to occur, in particular, movement of contaminated soil around the site and/or deposition of contaminated soil on other parts of the site shall be avoided. Where soils are identified for off-site disposal, they shall be loaded directly for removal, where possible, and all material shall be covered during transportation off site. 141. To minimise the spread of contaminated material, any temporary stockpiles of the excavated contaminated material shall be located within the catchment of erosion and sediment controls for the site. All stockpiles shall be covered with either polythene or an equivalent impermeable material when the site is not being worked and during periods of heavy rain. 142. At all times, dust shall be controlled in accordance with the publication titled Good Practice Guide for Assessing and Managing the Environmental Effects of Dust Emissions, Ministry for the Environment (2001). 143. Excess soil or waste materials removed from the subject site shall be deposited at a disposal site which holds a consent to accept the relevant level or type of contamination. Advice note: Where it can be demonstrated that the soil has been fully characterised and meets the definition of ‘clean fill’ material in Section J1 of the Auckland Unitary Plan (Operative in Part), the removal of such material to a consented disposal facility is not required. In such circumstances, a record of the location, depth, and volume of the material removed as ‘clean fill’ should be kept for the purpose of being included in the SVR required by Condition 149). 144. The Consent Holder shall implement the procedures for the management, treatment, temporary containment, testing, and disposal of groundwater and surface run-off water via the stormwater system in accordance with the report titled Auckland City Rail Link: Resource Consent Package 2: Aotea Station to North Auckland Line Construction and CRL Operation: Draft Erosion & Sediment Control Management Plan, dated 13 May 2016, prepared by Aurecon New Zealand Limited, and provided with the application. 145. Any perched groundwater, or surface run-off water, encountered within the excavation area requiring removal shall be considered as potentially contaminated, and shall either: a.
be disposed of by a licensed liquid waste contractor; or
b.
pumped to sewer, providing relevant permits are obtained; or
c.
discharged to the stormwater system, provided testing demonstrates compliance with 50 times the Australian and New Zealand Environment Conservation Council (ANZECC) Guidelines for Fresh and Marine Water Quality (2000) for the protection of 95 percent of marine water species, and is free from petroleum hydrocarbons.
38
146.
Where contaminants which have not been anticipated by the application are identified, works in the area containing the unexpected contamination shall cease until the contingency measures outlined in the certified CSMP required by Condition 131 have been implemented, and have been notified to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring). Any unexpected contamination encountered during the works and contingency measures implemented shall be documented in the Site Validation Report required by Condition 149. Advice Note: In accordance with Condition 146, any unexpected contamination may include separate phase hydrocarbons, contaminated soil, perched water or groundwater. The Consent Holder is advised that where unexpected contamination is significantly different in extent and concentration from that anticipated, handling the contamination may be outside the scope of this consent. Advice should be sought from the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) prior to carrying out any further work in the area of the unexpected contamination to check this is within the scope of this consent.
147.
All imported fill shall: a.
comply with the definition of of clean fill material in Section J1 of the Auckland Unitary Plan (Operative in Part); and
b.
be solid material of an inert nature; and
c.
not contain hazardous substances or contaminants above recorded natural background levels of the receiving site.
Advice Note: Background contamination levels for the site receiving clean fill can be found in Technical Publication No. 153, Background concentrations of inorganic elements in soils from the Auckland Region, Auckland Regional Council (2001). 148.
All sampling and testing of contamination on the site shall be overseen by a suitably qualified and experienced Contaminated Land Professional. All sampling shall be undertaken in accordance with Contaminated Land Management Guidelines, No.5 – Site Investigation and Analysis of Soils, Ministry for the Environment (revised 2011). Advice Note: All testing and analysis should be undertaken in a laboratory with suitable experience and ability to carry out the analysis. For more details on how to confirm the suitability of the laboratory please refer to Contaminated Land Management Guidelines, No.5 – Part 4: Laboratory Analysis, Ministry for the Environment (revised 2011).
Site Validation Report (SVR) 149.
Within three months of the completion of earthworks on the site, the Consent Holder shall provide a Site Validation Report (SVR) to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring). The SVR shall be prepared by a suitably qualified and experienced Contaminated Land Professional in accordance with the Contaminated Land Management Guidelines, No.1 - Reporting on Contaminated Sites in New Zealand, Ministry for the Environment (revised 2011).
39
150.
The SVR required by Condition 149 shall address the following matters: a.
a summary of the works undertaken, including a statement confirming whether the excavation of the site has been completed in accordance with the certified CSMP required by Condition 131;
b.
the location and dimensions of the excavations carried out, including the relevant site plan;
c.
a summary of soil, groundwater, and surface run-off water testing undertaken, if applicable, including tabulated analytical results, and interpretation of the results in the context of the Contaminated Land Rules of the Auckland Unitary Plan (Operative in Part);
d.
copies of the disposal dockets for the contaminated soil and ‘clean fill’ material removed from the site;
e.
records of any unexpected contamination encountered during the works and contingency measures undertaken, if applicable;
f.
details regarding any complaints and/or breaches of the procedures set out in the certified CSMP required by Condition 131 and the conditions of this consent;
g.
results of testing, if required, of any spoil disposed offsite; and
h.
results of testing of any imported fill material to ensure compliance with the definition of clean fill material in Section J1 of the Auckland Unitary Plan (Operative in Part).
Specific conditions – discharge permit (other) R/REG/2016/1896 and discharge permit (ITA) R/REG/2016/1898 (CONSTRUCTION) 151.
This consent shall expire 15 years after the consent commences unless it has been surrendered or been cancelled at an earlier date pursuant to the Resource Management Act 1991.
Baseline Receiving Environment Monitoring 152.
Prior to the commencement of construction, the Consent Holder shall undertake baseline monitoring of water quality and freshwater ecology in Meola Creek. The monitoring shall be undertaken to identify the pre-construction condition of Meola Creek against which to measure construction effects and possible remedial or mitigation measures if required.
153.
At least 20 working days prior to any baseline monitoring commencing, the Consent Holder shall submit a programme for the baseline monitoring as required by Condition 152 to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification. The programme shall include, but not be limited to: a.
Sampling locations (at Auckland Council flow monitoring site);
b.
Methods and procedures for water quality (minimum bi-monthly samples for a 12 month period) and freshwater ecology sampling; 40
c.
d.
Water quality monitoring parameters for analysis, which shall include:
pH
Total Suspended Solids
g/m3
Total recoverable copper
g/m3
Dissolved copper
g/m3
Total recoverable zinc
g/m3
Dissolved zinc
g/m3
Ammoniacal nitrogen
g/m3
Nitrate nitrogen
g/m3
Nitrite nitrogen
g/m3
Total nitrogen
g/m3
Dissolved reactive phosphorus
g/m3
Ecological monitoring, which shall include:
Algal (periphyton) and macrophyte growth
Macroinvertebrate assessment.
Baseline Receiving Environment Reporting 154.
The Consent Holder shall provide to the Council (Team Leader – Central Monitoring) the results of the baseline monitoring undertaken in accordance with Conditions 152 and 153 within 60 working days of the final baseline monitoring being undertaken.
155.
As part of the results required by Condition 153, the Consent Holder shall provide a programme for ongoing monitoring of Meola Creek, following the commencement of construction, including the reporting of results. The same testing regime and approach as set out in baseline monitoring conditions shall be used unless otherwise agreed between the Consent Holder and the Council.
Pre-Commencement of construction support areas and zones 156.
The Consent Holder shall notify the Council (Team Leader – Central Monitoring) in writing at least 10 working days prior to the commencement of construction of each CSA or ACZ.
157.
The CSAs shall be generally confined to the area and boundaries shown on plans CRL-SYE-RME-000-DRG-2001, Rev 1.0 dated 13/05/2016 and 2002, Rev 1 dated 13/05/2016 and 2003, Rev 1 dated 13/05/2016 and 2004, Rev 1 dated 13/05/2016 and 2005, Rev 1 dated 13/05/2016 and 2006, and Rev 1 dated 13/05/2016 and submitted as part of the application.
41
158.
In the event that material modifications to the CSA boundaries are required, the following information shall be provided: a.
Plans and drawings outlining the details of the modifications; and
b.
Supporting information that confirms how the proposal does not affect the stormwater management system;
This information shall be to the satisfaction of the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) and be made available at the preconstruction meeting required by Condition 34. Site Management (ACZ and CSAs) 159.
At least 20 working days prior to the commencement of construction, a final Industrial and Trade Activities Environmental Management Plan (EMP) shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification.
160.
The Consent Holder shall request the Council’s (Team Leader Central Monitoring) determination as to whether the EMP can be certified, in writing, within 10 working days following receipt of the EMP.
161.
The EMP shall be prepared by a Senior Qualified Person and shall include, but not be limited to, the following: a.
identification of the specific activities conducted on the site;
b.
the identification of potential contaminants associated with these activities;
c.
methods used to prevent identified contaminants contacting stormwater runoff as far as practicable and methods to manage environmental risks from site activities;
d.
an Emergency Spill Response Plan (which includes the provision that all spills over 20 litres, or any spill of Environmentally Hazardous Substances that has entered the stormwater system, a water-body or has contacted unsealed ground, shall be reported immediately to the Auckland Council’s 24 Hour Pollution Hotline (09-377-3107));
e.
an up-to-date and accurate site drainage plan showing the location of all site catch pits and the final discharge point(s) of the site stormwater system;
f.
an appropriate auditing programme to ensure all components of the site’s EMP are implemented;
g.
methods for providing and recording staff training; and
h.
a monitoring programme as outlined in Conditions 173 and 174.
162.
The Consent Holder shall ensure that the CSAs and ACZs are operated and managed in accordance with the certified EMP to ensure the risks from the site are managed appropriately.
163.
The Consent Holder shall ensure that a copy of the Council certified EMP is kept on site and accessible at all times. 42
164.
Following any change to the EMP, the Consent Holder shall submit details of the change to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification and request that the Council’s (Team Leader Central Monitoring) written determination as to whether the change can be certified to be provided within 10 working days of submission of the change. No activity reliant upon a change to the EMP pursuant to Condition 164 can be undertaken until the change has been certified.
165.
The EMP shall be reviewed and updated annually from the date of granting of this consent, to ensure all components of the EMP remain relevant.
Structural Controls 166.
167.
168.
The Industrial Trade and Activity area for each of the Construction Support Areas shall not exceed the following: CSA
Exposed Area not to exceed (m2)
1
25,000
2
9,000
3
9,000
4
36,000
5
6,500
In the event that any CSA requires an increase in area, the following information shall be provided to the Team Leader – Central Monitoring whose certification shall be requested prior to implementation: a.
Plans and drawings outlining the details of the modifications; and
b.
Supporting information that confirms how the proposal does not affect the capacity or performance of the existing structural and procedural controls.
The Consent Holder shall ensure that the following structural controls are constructed for the following catchment areas and design standards and they are completed prior to discharges commencing from the site: Works/controls
Device catchment area
Design requirements
2 x Settlement Tanks Activity area of grout Settlement Tanks sizing to be based on located on CSA 4 plant (400m2), and 2% of the contributing catchment segment storage yard (2660m2) on CSA 4
43
Inlet protection measures
On all catch pits within Design in accordance with Auckland CSA areas Council Best Management Practice: Catch pit Protection Area (AC 2011).
2 x Settlement Tanks All Active Construction Settlement Tank sizing to be based on located in CSA 1, CSA Zone (ACZ) 2% of the contributing catchment 2, CSA 3, CSA 4 and CSA 5
Bunding of Environmentally Hazardous Substances
169.
As required
110% largest container
In the event that any minor modifications to the structural system are required, the following information shall be provided to the Team Leader – Central Monitoring whose certification shall be requested prior to implementation: a.
Plans and drawings outlining the details of the modifications; and
b.
Supporting information that confirms how the proposal does not affect the capacity or performance of stormwater management system.
Certification of structural controls 170.
Within 30 days of implementation, As-Built certification and plans of the stormwater management works, certified (signed) by a suitably qualified registered surveyor or a Chartered Professional Engineer as a true record of the stormwater management system, shall be provided to the Team Leader – Central Monitoring.
171.
The As-Built plans shall include, but not be limited to: a.
The surveyed location (to the nearest 0.1m) of the discharge points, with coordinates expressed in terms of NZTM and LINZ datum;
b.
Location, dimensions and levels of any major overland flow paths including cross sections and long sections;
c.
Plans and cross sections of all stormwater management devices, including confirmation of the Water Quality Volume, storage volumes and levels of any outflow control structure
d.
Documentation of any discrepancies between the design plans and the As-Built plans.
44
172.
A meeting shall be held on site after the implementation of structural controls and the provision of As-Built documentation, and prior to the commencement of construction activities at each of the CSA/ACZs. The meeting shall include representation from the Team Leader Central Monitoring and the site stormwater engineer/contractors who have undertaken the work and shall confirm compliance with the relevant consent conditions.
Discharge monitoring: 173.
Within 30 days of the installation of the water treatment systems, and prior to operation, the Consent Holder shall develop and submit to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification a discharge monitoring programme.
174.
The water quality monitoring programme shall include, but not be limited to: a.
Sampling locations (to include the final discharge from the treatment system located in CSA 1, CSA 2, CSA 3, CSA 5 and CSA 4);
b.
Methods and procedures for discharge sampling; and
c.
Monitoring parameters for analysis, which shall include: Daily
Water clarity (black disc)
cm
Turbidity
(NTU)
pH
Weekly (in addition to the above)
Total Suspended Solids
g/m3
Total recoverable copper
g/m3
Dissolved copper
g/m3
Total recoverable zinc
g/m3
Dissolved zinc
g/m3
Total petroleum hydrocarbons g/m3
Ammoniacal nitrogen*
g/m3
Nitrate nitrogen*
g/m3
*only in discharge from treatment systems in CSA 3 and CSA 4
175.
d.
identified trigger levels for each of the above parameters. These trigger levels shall be developed with reference to the ANZECC Guidelines for water quality where applicable; and
e.
the methods and procedures for investigating and reporting stormwater discharge monitoring results to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring).
The discharge monitoring programme shall be implemented upon completion of works set out in Condition 168. 45
176.
Within five working days of receipt of sample results showing contaminants exceeding the agreed trigger levels in Condition 174(d): a.
An investigation shall be undertaken to determine why exceedances were detected and to identify any additional source controls or treatment required; and
b.
The results of the investigation shall be reported to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring).
Discharge Reporting Requirements 177.
Within eight weeks following the start of the monitoring required by Condition 173 a monitoring report shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring). The monitoring report shall include, but not be limited to, the following: a.
a summary of the monitoring results to date;
b.
an interpretation of those results and suggestions for improvement to the site operations;
c.
a programme for ongoing monitoring including the reporting of results; and
d.
a programme for the ongoing maintenance of the discharge water management and treatment system.
178.
For the duration of the construction stages of the Project, the Consent Holder shall forward a report annually from the date of granting of this consent to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) evaluating the site’s environmental performance for the year to date.
179.
The Annual Report required by Condition 178 shall include but not be limited to: a.
all aspects of the performance of the EMP relating to this consent;
b.
a summary of all revisions and revised sections of the EMP;
c.
details of all inspections and maintenance of the stormwater system for the preceding 12 months;
d.
details of and changes to the person(s) or body responsible for the maintenance of site and the organisational structure supporting this process;
e.
results and analysis of the preceding 12 months of stormwater monitoring, along with an interpretation of those results and suggestions for improvement to the site operations; and
f.
records of any spills or incidents which occurred within the previous 12 months and the response which was undertaken.
Specific conditions – discharge permit (other) R/REG/2016/2038 (OPERATIONAL) Advice note: Should the Consent Holder obtain approval for the discharge of operational wastewater to the trade waste system, this consent can be surrendered or cancelled.
46
180.
This consent shall expire 35 years after the consent commences unless it has been surrendered or been cancelled at an earlier date pursuant to the Resource Management Act 1991.
Dewatering Treatment devices 181.
The treatment device/s for the removal of contaminants of concern from tunnel water discharge shall be constructed for the operational tunnel ground water seepage catchment area/s, and design requirements shall be completed in accordance with design guidelines to meet baseline monitoring levels in Condition 187(d).
182.
At least 20 working days prior to the installation of treatment devices required by Condition 181, the Consent Holder shall submit detailed designs, including relevant drawings, cross sections, plans and calculations to the Team Leader – Central Monitoring for certification at the same time as the application for Engineering Plan Approval.
As-Built Plans 183.
Within 30 days of practical completion of the treatment device works, As-Built plans, which are certified (signed) by a Chartered Professional Engineer as a true record of the stormwater management system, shall be provided to the Team Leader - Central Monitoring.
184.
The certified As-Built Plans shall also be provided to the Team Leader – Central Monitoring 5 days prior to the post-construction meeting required by Condition 205.
185.
The As-Built plans shall display the entirety of the stormwater management system, and shall include: a.
the surveyed location (to the nearest 0.1m) and level (to the nearest 0.01m) of the discharge points to the stormwater system with co-ordinates expressed in terms of NZTM and LINZ datum;
b.
plans and cross sections of all treatment devices, including confirmation of the Water Quality Volume, storage volumes and levels of any outflow control structure; and
c.
documentation of any discrepancies between the design plans and the As-Built plans approved by the modifications approval referred to in Condition 202.
Discharge Monitoring 186.
Prior to operation of the CRL, the Consent Holder shall develop and submit a discharge monitoring programme to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification. The monitoring programme shall include start up monitoring for the first month of operation of the treatment system, and regular on-going monitoring.
187.
The discharge monitoring programme shall include, but not be limited to:
47
a.
Sampling locations (to include samples of water from the main station sumps (untreated water), and the final discharge from the treatment system (treated water) at each station);
b.
Methods, frequency and procedures for discharge sampling
c.
Monitoring parameters for analysis, which shall include:
pH
Turbidity
NTU
Total Suspended Solids
g/m3
Total recoverable copper
g/m3
Dissolved copper
g/m3
Total recoverable zinc
g/m3
Dissolved zinc
g/m3
Total petroleum hydrocarbons
g/m3
d.
Identified trigger levels for each of the above parameters in the final discharge, developed with reference to the ANZECC Guidelines for water quality where applicable; and
e.
The methods and procedures for investigating and reporting discharge monitoring results to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring).
188.
The discharge monitoring programme shall be implemented for the duration of the discharge of operational tunnel groundwater seepage.
189.
Within five working days of receipt of sample results showing contaminants exceeding the agreed trigger levels: a.
An investigation shall be undertaken to determine why exceedances were detected and to identify any additional source controls or treatment required;
b.
Methods will be implemented to meet trigger levels, and the timing for their implementation shall be noted; and
c.
The results of the investigation shall be reported to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring).
Start-up Reporting 190.
A monitoring report shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) following the completion of the first month of sampling. The monitoring report shall include, but not be limited to the following: a.
A summary of the first months monitoring results (10 samples);
b.
An interpretation of those results and suggestions for improvement of the treatment system as required; and
c.
Confirmation of the programme for regular on-going monitoring. 48
Operation and Maintenance Plan 191.
The Consent Holder shall submit an Operation and Maintenance Plan to the Team Leader - Central Monitoring for approval certification, 5 days prior to the postconstruction meeting referred to in Condition 205. The Plan shall include: a.
details of who will hold responsibility for long-term maintenance of the stormwater management system and the organisational structure which will support this process;
b.
a programme for regular maintenance and inspection of the stormwater management system;
c.
a programme for the collection and disposal of debris and sediment collected by the stormwater management devices or practices;
d.
a programme for post storm inspection and maintenance; and
e.
general inspection checklists for all aspects of the treatment system, including visual checks.
192.
The stormwater management system shall be managed in accordance with the approved certified Operation and Maintenance Plan.
193.
Any amendments or alterations to the Operation and Maintenance Plan shall be submitted to, and approved certified by the Team Leader – Central Monitoring, in writing prior to implementation.
Routine monitoring 194.
The Consent Holder shall submit an annual monitoring report to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring). The monitoring report shall include, but not be limited to the following: a.
A summary of the monitoring results for the previous year;
b.
An interpretation of those results and suggestions for improvement/s to the treatment system if relevant; and
c.
A programme for the on-going maintenance of the discharge treatment system.
Stormwater diversion and discharge (related to works at the Mount Eden end) Advice note: these conditions relate to stormwater management works at the Mount Eden end of the project. The conditions do not relate to any of the specific consents authorised 195.
[Blank]
49
Stormwater drainage system design 196.
The Consent Holder shall ensure that the design of stormwater drainage systems does not result in any increase in flooding beyond the pre-development scenario within the immediate adjacent areas of the Project footprint and the downstream receiving environment. Stormwater management works
197.
The following stormwater management works shall be constructed for the following catchment areas and design requirements, and shall be completed prior to construction of any barriers (e.g., earth bunds or retaining structures along the edge of the rail corridor) that would modify existing overland flow paths: Works to be undertaken
Catchment location
Design requirement(s)
Additional pipe capacity, OLFP
Fenton street
Underground drainage
Shaddock Street
Inlet upgrade, scruffy domes
West of Mt Eden Road
Capacity for 10 year ARI, reducing flooding up to 100 year ARI, provision for OLFP for flows in excess of the 100 year, and designed to meet at least 50% blockage
Sump and superpits
Water Street
Megapits, inlet, connections to existing network
Normanby Road
Super pit
Boston Road
New inlets, underground drainage
Rail Corridor
198.
The stormwater management works shall be installed in general accordance with those listed in Condition 197, unless otherwise approved by Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring).
199.
If changes to the Stormwater management works in Condition 197 are requested, the Consent Holder must provide details of flood modelling, and alternative mitigation measures, including how these have been selected and will be managed, to the Healthy Waters Department (see Condition 202).
50
Detailed Design Guidelines 200.
The Consent Holder shall ensure that all stormwater management devices, as required to achieve Condition 196, are designed in accordance with Auckland Council Technical Publication 10 (TP10).
201.
The Consent Holder shall ensure that the detailed designs, including drawings, plans and calculations for the stormwater management devices required to achieve Condition 196 are submitted to Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification at the time of application for Engineering Plan Approval and in any event, at least 30 days prior to construction of the proposed stormwater works.
Modifications approval 202.
In the event that any modifications to the stormwater management system design implemented under Conditions 196 and 197 of this consent are required, the following information shall be provided: 
Plans and drawings outlining the details of the modifications; and

Supporting information that confirms compliance with the performance standards of Conditions 196 and 197.
All information shall be submitted to, and approved by the Team Leader – Central Monitoring, prior to implementation. Advice Note: All proposed changes should be discussed with the Team Leader Central Monitoring, prior to implementation. Any changes to the proposal which will affect the capacity or performance of the stormwater management system may require an application to Council pursuant to Section 127 of the RMA. An example of a minor modification within the scope of this consent could be a change to the location of a pipe or slight changes to the site layout but if there is a change of device type (even proprietary), the consent may have to be varied under section 127. Pre-construction meeting 203.
A pre-construction meeting shall be held by the Consent Holder prior to commencement of the construction of any stormwater devices onsite, and must: a.
be arranged five working days prior to initiation of the construction of any stormwater devices on the site;
b.
be located on the subject area;
c.
include representation from the Team Leader - Central Monitoring; and
d.
include representation from the site stormwater engineer [or] contractors who will undertake the works and any other relevant parties.
Advice Note: To arrange the pre-construction meeting required by this consent, please contact the Team Leader - Central Monitoring [monitoring@aucklandcouncil.govt.nz].
51
Information required for Pre-construction meeting 204.
The following information shall be made available prior to, or at the pre-construction meeting: a.
timeframes for key stages of the works authorised under this consent;
b.
erosion and sediment control measures during construction activities;
c.
contact details of the site contractor and site stormwater engineer; and
d.
construction plans approved signed or stamped by an Auckland Council Development Engineer.
Post-construction meeting 205.
A post-construction meeting shall be held by the Consent Holder, within 20 working days of completion of the stormwater management works, that: a.
is located on the subject area;
b.
includes representation from the Team Leader - Central Monitoring; and
c.
includes representation from the site stormwater engineer or contractors who have undertaken the works.
Certification of stormwater management works (As-Built Plans) 206.
As-Built certification and plans of the stormwater management works, which are certified (signed) by a Chartered Professional Engineer as a true record of the stormwater management system, shall be provided to the Team Leader - Central Monitoring for approval, 5 days prior to the post-construction meeting required by this consent.
207.
The As-Built plans shall display the entirety of the stormwater management system, and shall include: a.
the surveyed location (to the nearest 0.1m) and level (to the nearest 0.01m) of the discharge structure, with co-ordinates expressed in terms of NZTM and LINZ datum;
b.
location, dimensions and levels of any overland flow paths including cross sections and long sections;
c.
plans and cross sections of all stormwater management devices, including confirmation of the Water Quality Volume, storage volumes and levels of any outflow control structure; and
d.
documentation of any discrepancies between the design plans and the As-Built plans approved by the modifications approval process of Condition 202.
52
Operation and Maintenance Plan 208.
An Operation and Maintenance Plan shall be provided to the Team Leader - Central Monitoring for certification 5 days prior to the post-construction meeting required by this consent and shall set out how the stormwater management system is to be operated and maintained to ensure that adverse environmental effects are minimised. The plan shall include: a.
details of who will hold responsibility for long-term maintenance of the stormwater management system and the organisational structure which will support this process;
b.
a programme for regular maintenance and inspection of the stormwater management system;
c.
a programme for the collection and disposal of debris and sediment collected by the stormwater management devices or practices;
d.
a programme for post storm inspection and maintenance;
e.
general inspection checklists for all aspects of the stormwater management system, including visual checks; and
f.
a programme for inspection and maintenance of any vegetation associated with the stormwater management devices.
209.
The stormwater management system shall be managed in accordance with the approved Operation and Maintenance Plan.
210.
The Operation and Maintenance Plan shall be updated and submitted to the Team Leader – Central Monitoring upon request.
Capture and diversion of stormwater 211.
Roading, kerbs and channels constructed across overland flow paths shall be set at a level that maximises the capture of water by road cesspits. Other than at designated overland flow paths, driveway crossings shall be constructed in order to minimise the overflow of water from the road into private properties.
212.
For stormwater flows in excess of the capacity of the primary drainage systems, overland flow paths shall be provided and maintained to allow surplus stormwater from critical storms (up to the 100 year ARI event), to discharge with the minimum of nuisance and damage.
213.
Overland flow paths and secondary flow paths shall be kept free of all obstructions, including buildings and solid fences.
Maintenance Report 214.
The Consent Holder shall maintain a record of the details of all inspections and maintenance for the stormwater management system, for the preceding three years.
215.
A copy of the records referred to in Condition 214 shall be provided to the Team Leader - Central Monitoring in a maintenance report on request. 53
Contents of Maintenance Report 216. The maintenance report shall include the following information: a.
details of who is responsible for maintenance of the stormwater management system and the organisational structure supporting this process;
b.
details of any maintenance undertaken; and
c.
details of any inspections completed.
Specific conditions – discharge permit (air – construction) R/REG/2016/1899 217.
This resource consent shall expire 15 years after the consent commences unless it has been surrendered or been cancelled at an earlier date pursuant to the RMA.
218.
The Consent Holder shall ensure that all processes on the Project work site shall be implemented, operated, maintained, supervised, monitored and controlled so that any emissions authorised by this consent are maintained at the minimum practicable level.
219.
Unless provided for by Condition 220, there shall be no dust or odour beyond the boundary of the Project work site caused as a result of on-site processes which, in the opinion of Council, is noxious, offensive or objectionable.
220.
Any noxious, offensive or objectionable dust or odour beyond the boundary of the Project work site caused as a result of construction and earthworks activities associated with the Project shall be mitigated as soon as practicable in accordance with the requirements of the certified Air Quality Management Plan as required by Condition 222.
221.
The Consent Holder shall ensure that beyond the boundary of the Project worksite, there shall be no hazardous air pollutant caused as a result of construction and earthworks activities associated with the Project that causes, or is likely to cause, adverse effects on human health, environment or property.
Air Quality Management Plan (AQMP) 222.
The Consent Holder shall review the draft Air Quality Management Plan – Aotea Station to North Auckland Line dated May 2016, and submit to Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) a final AQMP/s which is generally consistent with the draft AQMP provided in support of the application.
223.
The final AQMP/s shall be prepared by a Senior Qualified Person, provided to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification at least 20 working days prior to the commencement of construction and shall include: a.
a clear identification of the type and location of the controls proposed;
b.
a detailed framework for the management, mitigation and monitoring of construction and earthworks activities associated with the Project;
c.
a focus principally on the sources of dust discharges, and
54
d. 224.
an assessment of the risk of discharges from each ACZ and the associated CSA.
The final AQMP/s shall also provide detailed methods including, but not limited to, the following matters: a.
methods to ensure exposed surfaces remain dampened to minimise dust emissions (possible examples include a water spray system or other suitable system, water carts and other suppression methods);
b.
ensuring a 20 km/hr vehicle speed limit within the ACZs and CSAs;
c.
operation of wheel washes;
d.
regular sweeping of public roads around the exit points of ACZs and CSAs and sealed vehicle accessways within these areas;
e.
measures for supressing dust from any temporary stock piles (demonstrating how they are to be limited to no more than 24 mÂł of uncovered spoil at any one time in each ACZ);
f.
measures for the handling of cement associated with the forming of cement stabilised columns, including filter systems and high level alarms where a silo is used;
g.
covering of loads of material being delivered and removed from the site;
h.
instrument monitoring of dust concentrations (including identification of a monitoring methodology, monitoring network and appropriate alert thresholds) to ensure that any significant dust effects arising from the ACZs or CSAs are identified and remedied as soon as practicable throughout the Project;
i.
the locations of instrument dust monitoring sites, including at least three re-locatable and/or fixed monitors to be associated with each of ACZs A, K and M, and the duration of this monitoring;
j.
measures for responding to continuous instrument dust monitoring trigger alarms, including contingency measures to reduce measured concentrations below the trigger thresholds and provisions for responding after standard operating hours;
k.
measures for undertaking meteorological observations and visual inspections of dust or other air discharges from the Project, to be completed at least on a daily basis, with all relevant information logged; and
l.
information regarding complaint logging, investigation and response procedures, training and roles and responsibilities.
The Team Leader Central Monitoring shall be requested to respond to the AQMP/s with any suggested changes within 10 working days from receipt of the AQMP; otherwise the AQMP may be considered by the Consent Holder to be certified by the Council.
55
225.
Any change to the AQMP/ shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification. No activity reliant upon a change to the AQMP can be undertaken until the change has been certified. The Team Leader Central Monitoring shall be requested to respond to the proposed change within 10 working days from receipt of the change; otherwise the AQMP may be considered by the Consent Holder to be certified by the Council.
226.
All works shall be undertaken in accordance with the certified AQMP/s.
Monitoring Requirements 227.
Prior to the commencement of construction, and for the duration of excavation and construction associated with the Project which have the potential for significant dust emissions, the Consent Holder shall install, operate and maintain continuous dust monitoring undertaken using mobile instruments for the purposes of monitoring Total Suspended Particulates (TSP). The locations, durations and methods of TSP monitoring at each of ACZs A, K and M shall be in accordance with the details in the certified AQMP(s) required by Condition 222.
228.
The dust monitoring instruments shall be fitted with an alarm system that sends a warning to the responsible person identified by the AQMP/s when dust concentrations exceed alert levels specified by the certified AQMP/s. The Consent Holder shall ensure that the responsible person, or other nominated person, is available at all times to take immediate action to reduce dust emissions from the site.
Specific conditions – discharge permit (air – operational) R/REG/2016/1900 229.
This consent shall expire 35 years after the consent commences unless it has lapsed, been surrendered or been cancelled at an earlier date pursuant to the Resource Management Act 1991 (RMA).
Limit Conditions 230.
All processes within the CRL operations areas shall be operated, maintained, supervised, monitored and controlled to ensure that emissions authorised by this consent are maintained at the minimum practicable level.
231.
Beyond the boundary of the CRL operations, there shall be no dust and/or odour caused by discharges from the tunnels which, in the opinion of an enforcement officer, is noxious, offensive or objectionable.
232.
No discharges from any activity from the CRL operations shall give rise to visible emissions, other than water vapour and clean steam, to an extent which, in the opinion of an enforcement officer, the discharges are noxious, dangerous, offensive or objectionable.
56
233.
Except as authorised by this consent, beyond the boundary of the CRL operations, there shall be no hazardous air pollutant, caused by discharges from the CRL operations, which is present at a concentration that causes, or is likely to cause adverse effects to human health, the environment or property.
234.
Only electric-powered locomotives shall operate within the CRL rail tunnels, with the exception of any vehicles associated with construction or maintenance activities.
Process Conditions 235.
At least 20 working days prior to the commencement of the operation of the CRL, the Consent Holder shall prepare and submit to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification procedures that address the cleaning of the rail tunnels and tunnel vents to minimise the build-up of particulate matter. These procedures may form part of an operations and maintenance plan, or equivalent. The TCeam Leader Central Monitoring shall be requested to respond to the proposed procedures with any suggested changes within 10 working days from receipt of the procedures; otherwise the procedures shall be considered to be certified by the Council.
236.
Cleaning of the rail tunnels and tunnel vents shall be undertaken in accordance with the plan certified in accordance with Condition 235 so that discharges of particulate from the vents are minimised in accordance with Condition 230.
Reporting Conditions 237.
The Consent Holder shall notify the Team Leader Central Monitoring as soon as practicable in the event of any significant discharge to air, which results, or has the potential to result, in a breach of these conditions.
238.
The Consent Holder shall record all air quality complaints that are received including: a.
The date, time, location and nature of the complaint;
b.
The name, phone number and address of the complainant, unless the complainant elects not to supply these details;
c.
Any remedial actions undertaken; and
d.
The response provided to the person making the complaint.
Details of any complaints received shall be provided to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) within one working day of receipt of the complaint. Review Condition 239.
The conditions of this consent may be reviewed by the Team Leader Central Monitoring pursuant to section 128 of the RMA, by the giving of notice in accordance with section 129 of the RMA, in October 2017 and annually thereafter in order to:
57
a.
Deal with any significant adverse effect on the environment arising from the exercise of the consent that was not foreseen at the time that the application was considered;
b.
Consider the adequacy of conditions that prevent nuisance beyond the boundary of the site, particularly if complaints have been received on a frequent basis and have been validated by an enforcement officer;
c.
Consider developments in emission control technology and management practices that would enable the Best Practicable Option in reducing discharges to air; or
d.
To take into account any act of parliament, regulation, national policy statement or relevant regional plan that relates to limiting, recording or reducing emissions authorised by this consent.
Advice notes 1.
Any reference to number of days within this decision refers to working days as defined in s2 of the RMA.
2.
For more information on the resource consent process with Auckland Council see the council’s website www.aucklandcouncil.govt.nz. General information on resource consents, including making an application to vary or cancel consent conditions can be found on the Ministry for the Environment’s website: www.mfe.govt.nz.
3.
If you disagree with any of the above conditions, or disagree with the additional charges relating to the processing of the application, you have a right of objection pursuant to sections 357A or 357B of the Resource Management Act 1991. Any objection must be made in writing to the council within 15 working days of notification of the decision.
4.
The Consent Holder is responsible for obtaining all other necessary consents, permits, and licences, including those under the Building Act 2004, and the Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga Act 2014. This consent does not remove the need to comply with all other applicable Acts (including the Property Law Act 2007 and the Health and Safety at Work Act 2015), regulations, relevant Bylaws, and rules of law. This consent does not constitute building consent approval. Please check whether a building consent is required under the Building Act 2004.
5.
The Consent Holder shall be advised that any works, structures (including groundanchors) or access required to facilitate the excavations/retaining/foundation construction both permanent and temporary on adjacent properties or land may require the written consent of the effected property owner to be submitted with building and/or resource consent application(s). For more advice the Consent Holder shall contact Auckland Council town planning and building control help desks.
6.
The Resource Consent Holder is advised that the date of the commencement of this consent will be as determined by Section 116 of the RMA, unless a later date is stated as a condition of consent. The provisions of Section 116 of the RMA are summarised in the covering letter issued with this consent.
7.
The Resource Consent Holder is advised that, pursuant to Section 126 of the RMA, if this resource consent has been exercised, but is not subsequently exercised for a continuous period of five years, the consent may be cancelled by the AC unless other criteria contained within Section 126 are met.
58
8.
The Consent Holder is advised that the quality of the pumped groundwater that is to be discharged to the stormwater system or indirectly to stream meets the ANZECC (2000) guidelines for the protection of 95% freshwater species.
59
APPENDIX 1:
Total Ground Settlement Contours and Monitoring Station Locations
CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2610, Rev 3.0, dated 14/10/2016 CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2611, Rev 3.0, dated 14/10/2016 CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2612, Rev 3.0, dated 30/09/2016 CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2613, Rev 4.0, dated 14/10/2016 CRL-PAT-RME-000-DRG-2614, Rev 1.0, dated 13/5/2016 CRL-PAT-RME-000-DRG-2615, Rev 1.0, dated 13/5/2016
60
APPENDIX 2: Provisional Building and Structures and Services Trigger Levels and Buildings requiring Detailed Pre-Condition Survey CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2640, Rev 4.0, dated 14/10/16 CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2642, Rev 3.0, dated 11/10/16
61
APPENDIX 3:
Groundwater Monitoring Bores
PDP A02502731, Figure 39, Rev B, dated May 2016 and Earthtech Consulting Table 7.1, (Appendix 4). Groundwater Monitoring Bores: CRL Stage 2 Construction Location Zone ACZ A
ACZ N
ACZ K
ACZ S
ACZ M
BH 210 Wellesley Street West and Elliot Street Intersection BH 209 Wellesley Street West BH411 BHA BH206B BH423 BH266 BH 268 Vincent Street BH 213 Vincent Street BH 316 Karangahape Road BH 319 Karangahape Road BH274 BH324 BH325 BH218 BH425 BH320 EB312 BH 223 Upper Queen Street BH 225 Symonds Street BH285 BH M1 Upper Shaddock
Eastings mE (NZTM)
Northing mN (NZTM)
Screen Depths
Unit
(A) At 5m depth (new)
(A) Fill (soft clay)
(A) At 8m depth (existing) (B) At 25m depth (existing) At 6.7m depth
(A) EW (B) EU
At 10.9m depth At 5.0m depth (A) At 5m depth (existing) (A) At 10m depth (existing) (A) At 14m depth (existing) (A) At 6m depth (existing) (B) At 17m depth (existing) At 8.0m depth At 6.0m depth At 3.5m depth
At 6.0m depth At 1.7m-7.0m depth (A) At 7m depth (new)
ER TA ER ER ER (A)ER (A) EU (A) EW
(A) EW (B) EW
ER ER ER EW Fill/TA ER Fill/TA (A) TA
(A) At 11m depth (new)
(A) TA
At 7.8m depth (A) At 6m depth (new)
VA/TA (A) TA/ER
62
Street BH M2 Ruru Street BH323 BH426 BH427
(A) At 6m depth (new) At 5.5m depth
(A) TA/ER ER TA/ER ER
63
APPENDIX 4: Sites”
Plans titled “Location Plan Showing Sites Adjacent to Construction
CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2901, revision 1;
CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2902, revision 1;
CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2903, revision 1;
CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2904, revision 1;
CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2905, revision 1;
CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2906, revision 1.
64
APPENDIX 5: a.
Information from Application
Application Form, and Assessment of Environmental Effects prepared by Aurecon NZ Ltd, dated 13 May 2016, including:
Report title and reference
Author
Rev
Dated
Assessment of Environmental Effects Resource Consent Package 2 Aotea Station to North Auckland Line Construction and CRL Operation CRLSYW-RME-000-RPT-0047
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
13 May 2016
Design and Construction Report CRLSYW-RME-000-RPT-0006
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13 May 2016
Auckland City Rail Link (CRL) Aotea Station to North Auckland Line Construction and CRL Operation: Groundwater Technical Report
Pattle Delamore Partners Ltd
Assessment of Settlement Effects ReportCRL-SYW-RME-000-RPT-0045
Aurecon NZ Ltd
Auckland City Rail Link Aotea Station to North Auckland Line Construction and CRL Operation Contaminated Land Assessment 1378206325-067
Golder Associates 0
May 2016
Auckland City Rail Link Aotea Station to North Auckland Line Construction and CRL Operation Water Quality Assessment 1378206325-069
Golder Associates 0
May 2016
Auckland City Rail Link Aotea Station to North Auckland Line Construction and CRL operation Air Quality Assessment1378206325
Golder Associates 0
May 2016
Auckland City Rail Link Aotea Station To North Auckland Line Construction and CRL Operation Built Heritage Impact Assessment CRL-SYW-RME-000-RPT0046
Reverb Ltd
0
13 May 2016
Draft Erosion and Sediment Control Management Plan – CRL-SYW-RME-000RPT-0059
Aurecon NZ Ltd
3
13 May 2016
Auckland City Rail Link Aotea Station to
Golder Associates 0
12 May 2016
3.0
30 June 2016
May 2016
65
North Auckland Line Construction and CRL Operation Industrial and Trade Activities Assessment- 1378206325-070 Geotechnical Engineering Report CRLSYW-GEO-000-RPT-0006
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
02.06.2015
City Rail Link Project: Archaeological Assessment
Clough & Associates Ltd
5.0
10.12.2012
Line Construction and CRL Operation Contaminated Land Assessment- South Pacific Timber 1378206325-076
Golder Associates 0
July 2016
Plan title and reference
Author
Rev
Dated
Location Plan Overall- CRL-SYW-RME000-DRG-2000-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Location Plan Aotea Station- CRL-SYWRME-000-DRG-2001-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Location Plan North Tunnels- CRL-SYWRME-000-DRG-2002-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Location Plan Karangahape Station- CRLSYW-RME-000-DRG-2003-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Location Plan South Tunnels- CRL-SYWRME-000-DRG-2004-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Location Plan Mt Eden Station East- CRLSYW-RME-000-DRG-2005-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Location Plan Mt Eden Station WestCRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2006-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Alignment Plan and Long Section CRL Down (MC20) Sheet 1 of 4- CRL-SYWRME-000-DRG-2010-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Alignment Plan and Long Section CRL Down (MC20) Sheet 2 of 4- CRL-SYWRME-000-DRG-2011-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Alignment Plan and Long Section CRL Down (MC20) Sheet 3 of 4- CRL-SYWRME-000-DRG-2012-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Alignment Plan and Long Section CRL Down (MC20) Sheet 4 of 4- CRL-SYWRME-000-DRG-2013-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
66
Aotea Station Roof Slab Overall PlanCRL-AOT-RME-000-DRG-2110-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Aotea Station Elevation- CRL-AOT-RME000-DRG-2111-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Aotea Station Cross Section Grid 2- CRLAOT-RME-000-DRG-2118-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Aotea Station Cross Section Grid 9- CRLAOT-RME-000-DRG-2119-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Aotea Station Cross Section Grid 13 Victoria St Entrance- CRL-AOT-RME-000DRG-2120-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Aotea Station Cross Section Grid 14 Victoria Street Entrance- CRL-AOT-RME000-DRG-2121-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Aotea Station Cross Section Grid 25CRL-AOT-RME-000-DRG-2122-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Aotea Station Cross Section Grid S3CRL-AOT-RME-000-DRG-2123-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Aotea Station Cross Section Grid S3CRL-AOT-RME-000-DRG-4023-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
08.07.16
Karangahape Station Plan General Arrangement Street Level CRL-KRDRME-000-DRG-2142-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Karangahape Station Overall Street Level Plan CRL-KRD-RME-000-DRG-2130-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Karangahape Station Overall Street Level Plan CRL-KRD-RME-000-DRG-2132-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Karangahape Station North Zone Sections Sheet 1 CRL-KRD-RME-000-DRG-21361.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Karangahape Station South Zone Sections Sheet 1 CRL-KRD-RME-000DRG-2138-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Karangahape Station Platform Level Tunnel Sections Sheet 1 CRL-KRD-RME000-DRG-2139-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Karangahape Station Platform Level Tunnel Sections Sheet 2 CRL-KRD-RME-
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
67
000-DRG-2140-1.0 Karangahape Station Platform Tunnel and Central Passenger Tunnel and Escalator Tunnel-Setout CRL-KRD-RME-000-DRG2143-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Mt Eden Station Plan Newton Grade Separation Structure CRL-MTE-RME-000DRG-2150-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
04.07.16
Mt Eden Station Section 1 Newton Grade Separation Structure CRL-MTE-RME-000DRG-2151-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
04.07.16
Mt Eden Station Cross Sections Newton Shaft CRL-MTE-RME-000-DRG-2152-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
04.07.16
Mt Eden Station Isometric of Permanent Structure Newton Grade Separation Structure CRL-MTE-RME-000-DRG-21531.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Mt Eden NAL Plan And Sections- Ruru Street Bridge Sheet 1 of 1 CRL-MTERME-000-DRG-2158-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Mt Eden NAL Plan And Sections – Western Flyover Sheet 1 of 2 CRL-MTERME-000-DRG-2160-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Mt Eden NAL Plan And Sections- Mt Eden Road Bridge Sheet 1 of 2 CRL-EFC-RME000-DRG-2166-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Mt Eden NAL Elevation- Mt Eden Road Bridge Sheet 2 of 2 CRL-EFC-RME-000DRG-2167-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Mt Eden NAL Plan And SectionsNormanby Road Bridge Sheet 1 of 3 CRLEFC-RME-000-DRG-2170-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Mt Eden NAL Plan And Sections – Normanby Road Bridge Sheet 2 of 3 CRLEFC-RME-000-DRG-2171-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Structural Geological Long Section MC20 West Sheet 1 of 1 CRL-MTE-RME-000DRG-2173-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Structural Geological Long Section MC30
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
68
West Sheet 1 of 1 CRL-MTE-RME-000DRG-2174-1.0 Mt Eden NAL Cross Sections West Sheet 1 of 2 CRL-MTE-RME-000-DRG-2176-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Mt Eden NAL Cross Sections West Sheet 2 of 2 CRL-MTE-RME-000-DRG-2177-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Mt Eden NAL Structural Geological Long Section MC50 East Sheet 1 of 1 CRLEFC-RME-000-DRG-2178-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Mt Eden NAL Structural Geological Long Section MC60 East Sheet 1 of 1 CRLEFC-RME-000-DRG-2179-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Mt Eden NAL Cross Sections East Sheet 1 of 2 CRL-EFC-RME-000-DRG-2180-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Mt Eden NAL Cross Sections East Sheet 2 of 2 CRL-EFC-RME-000-DRG-2181-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Mt Eden NAL Structural Geological Long Section MC10 and MC40 NAL Sheet 1 of 2 CRL-EFC-RME-000-DRG-2182-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Mt Eden NAL Structural Geological Long Section MC10 and MC40 NAL Sheet 2 of 2 CRL-EFC-RME-000-DRG-2183-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Mt Eden NAL Structural Geological Long Section MC10 and MC40 NAL Sheet 1 of 1 CRL-EFC-RME-000-DRG-2184-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Mt Eden NAL Cross Sections NAL Sheet 1 Aurecon NZ Ltd of 1 CRL-EFC-RME-000-DRG-2185-1.0
1.0
13.05.16
South Tunnels Plan- Southern Junction CRL-NJT-RME-000-DRG-2190-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
South Tunnels Section- Southern Portal CRL-NJT-RME-000-DRG-2191-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
South Tunnels Section- Southern Junction CRL-NJT-RME-000-DRG-2192-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
North And South Tunnels Segmental Lining General Arrangement CRl-SYWRME-000-DRG-2196-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
North and South Tunnels Cross Passage CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2197-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
69
Aotea Station Construction Support Area 1 Aurecon NZ Ltd (Indicative Layout) Aotea Station CRLAOT-RME-000-DRG-2951-1.0
1.0
13.05.16
Karangahape Station Construction Support Area 2 (Indicative Layout) Beresford Square CRL-KRD-RME-000DRG-2961-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Karangahape Station Construction Support Area 3 (Indicative Layout) Mercury Lane CRL-KRD-RME-000-DRG2962-A
Aurecon NZ Ltd
A
13.05.16
Mt Eden NAL Construction Support Area 4 Aurecon NZ Ltd (Indicative Layout) Tunnelling Phase CRLMTE-RME-000-DRG-2971-1.0
1.0
13.05.16
Mt Eden NAL Construction Support Area 5 Aurecon NZ Ltd (Indicative Layout) Station and Tie Into NAL CRL-MTE-RME-000-DRG-2972-1.0
1.0
13.05.16
Settlement Contours Mechanical Settlement Plan Sheet 1 of 6 CRL-SYWRME-000-DRG-2601-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Settlement Contours Mechanical Settlement Plan Sheet 2 of 6 CRL-SYWRME-000-DRG-2602-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Settlement Contours Mechanical Settlement Plan Sheet 3 of 6 CRL-SYWRME-000-DRG-2603-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Settlement Contours Mechanical Settlement Plan Sheet 4 of 6 CRL-SYWRME-000-DRG-2604-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Settlement Contours Mechanical Settlement Plan Sheet 5 of 6 CRL-SYWRME-000-DRG-2605-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Settlement Contours Mechanical Settlement Plan Sheet 6 of 6 CRL-SYWRME-000-DRG-2606-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Settlement Contours And Building Assessment Mechanical And Consolidation Settlement Sheet 1 of 6 CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2610-3.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
14.10.16
70
Settlement Contours And Building Assessment Mechanical And Consolidation Settlement Sheet 2 of 6 CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2611-3.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
14.10.16
Settlement Contours And Building Assessment Mechanical And Consolidation Settlement Sheet 3 of 6 CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2612-3.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
30.09.16
Settlement Contours And Building Assessment Mechanical And Consolidation Settlement Sheet 4 of 6 CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2613-4.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
14.10.16
Settlement Contours And Building Assessment Mechanical And Consolidation Settlement Sheet 5 of 6 CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2614-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Settlement Contours And Building Assessment Mechanical And Consolidation Settlement Sheet 6 of 6 CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2615-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Aotea To NAL Trigger Levels Table And Notes Sheet 1 of 2 CRL-SYW-RME-000DRG-2640-4.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
14.10.16
Aotea To NAL Trigger Levels Table And Notes Sheet 2 of 2 CRL-SYW-RME-000DRG-2642-3.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
11.10.16
Geological Longsection Aotea Station Sheet 1 of 2 CRL-AOT-GEO-000-DRG0011-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
25.05.16
Geological Longsection Aotea Station Sheet 2 of 2 CRL-AOT-GEO-000-DRG0012-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
25.05.16
Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 3 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0029-3.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
3.0
24.06.16
Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 4 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0030-3.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
3.0
24.06.16
Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 5 of 15 CRL-SYW-
Aurecon NZ Ltd
3.0
24.06.2016
71
GEO-000-DRG-0031-3.0 Geological and Hydrogeological Cross Section Wellesley Street CRL-SYW-GEO000-SKE-0017-4.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
4.0
05.07.2016
Geological and Hydrogeological Cross Section Victoria Street CRL-SYW-GEO000-SKE-0018-3.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
3.0
23.06.2016
Geological And Hydrogeological Cross Section DR6MC30 Chainage 1750-2100 CRL-SYW-GEO-000-SKE-0028-5.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
5.0
05.07.2016
Geological and Hydrogeological Cross Section Beresford Square CRL-SYWGEO-000-SKE-0029-3.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
3.0
05.07.2016
Geological and Hydrogeological Cross Section Cross Street CRL-SYW-GEO000-SKE-0030-3.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
3.0
05.07.2016
Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 1 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0027-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
23.06.2016
Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 2 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0028-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
23.06.2016
Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 3 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0029-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
23.06.2016
Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 4 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0030-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
23.06.2016
Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 5 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0031-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
23.06.2016
Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 6 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0032-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
23.06.2016
Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 7 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0033-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
23.06.2016
Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 8 of 15 CRL-SYW-
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
23.06.2016
72
GEO-000-DRG-0034-2.0 Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 9 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0035-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
23.06.2016
Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 10 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0036-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
23.06.2016
Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 11 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0037-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
23.06.2016
Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 12 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0038-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
23.06.2016
Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed)13 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0039-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
23.06.2016
Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed)14 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0040-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
23.06.2016
Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed)15 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0041-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
23.06.2016
Geological Long Section DR6MC30 Chainage 2750-3100m CRL-SYW-GEO000-SKE-0033-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
07.07.16
Geological and Hydrogeological Long Section DR6MC20 Chainage 3050-3400 CRL-SYW-GEO-000-SKE-0034-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
07.07.16
Geological Cross Section At DR6MC50 Chainage 625 CRL-SYW-GEO-000-SKE0042-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
05.07.16
Geological And Hydrogeological Cross Section At DR6MC20 Chainage 3185 CRL-SYW-GEO-000-SKE-0045-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
05.07.16
Geological Cross Section At DR6MC20 Aurecon NZ Ltd Chainage 3312 CRL-SYW-GEO-000-SKE0046-2.0
2.0
05.07.16
Queen Street Plumbing And Drainage Services Permanent Works Foul Water-
A
18.11.2015
Aurecon NZ Ltd
73
Ground Level CRL-BTM-DRN-000-DRG1310-A Queen Street Plumbing And Drainage Aurecon NZ Ltd Services Permanent Works Surface Water- Ground Level CRL-BTM-DRN-000DRG-1610-A
A
18.11.2015 q
Aotea Station Station North Drainage Layout CRL-AOT-DRN-000-DRG-1101-3
Aurecon NZ Ltd
3
22.06.16
Aotea Station Station South Drainage Layout CRL-AOT-DRN-000-DRG-1102-2
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2
21.03.16
Karangahape Station Station North Drainage Layout CRL-KRD-DRN-000DRG-1101-2
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2
08.04.16
Karangahape Station Station South Drainage Layout CRL-KRD-DRN-000DRG-1102-2
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2
05.07.16
CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2901
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1
CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2902
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1
CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2903
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1
CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2904
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1
CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2905
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1
CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2906
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1
Other additional information
Author
Rev
Dated
Stakeholder Meeting Minutes: Nikau Street Aurecon NZ Ltd 1950mm dia. Stormwater Diversion
0
22 January 2016
Mana Whenua Forum
Auckland Transport
-
10 December 2015
Section 92 Response Groundwater
Pattle Delamore Partners Ltd
-
29 June 2016
CRL Monthly Mana Whenua Forum
Auckland Transport
-
19 May 2016
Section 92 Response Groundwater Figures
Pattle Delamore Partners Ltd
-
29 June 2016
Section 92 Response Contamination
Golder Associates -
30 June 2016
74
Cone Penetrometer test Karangahape Station
Aurecon NZ Ltd
-
14.06.2016
Section 92 Response
Aurecon NZ Ltd
-
30.06.2016
Aotea Station PLAXIS analysis – Bluestone wall sections
Aurecon NZ Ltd
-
29.06.2016
Further S92 Response
Aurecon NZ Ltd
-
08.07.2016
Ground Settlement question 89 answer
Aurecon NZ Ltd
-
05.07.2016
Further s92 Response Groundwater
Pattle Delamore Partners Ltd
-
08.07.2016
Further S92 Response Question 88 answer
Aurecon NZ Ltd
-
01.07.2016
Earthtech Memo Ref m3256-1
Aurecon NZ Ltd
-
22.08.16
CRL-MTE-UTI-000-MEM-0012 Preliminary Flood Assessment Results and Mitigation Measures
Aurecon NZ Ltd
-
31.08.16
Hydrological and Hydraulic Review of the CRL Southern Connection Modelling
Richard Smedley – Senior Stormwater Specialist, Healthy Waters Department
01.09.2016
Preliminary Flood Assessment: Consenting Analysis of potential downstream mitigation requirements
Aurecon NZ Ltd
9.09.2016
Proposed Auckland Unitary Plan (Decision Version) assessment tables:
Golder Associates
September 2016
Aurecon / Golder Associates
20 September 2016
b.
Earthworks
c.
Groundwater diversion and take
d.
Water Quality
e.
Contaminated land
f.
Air Quality
g.
Stormwater
h.
Industrial and Trade activities
Proposed Auckland Unitary Plan Auckland Council Decisions Version 2016 (CRLMTE-UTI-000-MEM-00XX)
75
Construction Environmental Management Plan
Appendix E: Records of CLG, IPR and Auckland Council Comments E1. CLG Comments Comment ID
1
2 Page 108
Date
8/10/2019
8/10/2019 | Mt Eden Enabling Works
Time
5:30pm
5:30pm
Forum
CLG
CLG
Contributor
Comment
Resolution
Megan Ottley (resident and part of the Body Corporate at 10 Ruru Street)
What are the normal working hours of construction? Monday Saturday 7am - 7pm? There has been construction activity going on late on a Sunday night, causing noise. There should be no work on a Sunday. I reported this activity to noise control.
The construction activity that was taking place on a Sunday night was not being undertaken by the Link Alliance contactors but was undertaken by South Pacific Timber (deconstructing their own site). The Link Alliance has spoken to South Pacific Timber about the noise complaints. The Mt Eden Enabling Works construction hours are generally from 07:00 to 22:00 Monday to Saturday (with works between 19:00 to 22:00 being minimised where possible). Certain construction works may need to be undertaken outside typical work hours (and between 07:00 to 22:00 on a Sunday). If this is required operation procedures will be implemented (including notifying residents and other affected parties) to minimise the noise disturbance. Refer to the CNV DWP in Appendix K of the CEMP for further details on propose noise mitigation measures. No change to the CEMP
Megan Ottley (resident and part of the Body Corporate at 10 Ruru Street)
There is a bright light shining upwards into our building every night. Is this from the Link Alliance contractors? And will the lighting be like this during Mt Eden Enabling Works construction.
The light being referred to is not from a Link Alliance contractor. Light spill will be managed as per lighting spill and glare section 5.9 of the CEMP. No change to CEMP.
Construction Environmental Management Plan
3
4
5
6 Page 109
8/10/2019
8/10/2019
8/10/2019
8/10/2019 | Mt Eden Enabling Works
5:30pm
5:30pm
5:30pm
5:30pm
The buildings at 10 Ruru Street are planned to be painted and she is concerned about dust generation which will impact the painting of the buildings. She would like to undertake paining early 2020 and she informed us that painting is anticipated to take approximately 12 weeks.
This was discussed with AQ and CEMP SME. Demolition and basalt blasting will generate dust and therefore painting is recommended to occur after those activities have been undertaken. This may be further discussed between Megan Ottley and the Consultation and Engagement Team. No change to the CEMP.
CLG
Megan Ottley (resident and part of the Body Corporate at 10 Ruru Street)
CLG
Megan Ottley (resident and part of the Body Corporate at 10 Ruru Street)
Pest Management
Pest management has not been covered in CEMPs in the past. A sub section to the CEMP related to housekeeping that daily inspection will include pest management. Change to CEMP.
CLG
John Fryer (House of Knives - 24 Mt Eden Road)
What is going to be done about the wind and dust that will be blown towards our business as a result of the removal of buildings (which provide shelter from wind and dust)?
There is unfortunately no mitigation for this as the buildings require removal. No change to CEMP.
CLG
John Fryer (House of Knives - 24 Mt Eden Road)
Will the fact that the railway will be in a trench (lower track)
Yes, the fact that the railway will be at a lower level (than normal ground level) will reduce line of sight and therefore will likely reduce the noise generated from the train during operation.
Construction Environmental Management Plan
7
8
9 Page 110
8/10/2019
8/10/2019
24/10/2019 | Mt Eden Enabling Works
5:30pm
5:30pm
4:50pm
CLG
CLG
CLG
reduce the noise generated?
No change to CEMP.
Rosco (Station R apartments)
Rosco was enquiring about the building condition survey process.
Building condition surveys will be undertaken prior construction (i.e. before the Fenton St concrete breaking works commence). No change to CEMP.
John Fryer (House of Knives - 24 Mt Eden Road)
John is concerned about construction contractor parking which will impact parking on Mt Eden Road.
This is addressed in the TAP DWP and will be addressed in the Workforce Travel Management Plan to be prepared for the Mt Eden main works. No change to CEMP.
Spoil handling area location. Due to the proximity to residential properties at no 1 and 3 Akiraho St materials and volume of spoil to be handled/ double handled, effect on residents, hours of operation?
The spoil handling area for the TBM preparation works is located on the southern section of the site (as per the indicative CEMP staging drawings). Its location is approximately 70m north of 1 and 3 Akiharo Street. The volume of material to be stored will be up to 2,000m3. An enclosure (probably steel structure outbuilding) will be erected around the spoil handling area to prevent dust affecting residents. For the Fenton Street utility diversion works, temporary stockpiles will be located south of the Kennards (selfstorage) building and south of the apartment buildings located east of the Kennards building. A maximum of about 500m3 of temporary stockpiled material will be stored on site for these works at any one time and material will be removed regularly (refer to section 2.5.2 of this CEMP). These stockpiles are located approximately 200 and 370m north west of 1 and 3 Akiharo Street, respectively. Typical hours of works are between 0700 to 2200 hrs (as per section 2.4 of this CEMP). No change to CEMP.
Richard Coombes (Flaming Print)
Construction Environmental Management Plan
E2. Independent Peer Review Page no.
CEMP section
Paragraph/ sentence
Comment
Resolution
16
1.5
Second paragraph
The CEMP states that “The CEMP and DWPs have been reviewed by the Independent Peer Reviewer (IPR) before submission to Auckland Council, as per the requirements of designation condition 11�. It is unclear in the text of CEMP as to what has been subject to the IPR. As part of the IPR role I have not reviewed the DWPs and it is understood that not all the plans have had been subject to this process and there is a different approach for designation and resource consent related plans. For clarity it is important that the CEMP accurately reflects the process that applies.
There was an error in using Independent Peer Reviewer instead of Independent Peer Review Panel for the review of the DWPs. The wording has been changed slightly to clarify. Change to CEMP.
36
Table 2-1
This section refers to the use of Glass Fibre Reinforced Polymer. Experience with similar products in the past has indicated an issue with the fibres and release of these fibres into the environment. The CEMP should cross reference to specific management of these or to a DWP that will outline the associated management.
The use of Glass Fiber Reinforced Polymer (GFRP) is used during tunnelling for temporary support. This will be removed and disposed offsite at a suitable waste facility. Specific management of that product will be established once further detail of the product is available. A sentence about removal of this has been included in the CEMP (Table 2-2 in section 2.2.2 of this CEMP). Change to CEMP.
50 and 56 107
2.5.2 and Table 3-1. CLG Comments Appendix E
The CEMP confirms that for Fenton Street works in the order of 500m3 of stockpiled material will be stored on site at any one time and material will be removed regularly. The issue of stockpiling has also been raised through the CLG comments and it is assessed as important that a maximum limit be imposed through the CEMP of 500m3 for the Fenton Street works to provide certainty for all parties. In addition, the spoil handling area for the TBM preparation works is located on the southern section of the site as in the CEMP staging drawings. The volume of material to be stored will be up to 2,000m3 at this location and it is understood this
Whilst we understand this provides certainty to all parties, this does not provide flexibility to the Construction team. These volumes are indicative only and are subject to change as construction details are confirmed. It will also be dependent on-site conditions and how construction progresses. No change to CEMP.
Page 111
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Comment ID #9
Construction Environmental Management Plan Page no.
CEMP section
Paragraph/ sentence
Comment
Resolution
will have a steel structure around the location. It is assessed as important that a maximum limit also be imposed through the CEMP on this main stockpile of 2000m3 to provide certainty for all parties. 56 and 65
3.2 and 5.1
This section notes that the Risk Register includes environmental risks associated with the Mt Eden Enabling Works. It has been set up based on the construction methodology and assessment of potential risks on the environment. The risk register itself appears to not be within the CEMP document and this should be included to allow risks to be proactively identified with associated risk management responses. Section 5.1 further notes that a Technical Risk Register and Safety in Design Risk Register is provided in Appendix E and F of the Mt Eden Station Utilities Management Plan. While this hasn’t been reviewed this is a different risk register than that required for the full project and CEMP process.
The risk register is a live document and does not form part of this CEMP. It has been developed by the Link Alliance. CEMP SME agrees with the IPR that the Technical risk register and Safety in Design Risk Register (referred to in section 5.1 of the CEMP) are separate documents which only relate to network utilities. No change to CEMP.
68
5.3
The Communication and Consultation Plan confirms that it aims to keep stakeholders and affected parties fully informed. The CCP will ensure stakeholders and affected parties are consulted with, and where there are direct effects on them, they will have inquiries and complaints responded to in a timely manner and can get in touch easily on a 24/7 basis should the need arise. The CEMP doesn’t however appear to have any provision for amendments or changes to the activity or treatment/ mitigation options to be made as a result of this consultation. The CEMP needs to expand this area such that not only does discussion occur with such parties but there are clear actions and investigation of options if these exist.
Text has been added in section 5.3 of the CEMP to clarify. Please note that section 6.7.1 of the CEMP states that review of the CEMP will occur due to unresolved complaints and any response to complaints and remedial action taken to address the complaint. The complaint process is also fully detailed in the CCP (section 7.4.3 of CCP) and summarised in section 5.22.5 of the CEMP. Change to CEMP.
68
5.4
The erosion and sediment control for the site includes the use of a sediment retention pond
Section 2.5.1 and section 5.4 of the CEMP have been amended with reference to the SRP. The ESCP (and ESCP
Page 112
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
3rd bullet point
Construction Environmental Management Plan Page no.
CEMP section
Paragraph/ sentence
Resolution
(SRP) and states that for details on batch dosing refer to Flocculant Treatment Plan. The CEMP confirms that the SRP will be used during all stages of the Mt Eden enabling works however it is only shown on the plans from Stage 2 works onward. Stage 1 works include earthworks activities and the need for the SRP at this earlier stage would be necessary.
drawings) indicate that additional smaller SRPs will be required during Stage 1 and 2 of the TBM preparation works. The CEMP drawings do not depict the smaller SRPs as these are provided in the ESCP drawings (and Site Specific Erosion and Sediment Control Plans attached as Appendix to the ESCP). Change to CEMP.
This section notes that prior to bulk earthworks commencing on site an assessment of the effectiveness of chemical treatment on the site’s soils will be undertaken. The CEMP has no criteria as to what is expected re effectiveness and the CEMP should be more certain in this regard. The CEMP also mentions that if contaminated flows cannot be controlled to a suitable standard that allows discharge to stormwater, these flows will be collected and discharged in accordance with a Trade Waste Permit to be authorised by Watercare. This criterion (assumed to be based around water quality) is not specified and should be clearly documented within the CEMP.
This is clearly detailed in the ESCP and Flocculant Treatment Management Plan (FTMP) attached as Appendix H to the CEMP. For clarity purposes, we have included condition 145 of the resource consent in Table 1-5 of the CEMP which provides details on where the discharge will go in relation with quality of the discharge (and details discharge process of potential contaminated runoff). Change to CEMP
69
5.4.1
80
5.14
This section is related to groundwater considerations. From a construction perspective it is likely that groundwater will be intercepted during the construction activity (0.5 to 2.0 mbgl at Newton Ridge) and will need to be pumped and treated prior to discharge. This could be a significant volume and the CEMP should provide details of expected volumes and treatment options that are provided for.
Section 5.14 of the CEMP has been updated to include information on groundwater management/treatment. Change to CEMP.
90
6.0
This section notes that for monitoring procedures and details there is a link back to the individual sub plans. The CEMP would benefit from a summary table of this monitoring programme to ensure consistency of approach and to ensure all
This is consistent with the other CEMPs as the DWP/MPs detail specific monitoring to be undertaken. A summary of specific monitoring has not been prepared as these are detailed in the relevant DWP/MPs.
Page 113
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
2nd paragraph and last paragraph
Comment
Construction Environmental Management Plan Page no.
65
CEMP section
Section 5
Paragraph/ sentence
Comment
Resolution
necessary monitoring aspects are addressed. For example, the CEMP in Section 5.4.1 mentions a water quality discharge monitoring programme (WQDMP) for monitoring discharges from site however this is discussed in isolation from other monitoring that may be occurring.
The WQDMP is a specific requirement of consent and is linked to several Plans (ITA EMP, ESCP, FTMP and CDWP), hence the importance to add it in the monitoring section of the CEMP. No change to CEMP.
This section refers to various appendices and notes these form part of the CEMP. These are not included in the draft CEMP provided and have not been viewed or assessed within this IPR process.
Section 5 is a summary of environmental management procedures provided in the various DWPs or MPs. As required by the CRL designation conditions, each of the DWPs that form part of the CEMP undergo separate independent peer review by appropriate subject matter experts. While it is not the task of the CEMP independent reviewer to individually peer review each of the component DWPs, the CEMP reviewer can therefore be assured that the full CEMP including all of its component DWPs are adequately reviewed. However, some of the sub sections (in section 5) do not have an associated DWP and would have been included in the scope of the peer review. No change to CEMP
Designation Conditions – IPR Comments No
Designation Condition
CEMP Section
IPRP comments
Resolution
7.1
Within three months of the confirmation of the designations the Requiring Authority shall, in consultation with the Auckland Council, establish at least one Community Liaison Group in each the following key construction areas: (d) Main construction site (Designation 6) In addition to the requirements in Condition 5, the purpose of the Groups shall be to: (d) Provide feedback on the development of the CEMP and DWPS.
1.5
Fully addressed in CEMP.
Noted.
Fully addressed in CEMP.
Noted.
7.4
Page 114
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
5.3 1.5 Appendix E
Construction Environmental Management Plan No
Designation Condition
CEMP Section
IPRP comments
Resolution
13.1
The Requiring Authority, its contractor team, and the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s) shall establish and implement a collaborative working process for dealing with day to day construction processes, including monitoring compliance with the designation conditions and with the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs) and any material changes to these plans associated with construction of the City Rail Link. This collaborative working process shall:
6.1
Fully addressed in CEMP.
Noted.
(a) Operate for the duration of the construction works and for 6 months following completion of construction works where monitoring of designation conditions is still required, unless a different timeframe is mutually agreed between the Requiring Authority and the Auckland Council; (b) Have a “key contact” person representing the Requiring Authority and a “key contact” person representing the contractor team to work with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s); (c) The “key contacts” shall be identified in the CEMP and shall meet at least monthly unless a different timeframe is agreed with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s). The purpose of the meeting is to report on compliance with the designation conditions and with the CEMP, DWPs and material changes to these plans and on any matters of non-compliance and how they have been addressed; (d) Once construction has commenced, the Requiring Authority and / or the contractor shall provide an update to the Community Liaison Groups (Condition 7 of this designation) at least once every 3 months, or if in accordance with Condition 7 these groups meet more regularly, at least once every two months. The purpose and function of the collaborative working process is to: (a) Assist as necessary the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s) to confirm that: (i) The works authorised under these designations are being carried out in compliance with the designation conditions, the CEMP, DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs) and any material changes to these plans; (ii) The Requiring Authority and its contractor are undertaking all monitoring and the recording of monitoring results in compliance with the requirements of the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs) and any material changes to these plans; (b) Subsequent to a confirmed Outline Plan, provide a mechanism through which any changes to the design, CEMP or DWPs, which are not material changes requiring approval under Condition 10 triggering the requirement for a new Outline Plan, can be required, reviewed and confirmed; (c) Advise where changes to construction works following a confirmed Outline Plan require a new CEMP or DWP (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs);
6.1
Fully addressed in CEMP.
Noted.
6.1
Fully addressed in CEMP.
Noted.
13.2
13.3
Page 115
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan No
17.1
Designation Condition (d) Review and identify any concerns or complaints received from, or related to, the construction works monthly (unless a different timeframe is mutually agreed with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer) and adequacy of the measures adopted to respond to these. Upon receiving a concern or complaint during construction, the Requiring Authority shall instigate a process to address concerns or complaints received about adverse effects. This shall: (a) Identify the nature of the concern or complaint, and the location, date and time of the alleged event(s);
CEMP Section
5.3,5.7, 5.22.5, and Appendix G
(b) Acknowledge receipt of the concern or complaint within 24 hours of receipt; (c) Respond to the concern or complaint in accordance with the relevant management plan, which may include monitoring of the activity by a suitably qualified expert, implementation of mitigation measures, and, in the case of noise and / or vibration, preparation of a site specific noise and / or vibration management plan (in accordance with Conditions 37 and 38);
17.2
Page 116
A record of all concerns and / or complaints received shall be kept by the Requiring Authority. This record shall include: (a) The name and address of the person(s) who raised the concern or complaint (unless they elect not to provide this) and details of the concern or complaint; | Mt Eden Enabling Works
5.3, 5.22.5, and Appendix G
IPRP comments
Resolution
Fully addressed in CEMP. Fully addressed in CEMP. Requires further expansion to ensure there is a clear linkage to the activity and the potential for further monitoring and mitigation measures.
Noted.
Fully addressed in CEMP.
Noted. Section 5.3 of the CEMP has been edited to include further info on the complaints process (as per the comment in the table above). Table 1-4 has been updated to also include reference to section 5.8 of the CEMP. Noted.
Construction Environmental Management Plan No
17.3 17.4
Designation Condition (b) Where practicable, weather conditions at the time of the concern or complaint, including wind direction and cloud cover if the complaint relates to noise or air quality; (c) Known City Rail Link construction activities at the time and in the vicinity of the concern or complaint; (d) Any other activities in the area unrelated to the City Rail Link construction that may have contributed to the concern or complaint such as non-City Rail Link construction, fires, traffic accidents or unusually dusty conditions generally; (e) Remedial actions undertaken (if any) and the outcome of these, including monitoring of the activity. This record shall be maintained on site, be available for inspection upon request, and shall be provided every two months (or as otherwise agreed) to the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer, and to the “key contacts” (see Condition 13). Where a complaint remains unresolved or a dispute arises, Auckland Council Compliance Monitoring Officer will be provided with all records of the complaint and how it has been dealt with and addressed and whether the Requiring Authority considers that any other steps to resolve the complaint are required. Upon receiving records of the complaint the Auckland Council Compliance Monitoring Officer must determine whether a review of the CEMP and/or DWPs is required under Condition 22 to address this complaint. The Auckland Council Compliance Monitoring Officer shall advise the Requiring Authority of its recommendation within 10 working days of receiving the records of complaint.
CEMP Section
IPRP comments
Resolution
5.3, 5.22.5 and Appendix G 5.3, 5.22.5 and Appendix G
Fully addressed in CEMP. CEMP reference appears incorrect – should be Section 5.3 and Appendix G. Fully addressed in CEMP. Fully addressed in CEMP. Fully addressed in CEMP. Not assessed as part of IPR process.
Noted.
19.1
The objective of the CEMP and DWPs is to so far as is reasonably practicable, avoid, remedy or mitigate any adverse effects (including cumulative effects) associated with the City Rail Link construction.
1.2
19.2
All works must be carried out in accordance with the CEMP, the DWPs required by these conditions and in accordance with any changes to plans made under Condition 23.
6.6 and 6.7
19.3
The CEMP and DWPs shall be prepared, complied with and monitored by the Requiring Authority throughout the duration of construction of the City Rail Link.
6
19.4
The DWPs shall give effect to the specific requirements and objectives set out in these designation conditions.
Appendices F to Q
Page 117
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Corrected. Change to CEMP.
Noted Noted. Noted. Noted.
Construction Environmental Management Plan No
Designation Condition
CEMP Section
IPRP comments
Resolution
19.5
The CEMP shall include measures to give effect to any specific requirements and objectives set out in these designation conditions that are not addressed by the DWPs.
4, 5 and 6
The CEMP provides a summary of the DWPs however these DWPs have not been reviewed at this time.
Noted. Reference has been corrected.
20.1
In order to give effect to the objective in Condition 19.1, the CEMP must provide for the following: (b) Notice boards that clearly identify the Requiring Authority and the Project name, together with the name, telephone number and email address of the Site or Project Manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager; (c) Training requirements for employees, sub-contractors and visitors on construction procedures, environment management and monitoring; (d) A Travel Management Plan for each construction site outlining onsite car parking management and methods for encouraging travel to the site using forms of transport other than private vehicle to assist in mitigating localised traffic effects; and
Page 118
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Change to CEMP.
CEMP reference appears incorrect. 2.6, 4.1 4.2 Appendix J
Fully addressed in CEMP. Fully addressed in CEMP. Not assessed as part of IPR process.
Noted. Noted. Noted.
Construction Environmental Management Plan No
20.2
Page 119
Designation Condition
CEMP Section
IPRP comments
Resolution
(e) Where a complaint is received, the complaint must be recorded and responded to as provided for in Conditions 13, 15 and 17.
5.8, 5.22.5 and Appendix G
Fully addressed in CEMP. Appendices not assessed as part of this IPR process at this time.
Noted.
4.1
Fully addressed in CEMP. Fully addressed in CEMP. Reference appears incorrect. Should be section 5.2.2. Fully addressed in CEMP. Appendices not assessed as part of this IPR process at this time.
Noted.
The CEMP shall include details of: (a) The site or Project Manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager (who will implement and monitor the Communication and Consultation Plan), including their contact details (phone, email and physical address); (b) The Document management system for administering the CEMP, including review and Requiring Authority / Constructor / Auckland Council requirements;
6.6 and 6.7
(c) Environmental incident and emergency management procedures;
5.22
(d) Environmental complaint's management procedures (see also Condition 17);
5.8, 5.22.5 and Appendix G
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Noted. Noted and this has been corrected. Change to CEMP. Noted.
Construction Environmental Management Plan No
21.1
Designation Condition
CEMP Section
IPRP comments
Resolution
(e) An outline of the construction programme of the work, including construction hours of operation, indicating linkages to the DWPs which address the management of adverse effects during construction;
2
Noted.
(f) Specific details on demolition to be undertaken during the construction period;
2
(g) Means of ensuring the safety of the general public; and
2
(h) Methods to assess and monitor potential cumulative adverse effects.
3.3
Fully addressed in CEMP. Fully addressed in CEMP. Fully addressed in CEMP. Fully addressed in CEMP.
In order to give effect to the objective in Condition 19.1, the CEMP shall include the following details and requirements in relation to all areas within the surface designation footprint where construction works are to occur, and / or where materials and construction machinery are to be used or stored: (a) Where access points are to be located and procedures for managing construction vehicle ingress and egress to construction support and storage areas; (b) Methods for managing the control of silt and sediment within the construction area;
Page 120
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
2 5.4 and Appendix H
Fully addressed in CEMP. Fully addressed in CEMP however appendices not assessed as part of IPR process at this time.
Noted. Noted. Noted.
Noted.
Construction Environmental Management Plan No
Page 121
Designation Condition
CEMP Section
IPRP comments
Resolution
(c) Methods for earthworks management (including depth and extent of earthworks and temporary, permanent stabilisation measures and monitoring of ground movement) for earthworks adjacent to buildings and structures;
5.4 and Appendix H
Noted.
(d) Measures to adopt to keep the construction area in a tidy condition in terms of disposal / storage of rubbish and storage unloading of construction materials (including equipment). All storage of materials and equipment associated with the construction works shall take place within the boundaries of the designation; (e) Measures to ensure all temporary boundary / security fences associated with the construction of the City Rail Link are maintained in good order with any graffiti removed as soon as possible;
2
(g) The location and specification of any temporary acoustic fences and visual barriers, and where practicable, opportunities for mana whenua (see Condition 8) and community art or other decorative measures along with viewing screens to be incorporated into these without compromising the purpose for which these are erected; (h) How the construction areas are to be fenced and kept secure from the public and, where practicable and without compromising their purpose how opportunities for public viewing, including provision of viewing screens and display of information about the project and opportunities for mana whenua and community art or other decorative measures can be incorporated to enhance public amenity and connection to the project; (i) The location of any temporary buildings (including workers offices and portaloos) and vehicle parking (which should be located within the construction area and not on adjacent streets);
2 and 5
Fully addressed in CEMP however appendices not assessed as part of IPR process at this time. Fully addressed in CEMP. Fully addressed in CEMP. Fully addressed in CEMP. Fully addressed in CEMP.
Noted.
(j) Methods to control the intensity, location and direction of artificial construction lighting to avoid light spill and glare onto sites adjacent construction areas;
5.9
(k) Methods to ensure the prevention and mitigation of adverse effects associated with the storage, use, disposal, or transportation of hazardous substances;
5.16
Fully addressed in CEMP. Fully addressed in CEMP. Fully addressed in CEMP.
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
2
2, 5
2.5
Noted. Noted. Noted. Noted.
Noted. Noted.
Construction Environmental Management Plan No
Designation Condition
CEMP Section
IPRP comments
Resolution
(m) That site offices and less noisy construction activities be located at the edge of the construction yards where practicable; and
2
Noted.
(n) Methods for management of vacant areas once construction is completed in accordance with the Urban Design DWP.
5.11
The CEMP and DWPs shall be reviewed at least annually or as a result of a material change to the City Rail Link project or to address unforeseen adverse effects arising from construction or unresolved complaints. Such a review may be initiated by either Auckland Council or the Requiring Authority. The review shall take into consideration: (a) Compliance with designation conditions, the CEMP, DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs) and material changes to these plans; (b) Any changes to construction methods; (c) Key changes to roles and responsibilities within the City Rail Link project; (d) Changes in industry best practice standards; (e) Changes in legal or other requirements; (f) Results of monitoring and reporting procedures associated with the management of adverse effects during construction; (g) Any comments or recommendations received from Auckland Council regarding the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs); and (h) Any unresolved complaints and any response to the complaints and remedial action taken to address the complaint as required under Condition 17. A summary of the review process shall be kept by the Requiring Authority, provided annually to the Auckland Council, and made available to the Auckland Council upon request.
1.2, 6.7.1
Fully addressed in CEMP. Fully addressed in CEMP. Fully addressed in CEMP.
Noted.
23.1
Following the CEMP and DWPs review process described in Condition 22, the CEMP may require updating.
6.7
23.2
Any material change to the CEMP and DWP must be consistent with the purpose and objective of the relevant condition.
6.7
Fully addressed in CEMP. Fully addressed in CEMP. Fully addressed in CEMP.
22.1
22.2
Page 122
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
6.7
Noted. Noted.
Noted. Noted.
Construction Environmental Management Plan No
Designation Condition
CEMP Section
IPRP comments
Resolution
23.3
Affected parties will be notified of the review and any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs).
Appendix G
Noted.
23.4
The CEMP and DWPs must clearly document the comments and inputs received by the Requiring Authority from affected parties about the material change, along with a clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated, and the reasons why not. Any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs shall be subject to an independent peer review as required by Condition 11.
Appendices not assessed as part of IPR process at this time. Fully addressed in CEMP. Fully addressed in CEMP. Fully addressed in CEMP. Fully addressed in CEMP. Fully addressed in CEMP.
Noted.
Fully addressed in CEMP.
Noted.
23.5 23.6
24.1 24.2
24.3
Page 123
1.5 1.5
Following that review any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs relating to an adverse effect shall be submitted for approval to Auckland Council Compliance and Monitoring Officer, at least 10 working days prior to the proposed changes taking effect. If any changes are not agreed, the relevant provisions of the RMA relating to approval of outline plans shall apply. To manage the adverse effects on Network Utilities Operations during the construction of the City Rail Link, the following shall be included in the CEMP.
1.5, 1.8 and 1.9
The purpose of this section of the CEMP shall be to ensure that the enabling works and construction of the City Rail Link adequately take account of, and include measures to address the safety, integrity, protection or, where necessary, relocation of existing network utilities that traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation during the construction of the City Rail Link. For the avoidance of doubt and for the purposes of this condition an “existing Network Utility� includes infrastructure operated by a Network Utility Operator which was: (a) In place at the time the notice of requirement for the City Rail Link was served on Auckland Council (23 August 2012); or (b) Undertaken in accordance with condition 6 of this designation or the section 176(1)(b) RMA process.
5.1
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
5.1
5.1
Noted. Noted. Noted.
Noted.
Construction Environmental Management Plan No
Designation Condition
CEMP Section
IPRP comments
Resolution
24.4
The CEMP shall be prepared in consultation with Network Utility Operators who have existing Network Utilities that traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation and shall be adhered to and implemented during the construction of the City Rail Link. The CEMP shall include as a minimum:
5.1 and Appendix G
Noted.
(a) Cross references to the Communication and Consultation Plan for the methods that will be used to liaise with all Network Utility Operators who have existing network utilities that traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation; (b) Measures to be used to accurately identify the location of existing Network Utilities, and the measures for the protection, support, relocation and/or reinstatement of existing Network Utilities; (c) Methods to be used to ensure that all construction personnel, including contractors, are aware of the presence and location of the various existing Network Utilities (and their priority designations) which traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation, and the restrictions in place in relation to those existing Network Utilities. This shall include: (i) Measures to provide for the safe operation of plant and equipment, and the safety of workers, in proximity to existing Network Utilities; (ii) Plans identifying the locations of the existing Network Utilities (and their designations) and appropriate physical indicators on the ground showing specific surveyed locations; (d) Measures to be used to ensure the continued operation of Network Utility Operations and the security of supply of the utilities by Network Utility Operators at all times;
5.1 and Appendix G
Appendices not assessed as part of this IPR process at this time. Fully addressed in CEMP however appendices not assessed as part of IPR process at this time.
(e) Measures to be used to enable Network Utility Operators to access existing Network Utilities for maintenance at all reasonable times on an ongoing basis during construction, and to access existing Network Utilities for emergency and urgent repair works at all times during the construction of the City Rail Link (f) Contingency management plans for reasonably foreseeable circumstances in respect of the relocation and rebuild of existing Network Utilities during the construction of the City Rail Link; (g) A risk analysis for the relocation and rebuild of existing Network Utilities during the construction of the City Rail Link;
Page 124
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
5.1 and Appendix G 5.1 and Appendix G
5.1 and Appendix G 5.1 and Appendix G 5.1 and Appendix G 5.1 and Appendix G
Noted.
Construction Environmental Management Plan No
24.5
Page 125
Designation Condition
CEMP Section
(h) Earthworks management (including depth and extent of earthworks and temporary and permanent stabilisation measures), for earthworks in close proximity to existing Network Utilities;
2, 5.1 and Appendix E
(i) Vibration management and monitoring for works in close proximity to existing Network Utilities;
2, 5.1, 5.8 and Appendix E
(j) Emergency management procedures in the event of any emergency involving existing Network Utilities;
2, 5.1 and Appendix E
(k) The process for providing as-built drawings showing the relationship of the relocated Network Utilities to the City Rail Link to Network Utility Operators and the timing for providing these drawings;
2, 5.1and Appendix E
(m) A summary of the consultation (including any methods or measures in dispute and the Requiring Authorities response to them) undertaken between the Requiring Authority and any Network Utility Operators during the preparation of the CEMP. If the Requiring Authority and a Network Utility Operator cannot agree on the methods proposed under the CEMP to manage the construction otherwise agreed, each party will appoint a suitably qualified and independent expert, who shall jointly appoint a third such expert to advise the parties and make a recommendation. That recommendation will be provided by the Requiring Authority as part of the CEMP along with reasons if the recommendation is not accepted.
5.1, 5.3 and Appendix G Appendix G
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
IPRP comments
Resolution
Fully addressed in CEMP however appendices not assessed as part of IPR process at this time.
Noted.
Construction Environmental Management Plan
Appendix F: Social Impact and Business Disruption Delivery Work Plan
Page 126
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan
Appendix G: Communication and Consultation Plan
Page 127
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan
Appendix H: Erosion and Sediment Control Plan & Flocculant Treatment Management Plan
Page 128
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan
Appendix I: Air Quality Delivery Work Plan
Page 129
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan
Appendix J: Transport Access and Parking Delivery Work Plan
Page 130
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan
Appendix K: Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan
Page 131
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan
Appendix L: Historic Character Delivery Work Plan (Built Heritage)
Page 132
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan
Appendix M: Historical Character Delivery Work Plan (Archaeology)
Page 133
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan
Appendix N: Contamination Delivery Work Plan
Page 134
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan
Appendix O: Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan
Page 135
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan
Appendix P: Industrial and Trade Activities Environmental Management Plan
Page 136
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan
Appendix Q: Tree and Vegetation Delivery Work Plan
Page 137
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan
Appendix R: Building Condition Survey Building for which BCS are required as per the GSMCP, HC DWP (Built Heritage) and CNV DWP: ID No.
Address No.
Street
102 103
1-13 2
Mt Eden Road New North Road
105
10-14
New North Road
73 106 74 107 108 109 110 113 NA 141 142 143 144 73 138 139
15 16-20 21 22-26 11 2 10-14 3 10 10 6-8 15 11 15-17 24 22 2 3 4 5 6 3 5a 5 11
New North Road New North Road New North Road Eden Terrace Nikau Street Flower Street Nikau Street Flower Street Flower Street Ruru Street Ruru Street Ruru Street Ruru Street Mt Eden Road Mt Eden Road Mt Eden Road Porters Avenue Porters Avenue Porters Avenue Porters Avenue Porters Avenue Fenton Street Fenton Street Fenton Street Fenton Street
Page 138
| Mt Eden Enabling Works
GSMCP ✓ ✓ ✓
HC DWP (Built Heritage) ✓
CNV DWP / SSCNVMP
✓ (14 -Villa Dalmacija)
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ ✓ ✓
✓
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓